ai1515fs-1
TRANSCRIPT
PointSource Ai1515F (MCA) S/M
R
SERVICEMANUAL
Published in Oct. ’982AA70761Revision 1
PointSourceAi 1515F
Poin
tSo
urc
eA
i 151
5F
CAUTION
DANGER OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS INCORRECTLY RE-PLACED. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME OR EQUIVALENTTYPE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DISPOSEOF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE MANUFAC-TURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
ATTENTION
IL Y A DANGER D’EXPLOSION S’IL Y A REMPLACEMENT IN-CORRECT DE LA BATTERIE. REMPLACER UNIQUEMENTAVEC UNE BATTERIE DU MÊME TYPE OU D’UN TYPE REC-OMMANDÉ PAR LE CONSTRUCTEUR. METTRE AU RÉBUTLES BATTERIES USAGÉES CONFORMÉMENT AUX INSTRUC-TIONS DU FABRICANT.
SERVICEMANUAL
PointSourceAi 1515F
Safety precautions
This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our servicepersonnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as wellas themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel areadvised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with thewarnings and precautions described here before engaging inmaintenance activities.
Safety warnings and precautions
Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel andcustomers from physical danger and to prevent damage to theirproperty. These symbols are described below:
DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result frominsufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warningmessages using this symbol.
WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficientattention to or incorrect compliance with warning messagesusing this symbol.
CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result frominsufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warningmessages using this symbol.
SymbolsThe triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including dangerand caution. The specific point of attention is shown insidethe symbol.
General warning.
Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.
indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition isshown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action.
Disassembly prohibited.
indicates that action is required. The specific actionrequired is shown inside the symbol.
General action required.
Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
Always ground the copier.
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
• Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electricshock. When using an extension cable, always check that it isadequate for the rated current. ...............................................................
• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not groundingthe copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wireto an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion orelectric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and waterpipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................
CAUTION:
• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier maytip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................
• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fireor electric shock. .....................................................................................
• Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source ornear flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................
• Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills tokeep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation maycause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................
• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....
• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly ortopple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................
• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toneror developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it inthe stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into theeyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtainmedical attention. ....................................................................................
• Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings andprecautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. ...................................
2. Precautions for Maintenance
WARNING
• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before startingmachine disassembly. ............................................................................
• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the servicemanual and other related brochures. ......................................................
• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety featuresincluding safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................
• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................
• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the servicemanual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a pieceof wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........
• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies adistance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scaleand measure carefully. ...........................................................................
• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with aground connection. .................................................................................
• Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that thepower plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire orelectric shock. .........................................................................................
• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................
• Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to highpotentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............
CAUTION
• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such asties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught inrotating sections. .....................................................................................
• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep awayfrom chains and belts. .............................................................................
• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can beextremely hot. .........................................................................................
• Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................
• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except forroutine replacement. ...............................................................................
• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltagecomponents when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............
• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. Ifnecessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........
• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wireto avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................
• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................
• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped ordamaged. ................................................................................................
• After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectorsand wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Specialattention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire andmissing screws. ......................................................................................
• Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machineaccording to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................
• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructionsbelow: .....................................................................................................· Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to
spill. Wipe spills off completely.· Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.· Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the
covers or turning the main switch on.· Always wash hands afterwards.
• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may causesparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................
• Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the powerplug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solventssuch as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxicgas. .........................................................................................................
1-1-1
2AA
CONTENTS
I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................ 1-1-11-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit ........................................... 1-2-11-2-2 Storing toner .................................................................................. 1-2-11-2-3 Backup RAM error report .............................................................. 1-2-1
1-3 Mechanical Construction1-3-1 Parts names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-11-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................... 1-3-31-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................. 1-3-41-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................ 1-3-7
II ELECTRICAL SECTION2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................... 2-1-12-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ............................................................... 2-2-12-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .............................................. 2-2-2
2-3 Operation of the PCBs2-3-1 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-12-3-2 Main PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-32-3-3 Engine PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-42-3-4 Motor PCB ..................................................................................... 2-3-62-3-5 Operation unit PCB ....................................................................... 2-3-72-3-6 NCU PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-8
III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION 3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-13-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ........................................................... 3-1-163-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option) ................................................. 3-1-17
3-2 Maintenance Mode3-2-1 Maintenance mode ........................................................................ 3-2-1
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-13-3-2 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-33-3-3 Optical section ............................................................................. 3-3-103-3-4 Imaging unit section .................................................................... 3-3-263-3-5 Transfer section .......................................................................... 3-3-303-3-6 Fixing and eject section ............................................................... 3-3-313-3-7 DF ............................................................................................... 3-3-383-3-8 Others ......................................................................................... 3-3-47
3-4 PCB Initial Settings3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ............................................................... 3-4-13-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB) ............. 3-4-4
1-1-2
2AA-1
3-4-3 Replacing the engine PCB ............................................................ 3-4-73-4-4 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ........................................ 3-4-83-4-5 Updating the firmware on the printer board ................................... 3-4-9
3-5 Self-Diagnosis3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ................................................................................ 3-5-1
3-6 Troubleshooting3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-13-6-2 Paper misfeeds ........................................................................... 3-6-153-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-193-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-353-6-5 Mechanical problems .................................................................. 3-6-44
3-7 AppendixesTiming chart No. 1 ...................................................................................... 3-7-1Timing chart No. 2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-2Timing chart No. 3 ...................................................................................... 3-7-3Timing chart No. 4 ...................................................................................... 3-7-4Timing chart No. 5 ...................................................................................... 3-7-5Power source PCB (120 V area) ................................................................ 3-7-6Power source PCB (230 V area) ................................................................ 3-7-7Main PCB 1/29 ........................................................................................... 3-7-8Main PCB 2/29 ........................................................................................... 3-7-9Main PCB 3/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-10Main PCB 4/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-11Main PCB 5/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-12Main PCB 6/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-13Main PCB 7/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-14Main PCB 8/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-15Main PCB 9/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-16Main PCB 10/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-17Main PCB 11/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-18Main PCB 12/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-19Main PCB 13/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-20Main PCB 14/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-21Main PCB 15/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-22Main PCB 16/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-23Main PCB 17/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-24Main PCB 18/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-25Main PCB 19/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-26Main PCB 20/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-27Main PCB 21/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-28Main PCB 22/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-29Main PCB 23/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-30Main PCB 24/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-31Main PCB 25/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-32Main PCB 26/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-33Main PCB 27/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-34Main PCB 28/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-35Main PCB 29/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-36Engine PCB 1/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-37Engine PCB 2/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-38Engine PCB 3/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-39
1-1-3
2AA
Engine PCB 4/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-40Engine PCB 5/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-41Engine PCB 6/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-42Engine PCB 7/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-43Engine PCB 8/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-44Engine PCB 9/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-45Engine PCB 10/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-46Engine PCB 11/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-47Engine PCB 12/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-48NCU PCB (120 V area) ............................................................................ 3-7-49NCU PCB (230 V area) ............................................................................ 3-7-50Operation unit PCB................................................................................... 3-7-51Connection diagram ................................................................................. 3-7-52
1-1-5
2AA
CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1
2AA
1-1-1
1-1-1 Specifications
Type …………………………… DesktopCopying system ……………… Dry indirect electrostatic systemOriginals ……………………… Sheet and books
Maximum size: A3/11" × 17"Original feed system ………… FixedCopy paper …………………… Plain paper:
80 g/m2 (metric) for drawer feed75 g/m2 (inch) for drawer feed45 – 160 g/m2 (metric) for bypass feed45 – 160 g/m2 (inch) for bypass feed
Special paper:Inch
Transparencies, recycled paper, colored paper,letterheads, labels and envelopes (only when usedas a printer)
MetricTransparencies, recycled paper and envelopes(only when used as a printer)
Note: Use the bypass for special paper.Copying sizes ………………… Maximum: A3/11" × 17"
Minimum: A6R/51/2" × 81/2"Magnification ratios …………… Manual mode: 50 – 200%, 1% increments
Auto copy mode: fixed ratiosMetric
1:1 ± 1.0%, 1:2.000/1:1.410/1:0.700/1:0.500Inch
1:1 ± 1.0%, 1:2.000/1:1.290/1:0.640/1:0.500Copying speed ………………… At 100% magnification:
A4/11" × 81/2": 15 copies/min.A3/11" × 17": 6 copies/min.B4 (257 × 364 mm)/81/2" × 14": 7 copies/min.A4R/81/2" × 11"R: 9 copies/min.
When the sheet-through DF is used (at 100%magnification)
A4/11" × 81/2": 13 copies/min.First copy time ………………… 10 s or less (A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification,
drawer, manual copy density control)Warm-up time ………………… 45 s or less (room temperature 20°C/68°F, 65% RH)Paper feed system …………… Automatic feed
CapacityDrawer: 250 sheetsStack bypass: 50 sheets
1 sheet for A3, B4, folio, 11" × 17" or81/2" × 14" paper
Multiple copying ……………… 1 – 99 copiesPhotoconductor ……………… OPC (drum diameter 30 mm)Charging system ……………… Single positive corona chargingExposure light source ………… Semiconductor laserExposure scanning system …… Polygon mirror
2AA-1
1-1-2
Developing system …………… Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N26Tblack tonerToner density control: toner sensorToner replenishment: toner cartridge replacement
Transfer system ……………… Transfer rollerSeparation system …………… Curvature separationFixing system ………………… Heat roller
Heat source: halogen heater (850 W)Control temperature: 165°C/329°F (at ambienttemperature)Abnormally high temperature protection devices:150°C/302°F and 140°C/284°F thermostats
Charge erasing system ……… Exposure by cleaning lampCleaning system ……………… Cleaning bladeToner collection system ……… Waste toner tankScanning system ……………… Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensorResolution ……………………… 600 dpiEffective scanning width ……… A3: at least 289 mm
11" × 17": at least 271 mmB4 (257 × 364 mm): at least 249 mm81/2" × 14": at least 207 mmA4R: at least 202 mm81/2" × 11"R: at least 207 mm
Light source …………………… Fluorescent lampImage memory capacity ……… 1.5 MBBitmap memory capacity …… 2 MBHalf tones ……………………… 128 gradationsCopy density control ………… 5 levels, manual selectionFunctions ……………………… Automatic copy density control, original size detection,
automatic paper selection, error detection, auto clear,automatic drawer selection, language selection andnegative copying
Power source ………………… 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 8.3 A230 V AC, 50 Hz, 2.3 A
Dimensions …………………… 550 (W) × 570 (D) × 559 (H) mm215/8" (W) × 227/16" (D) × 22" (H)
Rated power consumption …… (120 V) 950 WWeight ………………………… Approx. 45 kg/99 lbsFloor requirement …………… 752 (W) × 570 (D) mm
295/8" (W) × 227/16" (D)Options ………………………… Memory board, printer board, network board and
special cassette
2AA
1-1-3
FaxLine requirement ……………… Subscription telephone lineIntercommunication …………… Super Group 3Communication system ……… Half-duplexModulation system …………… QAM/PhM/TCMData compression …………… JBIG/MMR/MH/MRModem modulation speed …… 33600/31200/28800/26400/24000/21600/19200/16800/
14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400 bpsScanning line density ………… 8 dots/mm × 3.85 lines/mm in normal mode
8 dots/mm × 7.7 lines/mm in fine mode8 dots/mm × 15.4 lines/mm in super fine mode16 dots/mm × 15.4 lines/mm in ultra fine mode
Minimum transmission time … 10 ms/line in normal mode5 ms/line in fine mode
Transmission time …………… Approx. 3 sOptions ………………………… Handset (for 120 V specifications only) and additional
memory (2 MB, 4 MB, 8 MB)
DFOriginal feed system ………… Automatic feedOriginals ……………………… SheetsOriginal weight ………………… 45 – 90 g/m2
Original paper ………………… Plain paper, thermal paper, art paper and colored paperOriginal sizes ………………… A3 – A5R, folio/11" × 17" – 51/2" × 81/2"RNo. of originals ………………… Up to 50 sheets (up to 30 sheets for A3, B4, 11" × 17"
or 81/2" × 14")1 sheet for art paper or thermal paper
1-1-7
2AA
CONTENTS
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit ................................................. 1-2-11-2-2 Storing toner ....................................................................................... 1-2-11-2-3 Backup RAM error report .................................................................... 1-2-1
2AA
1-2-1
1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit
Note the following when handling or storing the imaging unit.• When removing the imaging unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct light.• Keep the unit at an ambient temperature between –20°C/–4°F and 40°C/104°F and at a
relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature andhumidity.
• Always store the unit on a level surface to prevent the developer from spilling and imageformation problems. Do not store the unit upside down nor on one end.
• Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of thedrum.
• Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stainedwith oil, clean it.
1-2-2 Storing toner
Store the toner cartridge in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity. Alwaysstore the toner cartridge on a level surface.
1-2-3 Backup RAM error report
If any errors occur in the data stored as user settings or for one-touch or speed dialing, thedata is automatically deleted. If this occurs, re-enter the deleted data.Important: When setting up the copier, a backup RAM error report may be output. If this
occurs, re-enter the necessary data regardless of the contents of the report.
1-1-9
2AA
CONTENTS
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-11-3-2 Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-31-3-3 Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-41-3-4 Mechanical construction ..................................................................... 1-3-7
(1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-7(1-1) Paper feed from the drawer .............................................. 1-3-9(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table ................................... 1-3-10
(2) Main charging section ............................................................... 1-3-11(3) Optical section ........................................................................... 1-3-13
Original scanning ....................................................................... 1-3-14Image printing ............................................................................ 1-3-17
(4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-20Magnetic brush forming ............................................................. 1-3-21Toner density control ................................................................. 1-3-23
(5) Transfer section ......................................................................... 1-3-25(6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-27(7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-28(8) Fixing and eject section ............................................................. 1-3-30
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature .................... 1-3-32Fixing temperature control ......................................................... 1-3-33Paper separation ....................................................................... 1-3-34
(9) DF.............................................................................................. 1-3-35
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AA
1-3-1
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions
Figure 1-3-1
1 DF (sheet-through DF)2 Original table3 Auxiliary original table4 Original insert guide5 DF cover6 Operation panel7 Cover plate
8 Main switch9 Drawer0 Length guide! Width guide@ Eject cover# Fixing unit felt$ TEL connector
% LINE connector^ Contact glass& Original size indicator* Bypass table( Slider) Support guide⁄ Right side cover
¤ Front cover‹ Toner cartridge› Toner cartridge handlefi Imaging unitfl Imaging unit handle‡ Imaging unit release lever° Main charger cleaning knob· LCD density adjustment dial
$ % 8 0 9
!
#
@
7
6
32415
&
·
‹
¤
›fifl—‡
)
(
*
⁄
^
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
1-3-2
2AA
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel
1 Message display2 Error indicator3 Data indicator4 Memory indicator5 Function key6 PC on-line key7 PC on-line indicator8 Preset R/E key9 Zoom-down key
0 Zoom-up key! Manual key@ Cursor up/original select key# Cursor down/paper size select key$ Enter/sort copy key% Stop/clear key^ Start key& Half tone key* Half tone indicator
( Copy exposure adjustment keys) Copy exposure indicators⁄ Numeric keys¤ Copy/fax select key‹ Copy mode indicator› Fax mode indicatorfi All clear/reset keyfl Memory Tx. key‡ On-hook key
— Pause/redial key· Abbr./directory key‚ One-touch keysŒ TAD key„ Broadcast key´ Delayed Tx. key‰ Edit delayed Tx. keyˇ Print reports keyÁ Alternate display key
3
7 8 0 @
6 9 *
&
! # ) % ^ ·
( $
4 1 — fl ‚⁄
2 5 ‡
¤ fi
›‹
´
‰ ˇ Á
„
Œ ‚
Cover plate closed Cover plate open
2AA
1-3-3
1-3-2 Machine cross section
Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section (copier main body and DF)
1 Paper feed section (page 1-3-7)2 Main charging section (page 1-3-11)3 Optical section (page 1-3-13)4 Developing section (page 1-3-20)5 Transfer section (page 1-3-25)6 Cleaning section (page 1-3-27)7 Charge erasing section (page 1-3-28)8 Fixing and eject section (page 1-3-30)9 DF (page 1-3-35)
Light pathPaper path
8
6
7
2
5
9
1
43
2AA
1-3-4
Œ
fl
)
‡%
&*
^
° 1
2
3
4
fi!@
#¤8
79
(56‹
0
⁄
$
›
·‚ „
´
As viewed from machine rear
1 Drive motor pulley2 Main drive belt3 Idle pulley 110/224 Idle gear 28/385 Drum drive gear 39/24/176 Joint gear 287 Registration gear 24/358 Registration clutch gear9 Bypass gear 27/470 Bypass paper feed clutch gear! Developing idle gear 21@ Developing drive gear 23/34# Paper feed drive gear 18/34$ Paper feed clutch gear% Eject pulley^ Eject belt& Joint gear 51
* Joint idle gear 27( Fixing idle gear 22) Heat roller gear⁄ Registration gear 15¤ Right registration roller gear‹ Transfer gear› Toner feed motor gearfi Hopper joint gearfl Scanner motor pulley‡ Scanner drive belt— Scanner drive pulley· Scanner wire drum‚ Scanner wireŒ Scanner wire pulley„ Scanner wire pulley´ Scanner wire pulley
Figure 1-3-4 Drive system (copier main body)
1-3-3 Drive system
2AA
1-3-5
1 2
3 4
5
As viewed from machine front
1 Left developing spiral gear2 Middle developing spiral gear3 Cleaning idle gear
4 Cleaning spiral gear5 Front drum gear
Figure 1-3-5 Drive system (front side of the imaging unit)
1
2 3
45
As viewed from machine rear
1 Rear drum gear2 Developing roller gear3 Developing idle gear
4 Right developing spiral gear5 IU joint gear
Figure 1-3-6 Drive system (rear side of the imaging unit)
2AA
1-3-6
Figure 1-3-7 Drive system (DF)
1 DF motor gear2 Gear 15/21/403 Gear 15/294 Original feed gear 315 Original feed pulley gear6 Idle gear 14
7 3 6 5 4
2 ! 9
909
8
1
As viewed from machine rear
7 Forwarding pulley gear8 Eject gear 289 DF pulleys 160 DF belt! DF tension pulley
2AA
1-3-7
1-3-4 Mechanical construction
(1) Paper feed section
Figure 1-3-8 Paper feed section
1 Bypass table2 Bypass lift3 Bypass paper feed pulley4 Bypass lift cam5 Bypass lift stopper6 Upper bypass guide7 Lower bypass guide8 Drawer lift9 Drawer spring0 Paper feed pulley! Lower paper feed guide@ Paper feed housing# Pre-registration guide$ Right registration roller% Left registration roller
^ Registration spring& Pre-transfer guide* Transfer roller( Post-transfer guide) Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)⁄ Paper feed clutch (PFCL)¤ Registration clutch (RCL)‹ Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW)› Bypass paper size switch (BYPPSSW)fi Paper switch (PSW)fl Paper size switch 1 (PSSW1)‡ Paper size switch 2 (PSSW2)— Paper size switch 3 (PSSW3)· Paper size switch 4 (PSSW4)‚ Registration switch (RSW)
fl‡° 8 ·fi9‚!7652‹4 1
›
)
3#^&*(
$%¤@0⁄
2AA
1-3-8
The paper feed section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections.Primary feed conveys paper from the drawer or bypass table to the right and left registra-tion rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and the paper travels to the transfersection in sync with the printing timing.
Figure 1-3-9 Paper feed section block diagram
CN5-11
CN5-2
CN5-6
EPCB
RSW
RCL
PFCL BYPPFCL
CN5-4
2AA
1-3-9
(1-1) Paper feed from the drawerThe drawer consists of the drawer lift and drawer spring. The drawer can hold up to 250sheets of paper.Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the paper feed pulley.
Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the drawer
A After the start key is pressed and 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) is turned on, thepaper feed clutch (PFCL) turns on for 150 ms and the paper feed pulley rotates to startprimary paper feed.
B 300 ms after the leading edge of the paper has turned the registration switch (RSW)on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on for 100 ms, creating slack in the paper beforeregistration.
C 130 to 190 ms after the PVSYNC signal and print signal turn on, the registration clutch(RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed and the paper is conveyed by the rightand left registration rollers.
D 500 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns off to complete secondary paper feed.
Start key
PVSYNC signal
Print signal: on
RSW130 – 190 ms
DM
PFCL
RCL
A B C D
500 ms
150 ms 300 ms 500 ms
100 ms
2AA
1-3-10
(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass tableThe bypass table can hold up to 50 sheets of paper.When the start key is pressed, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on and thebypass paper feed pulley rotates to convey the paper on the bypass table to the second-ary paper feed section.The bypass lift cam, which is on the same shaft as the bypass paper feed pulley, raisesand lowers the bypass lift as the paper feed pulley rotates, and this prevents multiplesheets from being fed at one time.
Timing chart 1-3-2 Paper feed from the bypass table
A After the start key is pressed and 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, thebypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on for 150 ms and the paper feed pulleyrotates to start primary paper feed.
B 300 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns on for 230 ms, creating slack in the paper beforeregistration.
C 230 to 290 ms after the PVSYNC signal and print signal turn on, the registration clutch(RSW) turns on to start secondary paper feed and the paper is conveyed by the rightand left registration rollers.
D 500 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, theregistration clutch (RCL) turns off to complete secondary paper feed.
Start key
PVSYNC signal
Print signal: on
RSW230 – 290 ms
DM
BYPPFCL
RCL
A B C D
500 ms
150 ms 300 ms 500 ms
230 ms
2AA
1-3-11
(2) Main charging sectionThe main charging section consists of the drum and main charger.The main charger charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on the surface, thecharger grid ensuring that the charge is applied uniformly.
Figure 1-3-10 Main charging section
Main charger
Main charger grid
Main charger wire
Drum
CN8-7
CN8-12
24 V DC
MC REM
GRID CONT
HVTPCB
MC
CN8-5
EPCB
CN1-9
CN1-4
CN8-14MC ALM
CN1-2
CN1-11
Grid
Drum
Figure 1-3-11 Main charging section block diagram
2AA
1-3-12
Timing chart 1-3-3 Main charging
A At least 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) is turned on by pressing the start key andafter the laser diode is turned on, main charging (MC REM) starts. The grid voltage(GRID CONT) and developing bias voltage (DB CONT) are increased incrementally toraise the electric potential on the drum surface gradually.
B 3800 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the eject switch (ESW) off, the gridvoltage (GRID CONT) and developing bias voltage (DB CONT) are decreased incre-mentally to reduce the electric potential on the drum surface gradually.
C 150 ms after the incremental control of the developing bias (DB CONT) is completed,main charging (MC REM) ends.
Start key
DM
MC REM
GRID CONT
DB CONT
ESW
100 ms
100 ms
150 ms
150 ms
3800 ms
100 ms
100 ms
100 ms
At least 500 ms and after the laser diode is turned on.
A B C
2AA-1
1-3-13
(3) Optical sectionThe optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit forscanning and the laser scanner unit (LSU) for printing.
Figure 1-3-12 Optical section
1 Scanner2 Mirror frame3 Mirror 14 Mirror 25 Mirror 36 Exposure lamp (EL)7 Reflector
8 Image scanning unit9 Lens0 Optical rail! Laser scanner unit (LSU)@ CCD PCB (CCDPCB)# Scanner motor (SM)$ Scanner home position switch (SHPSW)
#0@8 9!17354$ 62
2AA
1-3-14
Original scanning
The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCDPCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected light beingconverted to an electrical signal.The scanner and mirror frame travel on the optical rails on the front and rear of themachine unit to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speed ofthe scanner. When the sheet-through DF is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at thescanning start position and then scan the original from the DF.
Figure 1-3-13 Optical section block diagram
SM
EL
RE
M1
INPCB
EPCB
LSU
MOTPCB
ELSHPSW
CCDPCB
CN2-1
CN2-4
CN
1-1
EL
RE
M2
CN
1-2
CN
14-1
CN
14-2
CN
12-1
–C
N12
-12
CN
17-1
–C
N17
-12
CN
1-1
–C
N1-
12
CN
3-1
–C
N3-
6
CN
15-1
–C
N15
-8
CN
16-1
–C
N16
-14
CN
13-7
Original
Drum
2AA
1-3-15
Timing chart 1-3-4 Scanner operation (for an original on the contact glass)
A When the start key is pressed and the scan signal turns on, the scanner motor (SM)reverses for 560 to 800 pulses and the exposure lamp (EL) lights to scan the data forshading correction.
B When the scanner motor (SM) turns off, the exposure lamp (EL) turns on for 20 ms toscan the white reference data.
C The exposure lamp (EL) turns off for 120 ms to scan the black reference data and thenit turns on again.
D 50 ms after the exposure lamp (EL) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) reverses to movethe scanner to the scanning start position.
E When the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor (SM)turns off and the scanner stops at the scanning start position.
F The scanner motor (SM) rotates forward to start scanning and the SVSYNC signalturns on.
G 2500 pulses after the SVSYNC signal turns off, the scanner motor (SM) turns off andthe exposure lamp (EL) turns off. 100 ms later, the scanner motor (SM) reverses toreturn the scanner to its home position.
H 40 ms after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motorrotates forward.
I 992 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns off, the scannermotor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at its home position.
Scan signal
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM
EL
SHPSW
SVSYNC
560 – 800 P
20 ms
120 ms
100 ms 40 ms
992 P
During scan: 446 – 686 pulsesDuring copy: 398 – 638 pulses
2500 P
A BC D E F G H I
50 ms
2AA
1-3-16
Scan signal
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM
EL
DFM
SVSYNC
SHPSW
DFTSW
560 – 800 P58 – 154 P
150 P2500 P
992 P
50 ms
20 ms
120 ms
A BC D E F G
50 ms
75 – 395 PDuring scan: 200 – 520 pulsesDuring copy: 168 – 488 pulses
Timing chart 1-3-5 Scanner operation (for an original on the sheet-through DF)
A When the start key is pressed and the scan signal turns on, the scanner motor (SM)reverses for 560 to 800 pulses and the exposure lamp (EL) lights to scan the data forshading correction.
B When the scanner motor (SM) turns off, the exposure lamp (EL) turns on for 20 ms toscan the white reference data.
C The exposure lamp (EL) turns off for 120 ms to scan the black reference data and thenit turns on again.
D 50 ms after the exposure lamp (EL) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) reverses to movethe scanner to the scanning start position.
E 58 to 154 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, thescanner motor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at the scanning start position. Atthe same time, the DF motor (DFM) rotates forward to start scanning the original fromthe sheet-through DF.
F When the original feed operation of the sheet-through DF ends, the scanner motor(SM) rotates forward to return the scanner to its home position.
G 992 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns off, the scannermotor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at its home position.
2AA-1
1-3-17
Image printing
The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed in the engine PCB(EPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). By repeat-edly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a static latent image on thedrum surface.
• Laser scanner unit
Figure 1-3-14 Laser scanner unit (1)
1 Mirror2 BD sensor mirror3 Laser driver PCB4 Polygon motor control PCB5 Polygon motor (PM)6 Polygon mirror7 Lens8 Cylindrical correcting lens
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
1-3-18
Figure 1-3-15 Laser scanner unit (2)
1 Laser diode: Generates the laser beam which forms a latent image on the drum.2 Collimator lens: Collimates the diffused laser beam emitted from the laser diode to
convert it into a cylindrical beam.3 Cylindrical lens: Shapes the collimated laser beam to suit the printing resolution.4 Polygon mirror: Six-facet mirror that rotates at approximately 18425 rpm with each
face reflecting the laser beam toward the drum for one main-direction scan.5 Lens: Corrects for non-linearity of the laser beam scanning speed on the drum surface,
keeps the beam diameter constant and corrects for the vertical alignment of thepolygon mirror to ensure that the focal plane of the laser beam is on the drum surface.
6 Mirror: Reflects the laser beam onto the drum surface.7 BD sensor mirror: Reflects the laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the main-
direction (horizontal) sync signal (MSYNC).8 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the
BD sensor mirror to the BD sensor.9 BD sensor: Detects the beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror, outputting a signal to
the main PCB (MPCB) to provide timing for the main-direction sync signal (MSYNC).
1
5
9
6
23
4
7
8
Drum
2AA
1-3-19
The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-16.
Figure 1-3-16
Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while scanning inthe auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent image on thedrum.The static latent image of the letter “A”, for example, is formed on the drum surface asshown in Figure 1-3-17. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surfaceirradiated by the laser.The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly overlapeach other.
65 µm
70 µm
Main scanning direction
Auxiliary scanning direction
: laser beam is on
Figure 1-3-17
2AA
1-3-20
(4) Developing section
Figure 1-3-18 Developing section
The developing section consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush isformed, the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer.
Toner cartridge
Toner hopper spiral
Imaging unit
2AA
1-3-21
Magnetic brush forming
The developing roller consists of a magnetic roller having five poles and the sleeve roller.The revolution of the sleeve roller around the magnetic roller entrains the developer,which in turn forms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnetic roller. The height of thismagnetic brush is regulated by the doctor blade, while the developing result is affected bythe positions of the magnet roller poles and the doctor blade. The developing bias gener-ated by the high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is applied to the developing roller toimprove the image contrast. When the electrical potential on the drum surface drops to0 V, the developing bias voltage is switched to –100 V DC, preventing the toner andcarrier from transferring to the drum.
Figure 1-3-19 Magnetic brush formation
1 Developing unit housing2 Developing roller3 Toner sensor (TNS)4 Doctor blade5 Right developing spiral6 Middle developing spiral7 Left developing spiral
7 3 6 12
4
5
N1
N2
S3
S1
S2
90°90°
50°
55°
Magnetic poles on the magnet roller
N1: 850 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4 TN2: 500 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4 TS1: 540 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4 TS2: 530 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4 TS3: 500 × 10–4 ± 50 × 10–4 T
2AA
1-3-22
Figure 1-3-20 Developing section block diagram
Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS).As the developer passes by the sensor section of the toner sensor, the toner sensordetects the ratio of toner to carrier in the developer and converts it into a voltage. As toneris used, the ratio of toner to carrier decreases and the toner sensor output voltageincreases.When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor outputvoltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrierreturns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where toner replen-ishing stops.
CN9-18
CN9-19
CN9-20
CN9-21
CN9-6
CN8-10
TFM
TNS
DB CHG
EPCB
CN1-6
CN8-11DB CONT
CN1-5
HVTPCB
Developing bias
TFM1
TFM2
DTHDTH
5 V DC
2AA-1
1-3-23
Toner density control
When the imaging unit is installed, the toner feed motor is turned on and off to controltoner density based on the specified toner control voltage. Toner empty in the tonercartridge is also detected based on the toner sensor output voltage.
Figure 1-3-21 Toner density control
A Toner feed: The toner sensor output voltage is same as or above the toner feed level(2.3 V DC).When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed level, the toner feedmotor is turned on for 0.5 s to replenish toner and is turned off for 1.0 s. If the tonersensor output voltage does not drop below the toner feed level during the 0.5 s period,the toner feed motor is turned on another 0.5 s and this operation is repeated until thetoner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed level.
B AP mode: The toner sensor output voltage is above the AP detection level (2.8 V DC).When the toner sensor output voltage remains above the AP detection level for 3.24 s,AP mode is entered and copying is disabled after the current copy is ejected. The tonerfeed motor then rotates for up to 1 min. at full speed to replenish toner.
C AP mode exited: The toner sensor output voltage is below the AP exit level (2.5 V DC).When the toner sensor output voltage drops below the AP exit level, AP mode is exitedafter 30 s of aging and copying is enabled.
D Toner emptyWhen AP mode continues for 1 min., the toner empty condition is detected, a messagerequesting toner cartridge replacement is displayed on the message display and con-tinuous copying is disabled.
Toner sensor output voltage (V)
Toner empty exit level(2.4)
AP mode exit level(2.5)
AP detection level(2.8)
No-copying level(3.3)
Toner feed level(2.3)
Copying
No copyingToner feedAP mode
AP mode exited
Toner empty exited
Toner empty (toner cartridge replaced)
1 min. or more
A B C D E F
2AA
1-3-24
E No copying: The toner sensor output voltage is above the no-copying level (3.3 V DC).When the toner sensor output voltage remains above the no-copying level for 540 ms,copying is disabled.
F Toner empty exited: The toner sensor output voltage is below the toner empty exit level(2.4 V DC).When the main switch is turned on and off or the front cover is opened and closed afterthe toner cartridge or imaging unit is replaced, the toner feed motor is turned on and,5 s later, the toner feed motor turns on for up to 2 min. at full speed to replenish toner.When the toner sensor output voltage remains below the toner empty exit level(2.4 V DC) for 5.4 s after toner is replenished, toner empty is exited and aging isperformed for 80 s. If the toner empty exit level can not be detected after 2 minutes oftoner replenishment, toner empty is detected again.
2AA
1-3-25
(5) Transfer section
Figure 1-3-22 Transfer section
The transfer section consists of the transfer roller and transfer toner removal blade.A high voltage generated by the transfer high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) isapplied to the transfer roller mounted under the drum.The transfer toner removal blade removes the residual toner on the transfer roller.
Transfer roller
Transfer toner removal blade
TC REM
24 V DC
TC ALM
TC
CN8-8
CN8-13
CN1-8
CN8-5 CN1-11
CN1-3
EPCB
HVTPCB
Drum
Transfer roller
Figure 1-3-23 Transfer section block diagram
2AA
1-3-26
Timing chart 1-3-6 Transfer
A 470 ms after the PVSYNC signal turns on, transfer charging (TC REM) starts.B 650 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,
transfer charging (TC REM) ends.
RSW
RCL
PVSYNC
TC REM
300 ms
650 ms
500 ms
470 ms
5 – 105 ms130 – 190 ms*1
230 – 290 ms*2
Secondary paper feed start
A B
*1 During paper feed from the drawer/special cassette*2 During paper feed from the bypass table
2AA
1-3-27
(6) Cleaning section
Figure 1-3-24 Cleaning section
1 Drum2 Cleaning blade3 Cleaning spiral4 Lower cleaning seal
The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade that removes residual toner from thedrum surface after the transfer process and the cleaning spiral that carries the residualtoner back to the waste toner tank.
4
1
32
2AA
1-3-28
(7) Charge erasing section
Figure 1-3-25 Charge erasing section
The cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 10 LEDs which remove residual charge from the drumsurface.
Cleaning lamp
CN5-17
EPCB
CL
Drum
CL REM
Figure 1-3-26 Charge erasing block diagram
2AA
1-3-29
Timing chart 1-3-7 Charge erasing
A After the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) turns on and, at the same time, thecleaning lamp (CL) lights to remove the residual charge from the drum surface after theresidual toner is removed in the cleaning section.
B 1200 ms after main charging (MC REM) is completed, the drive motor (DM) andcleaning lamp (CL) turn off.
Start key
DM
MC REM
GRID CONT
DB CONT
ESW
100 ms
150 ms
150 ms
3800 ms
100 ms
100 ms
At least 500 ms and after the laser diode is turned on.
A B
1200 ms
CL
100 ms100 ms
2AA-1
1-3-30
(8) Fixing and eject sectionThe fixing and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-27. When paperreaches the fixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press rollerand heat roller, which is heated by the fixing heater (H). Pressure is applied by the fixingpressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed onto the paper.When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by itsseparation claws and is ejected by the rotation of the upper pulley and lower eject roller.
Figure 1-3-27 Fixing and eject section
1 Fixing unit cover2 Fixing unit felt3 Fixing unit front guide4 Fixing unit upper guide5 Heat roller6 Press roller7 Heat roller separation claws8 Fixing pressure spring
9 Upper eject pulley0 Lower eject roller! Fixing heater (H)@ Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1)# Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2)$ Fixing unit thermistor (FTH)% Eject switch (ESW)
9
0
2
1
!
@
#
$
4
%
8
7
6
5
3
2AA
1-3-31
Figure 1-3-28 Fixing section block diagram
H
TH2
PRY
TH1
H R
EM
CN
1-4
EPCB
CN
11-1
CN
11-2
FT
H
5 V
DC
FTHCN2-1
CN2-2
PSPCB
CN
5-3
Heat roller
2AA
1-3-32
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
Figure 1-3-29 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
The heat roller is heated by the fixing heater (H) inside it; its surface temperature isdetected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by turning the fixing heater onand off.If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it orfixing unit thermostat 1 or 2 (TH1 or TH2) operates, in each case shutting the power to thefixing heater off.
1 Heat roller2 Fixing heater (H)3 Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1)4 Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2)5 Fixing unit themistor (FTH)
12
4
5
3
2AA
1-3-33
Fixing temperature control
Timing chart 1-3-8 Fixing temperature control
A When the main switch (MSW) is turned on, cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) rotates at halfspeed for 7 s and then the fixing heater (H) turns on and heats the heat roller.
B When the fixing temperature reaches 120°C/248°F, primary stabilization starts, thedeveloping bias (DB REM) turns on and, 100 ms later, the drive motor turns on and thecontrol for drive stabilization starts.
C When the fixing temperature reaches 165°C/329°F, secondary stabilization starts andcooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at full speed.
D When the fixing temperature reaches 190°C/374°F, the fixing heater is turned on andoff to control the temperature.
E 5 to 15 s after secondary stabilization starts, the drive motor (DM) turns off and,100 ms later, the developing bias (DB REM) turns off and the control for drivestabilization ends.
F 60 s after secondary stabilization starts, cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) rotates at fullspeed.
G 0 to 600 s after the drive motor (DM) has turned off, cooling fan motors 1 and 2 (CFM1and CFM2) rotate at half speed.
H In preheat mode, cooling fan motor 1 (CLM1) is turned off and the fixing heater (H) isturned on and off as required to keep the preheat temperature at 150°C/302°F.
0 – 600 s5 s
60 s
Preheat modeHigh temperatureSecondary stabilization fixing temperature
Primary stabilization fixing temperature
HOn
Off
OnOff
On
OffFull speedHalf speed
Full speed
Half speed
Off
DB REM
DM
CFM1
CFM2
Preheat temperature
Approx. 1°C/1.8°F
190°C/374°F
165°C/329°F
150°C/302°F
120°C/248°F
MSW: On
Approx. 1°C/1.8°F
Approx. 1°C/1.8°F
A B C DE F G H
100 ms100 ms
5 – 15 s
7 s
2AA
1-3-34
Paper separation
Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-3-30.
Figure 1-3-30 Paper separation
Heat roller
Heat roller separation claws
2AA
1-3-35
(9) DFThe sheet-through DF consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-31. An original placed onthe original table is conveyed onto the DF contact glass in sync with the scanning timing ofthe scanner.When the main switch is pressed or original feed is completed, the DF original feed pulleyrotates opposite to the original feed direction, the forwarding spring touches the originalstopper and the DF forwarding pulley rises and stops at the standby position.
Figure 1-3-31 DF
1 DF forwarding pulley2 DF original feed pulley3 DF separation pulley4 DF conveying pulley 15 DF conveying roller 16 DF conveying pulley 27 DF conveying roller 28 DF eject roller
9 DF eject pulley0 Forwarding spring! Original stopper@ Upper DF housing# DF original feed guide$ Original table% DF contact glass^ DF timing switch (DFTSW)
%^ 3
98
#1@!20
4
$
6
75
2AA
1-3-36
Figure 1-3-32 Sheet-through DF block diagram
• Initial operation when turning on the main switch
Timing chart 1-3-9 Initial operation when turning on the main switch
A The scanner motor (SM) reverses to start initial operation.B After the exposure lamp (EL) turns on for 1000 ms, the DF motor (DFM) rotates
forward for 1000 pulses and, 40 ms later, reverses for 800 pulses. The DF forwardingpulley then rises and stops at its standby position.
EPCB MOTPCB
DFSDPCB
DFTSW
CN12-1–CN12-2
CN2-1–CN2-6
CN13-14 CN1-8CN2-3
DFM
MSW: On
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM
EL
DFM
SHPSW
40 ms
40 ms
800 P
992 P
1000 P
1000 ms
A B
2AA
1-3-37
• Original feed operation during copying
Timing chart 1-3-10 Original feed operation during copying
A When the scanner motor (SM) reverses and the scanner stops at the scanning startposition, the DF motor (DFM) rotates forward and the DF forwarding pulley descendsfrom its standby position, forwarding the original.
B 150 pulses after the leading edge of the original turns the DF timing switch (DFTSW)on, the DF motor (DFM) turns off and forwarding of the original is completed.
C The DF motor (DFM) rotates forward again, the original is conveyed onto the DFcontact glass by the rotation of the DF forwarding pulley and DF original feed pulleyand the scanner scans the original.
D 75 to 395 pulses after the trailing edge of the original turns the DF timing switch(DFTSW) off, the SVSYNC signal turns off.
E 2500 pulses after the SVSYNC signal turns off, the DF motor turns off and the originalfeed operation is completed. 50 ms later, the DF motor (DFM) reverses and the DFforwarding pulley rises and stops at its standby position.
Scan signal
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM
EL
DFM
SVSYNC
SHPSW
DFTSW
560 – 800 P
106 P
150 P 2500 P
992 P
50 ms
20 ms
120 ms
50 ms
During scan: 200 – 520 pulsesDuring copy: 168 – 488 pulses
A BC D E
75 – 395 P
1-1-11
2AA
CONTENTS
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .......................................................................... 2-1-1
2AA
2-1-1
Figure 2-1-1 PCBs
1. Main PCB (MPCB) .............................................. Controls the other PCBs;modulates and demodulatesimage signals.
2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) .............................. Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC,–12 V DC, 5 V DC and 75 V AC.
3. Engine PCB (EPCB) ........................................... Controls other PCBs andelectrical components.
4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) .......... Performs main charging; gene-rates high voltage for developingbias, transfer and separation.
5. Inverter PCB (INPCB) ......................................... Controls the exposure lamp. 6. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) ......................................... Reads the image off originals. 7. Motor PCB (MOTPCB) ........................................ Controls the drive motor and DF
motor. 8. Operation unit PCB (OPCB) ............................... Consists of operation keys and
display LEDs. 9. LCD ..................................................................... Displays copy modes and
messages.10. NCU PCB ............................................................ Controls connection to a tel-
ephone line.11.* Feeder heater PCB (FHPCB) ............................. Controls the feeder heater* on the
special cassette*.* Optional.
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
8
10
6
7
1
2 3
4
9
5
11
2AA
2-1-2
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
Figure 2-1-2 Switches and sensors
1. Main switch (MSW) ............................................. Turns the AC power on and off. 2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when the
front cover is opened; resetspaper jam detection.
3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when theright side cover is opened; resetspaper jam detection.
4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when theeject cover is opened; resetspaper jam detection.
5. Paper switch (PSW) ............................................ Detects the presence of paper inthe paper drawer.
6. Paper size switch 1 (PSSW1) ............................. Detects the length of paper in thepaper drawer.
7. Paper size switch 2 (PSSW2) ............................. Detects the length of paper in thepaper drawer.
8. Paper size switch 3 (PSSW3) ............................. Detects the length of paper in thepaper drawer.
9. Paper size switch 4 (PSSW4) ............................. Detects the width of paper in thepaper drawer.
10. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ........................ Detects the presence of paper onthe bypass table.
1
13 12
4
15
20
2 19
1718
514
396 7 8
21
16
10
11
2AA
2-1-3
11. Bypass paper size switch (BYPPSSW) .............. Detects the size of paper on thebypass table.
12. Original detection switch (ODSW) ...................... Operates the original size switch.13. Original size switch (OSSW) ............................... Detects the size of the original on
the contact glass.14. Registration switch (RSW) .................................. Controls the secondary paper
feed start timing.15. Eject switch (ESW) ............................................. Detects a paper jam in the fixing
section.16. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) ............ Detects the scanner at its home
position.17. Toner sensor (TNS) ............................................ Detects the density of toner in the
developing section.18. Developing unit fuse (DEVF) .............................. Blows to differentiate between old
and new imaging units.19. Developing unit thermistor (DTH) ....................... Detects the developing unit
temperature.20. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) ................................ Detects the heat roller tempera-
ture.21. Overflow switch (OFSW)..................................... Detects when the waste toner
tank is full.
2AA
2-1-4
Figure 2-1-3 Motors and clutches
1. Drive motor (DM) ................................................ Drives the machine. 2. Scanner motor (SM) ............................................ Drives the scanner. 3. Toner feed motor (TFM) ...................................... Replenishes toner. 4. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ............................... Cools the machine interior. 5. Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ............................... Cools the machine interior. 6. Paper feed clutch (PFCL) ................................... Primary paper feed from the
paper drawer. 7. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ................ Primary paper feed from the
bypass table. 8. Registration clutch (RCL) .................................... Secondary paper feed.
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
12
4
8
67
5
3
2AA
2-1-5
Figure 2-1-4 Others
1. Exposure lamp (EL) ............................................ Exposes originals. 2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ............................................. Removes residual charge from
the drum surface. 3. Fixing heater (H) ................................................. Heats the heat roller. 4. Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1) ............................ Prevents overheating in the fixing
section. 5. Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2) ............................ Prevents overheating in the fixing
section. 6. Power relay (PRY) .............................................. Turns the power supply to the
fixing heater off. 7. Laser scanner unit (LSU)
• Polygon motor (PM) .......................................... Drives the polygon mirror.• Laser diode (LD) ............................................... Generates the laser beam.
8. Speaker (SP) ...................................................... Sounds alarms. 9.* ISU heater (ISUH) ............................................... Dehumidifies the optical section.10. Backup battery (BUBAT) ..................................... Used for transmission memory.
* Optional.
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
1
89
6
10
7 345
2
2AA
2-1-6
Figure 2-1-5 DF
1. DF motor (DFM) .................................................. Drives the sheet-through DF. 2. DF safety switch (DFSSW) ................................. Breaks the safety circuit when the
DF cover is opened; resetsoriginal jam detection.
3. DF size detection PCB (DFSDPCB) ................... Detects the presence and size ofpaper on the original table.
4. DF timing switch (DFTSW) ................................. Detects original jam in the sheet-through DF.
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
1
2
43
1-1-13
2AA
CONTENTS
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ..................................................................... 2-2-12-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .................................................... 2-2-2
(1) Main body .................................................................................... 2-2-2(2) DF................................................................................................ 2-2-4(3) Special cassette .......................................................................... 2-2-4
2AA
2-2-1
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection
When a paper jam occurs, the copier immediately stops copying and displays a messageand graphic indicating the jam location on the operation panel.To remove the jammed paper, open the drawer, right side cover, eject cover or DF coveras necessary.To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close each cover to turn the safety switchoff and on.
1 Drawer section2 Paper feed and conveying section3 Bypass paper feed section4 Eject section
Paper Misfeed.Remove Cassette.
4
15
3
2678
5 DF6 Upper special cassette*7 Middle special cassette*8 Lower special cassette*
* Optional.Figure 2-2-1 Paper misfeed location indication
Figure 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection
DFM
ODSW
RCL
PFCL
STFSWSTPFCL
DFTSWDFSDPCB
SSW4
ESW
RSWBYPPFCL
2AA
2-2-2
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions
(1) Main body• Either the registration switch (RSW) or eject switch (ESW) is on when the main switch
is turned on.
• The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 2000 ms after the paper feedclutch (PFCL) turns on.
Timing chart 2-2-1
• The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 2000 ms after the bypass paperfeed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on.
Timing chart 2-2-2
• The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 3700 ms after the registration clutch(RCL) turns on.
PFCL
2000 ms
On
Off
On
OffRSW
BYPPFCL
2000 ms
On
Off
On
OffRSW
Timing chart 2-2-3
RCL
3700 ms
On
Off
On
OffESW
2AA
2-2-3
• The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off within 3700 ms after the registration clutch(RCL) turns off.
Timing chart 2-2-4
• The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within the specified time [dependingon the paper size (see Table 2-2-1)] after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on.
Timing chart 2-2-5
Table 2-2-1
Paper size/source Time (ms)
A3 5735B4 5020
A4R 4160B5R 3640A5R 3045A4 3045B5 2685
11" × 17" 588081/2" × 14" 4910
81/2" × 11"R 393511" × 81/2" 3120
Bypass table 5880
RSW
3700 ms
On
Off
On
OffESW
RCL
Specified time
On
Off
On
OffRSW
2AA
2-2-4
(2) DF• The DF timing switch (DFTSW) is still on after the main switch has been turned on and
the initial operation of the scanner has completed.
• An original jam occurs under any of the following conditions when turning the DFmotor (DFM) on after the scanner moves to the scanning start position.- The switch (OD) on the DF size detection PCB (DFSDPCB) is off.- The DF timing switch (DFTSW) is on.- The DF safety switch (DFSSW) is off.- The original detection switch (ODSW) of the copier is off.
• An original jam occurs under any of the following conditions while the DF motor is onand an original is scanned or ejected.- The DF safety switch turns off.- The original detection switch (ODSW) of the copier turns off.
• During continuous copying, the next original has already turned the DF timing switch(DFTSW) on before the previous original is ejected.
• The length of an original is longer than 17" by 50 mm or more.
(3) Special cassette (see the special cassette service manual)
1-1-15
2AA
CONTENTS
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Power source PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-12-3-2 Main PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-32-3-3 Engine PCB ........................................................................................ 2-3-42-3-4 Motor PCB .......................................................................................... 2-3-62-3-5 Operation unit PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-72-3-6 NCU PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-8
2AA
2-3-1
2-3-1 Power source PCB
Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram
Noisefilter
circuitL1
SwitchingcontrolcircuitIC1
24 V DCswitchingcontrolcircuitIC6
75 V ACoutputcircuit
IC9, 10
–12 V DCoutputcircuitIC2
+12 V DCoutputcircuitIC3
5 V DCoutputcircuitIC4
24 V DCoutputcircuitIC5
PC1
TR1
Q1 Q3
AC supply
–12 V DC
+12 V DC
GND
GND
5 V DC
5 V DC 2
24 V DC 2
24 V DC
GND
H REM
A
B
B
A
24 V DC IN
PRY
RY1
D1
PC3
IC715 V DC
H
GND
75 V AC
75 V AC
C7
Rectifier circuit
Fixing heatercontrol circuit
T1
T2
C18
D9
C20
D11
C28, C29
D17
PC2
24 V DC 3
PSPCB
2AA
2-3-2
The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator that generates 5 V DC,±12 V DC, 24 V DC and 75 V AC (15.3 to 20 Hz) from the AC supply. It consists of thenoise filter circuit, rectifier circuit, switching control circuits, –12 V DC output circuit,+12 V DC output circuit, 24 V DC output circuit, 5 V DC output circuit, 24 V DC switchingcontrol circuit, 75 V AC output circuit and fixing heater control circuit as shown in Figure2-3-1.The noise filter circuit consists of choke coil L1 and capacitors. It reduces external noisefrom the AC input and prevents switching noise generated in the power source PCB fromleaking out through the AC input line.In the rectifier circuit, the filtered AC input is full-wave-rectified by diode bridge D1 and thepulse current is smoothed by condenser C7.In the switching control circuit, the switching control IC (IC1) turns the electric currentflowing into the primary side of transformer T1 on and off by switching FET Q1.In the –12 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of trans-former T1 is rectified by diode D9 and smoothed by condenser C18 and is output as stable–12 V DC by the three-terminal regulator IC (IC2).In the +12 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of trans-former T1 is rectified by diode D11 and smoothed by condenser C20 and is output asstable +12 V DC by the three-terminal regulator IC (IC3).In the 24 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of trans-former T1 is rectified by diode D17 and smoothed by condensers C28 and C29 and isoutput as stable 24 V DC by the regulator IC (IC5). Feedback of the 24 V DC output statusis provided to the switching control IC (IC1) on the switching control circuit viaphotocoupler PC1 and the switching control IC (IC1) modifies the switching waveform ofFET Q1 to adjust the 24 V DC output.In the 5 V DC output circuit, regulator IC4 derives stable 5 V DC from the 24 V DC supplyfrom the 24 V DC output circuit.In the 24 V DC switching control circuit, the switching control IC (IC6) switches FET Q3 toturn the 24 V DC supply from the 24 V DC output circuit across the primary side oftransformer T2 on and off.In the 75 V AC output circuit, the op-amps IC9 and IC10 generate 75 V AC (15.3 to 20 Hz)from the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T2. Feedback of the75 V AC output status is provided to the switching control IC (IC6) on the 24 V DCswitching control circuit via photocoupler PC3. The switching control IC (IC6) modifies theswitching waveform of FET Q3 to adjust the 75 V DC output. The three-terminal regulatorIC (IC7) converts the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T2 intostable 15 V DC, which powers op-amps IC9 and IC10.The fixing heater control circuit is controlled by the fixing heater on signal (H REM) fromthe engine PCB. When the signal goes low, photo triac PC2 turns on and triac TR1conducts. The AC supply then flows through it and the fixing heater (H) turns on.
2AA
2-3-3
Figure 2-3-2 Main PCB block diagram
The main PCB (MPCB) consists of CPU IC1, work and image memory IC7, RTC IC6,SRAMs IC5 and IC81, flash memory IC4, modem LSI IC11, CGROM IC3, ASIC FIP IC17,ASIC VC IC26, SRAM IC33, high-speed SRAMs IC22 and IC23, ASIC RC/SC IC16,CODEC IC13, ASIC CPD IC2, DRAM IC14 and QMCODER IC82. It mainly processesimage data to and from the engine PCB, NCU PCB and optional memory board.
2-3-2 Main PCB
CGROMIC3
ModemLSI
IC11
Flashmemory
IC4
SRAMIC5
SRAMIC81
RTCIC6
CPUIC1
DRAMwork and
imagememory
IC7
ASICFIPIC17
ASICRC/SCIC16
CODECIC13
ASICCPDIC2
ASICVC
IC26
FIFO
HighspeedSRAM
IC22, 23
FIFO
SRAMIC33
FIFOFIFO
FIFO
BUF BUF
DRAMbitmap
memoryIC14
Analog circuit Backupcircuit 2
Backupcircuit 1
Lithiumbattery
NCU PCB Speaker Backup battery
SIO
To CPU
SIO
To CPU
16-bit image bus
System bus(DB bus)
8 bits
1 bit
8 bits16 bits16 bits
16 bits8 bits8 bits 8 bits 4 bits 16 bits
(AD bus) 16 bits
16 bits 16 bits 16 bits16 bits
8 bits
QMcoderIC82
EnginePCB
Interfaceconnector
Operationunit PCB
Memoryboard(option)forimagememory
Memoryboard(option)forbitmapmemory
Print dataoutput
Scan datainput
16-bitDRAM bus
2AA
2-3-4
Figure 2-3-3 Engine PCB block diagram
The engine PCB (EPCB) controls the machine drive system and the inputting and printingof image data and serves as the communication and video interface with the main PCB(MPCB).CPU IC34 is an 8-bit single-chip microcomputer. It controls AGC IC8 and IC24, SHD IC35,VTC IC40, XIO IC17, the address bus and the data bus based on the program in the built-in ROM and RAM and external EEPROM IC38. It also controls mechanical drives such asthe drive motor (DM) and scanner motor (SM) via ports on CPU IC34 and XIO IC17. CPUIC34 controls the charging, developing and fixing systems with the external D/A converterIC28 and its built-in A/D converter. The abnormally high temperature detection circuitforces the fixing heater (H) off after judging an abnormally high temperature from thetemperature data detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH).
CPUIC34
EEP-ROMIC38
ResetcircuitIC36
AGCIC8IC24
SHDIC35
VTCIC40
XIOIC17
FIFO
FIFO
CCDPCB
Analogcircuit
LSU
Address bus
Data bus
Switches,sensors
ELCFM1CFM2PFCLBYP-PFCLRCLCL,etc.
FTH
DTH
SM
HVTPCB
TM
D/Aconverter
IC21
RESET
DMH Driver
Abnormallyhigh temperaturedetection circuit
Driver
Driver
MPCB
2-3-3 Engine PCB
2AA
2-3-5
SHD IC35 and VTC IC40 control the inputting and printing of image data. SHD IC35generates the CCD drive signal and corrects non-linearity of the CCD output (image datafrom the CCDPCB) and VTC IC40 controls printing by outputting the binary image datafrom the main PCB (MPCB) to the laser scanner unit (LSU). The engine PCB controlscommand status serial communication between the main PCB (MPCB). Engine control isbased on the print and scan requests from the main PCB (MPCB).The video interface inputs and outputs image data. The main PCB processes the imageand the engine PCB (EPCB) inputs and outputs image data to and from the main PCB viaSHD IC35 and VTC IC40.
2AA
2-3-6
Figure 2-3-4 Motor PCB block diagram
The motor PCB consists of the stepping motor driver IC (IC3) and 24 V DC supply circuitwith transistors TR1 and TR2. It controls the drives of the scanner motor (SM) and DFmotor (DFM) according to the control signal from the main PCB.When the control signal (MOTSEL) from the main PCB is low, transistor TR1 is turned onand 24 V DC is supplied to the scanner motor (SM). When the signal is high, transistorTR2 is turned on via inverting IC (IC2) and 24 V DC is supplied to the DF motor. The coilsof the motor that has a 24 V DC supply are energized by control signals MOT A, MOT _A,MOT B and MOT _B and the motor rotates. The signals are output to the coils via thestepping motor driver IC (IC3).
24 V DC
DFM
SM
SteppingmotordriverIC3
24 V DCA_AB_B
24 V DCA_AB_B
MOTSEL
MOT AMOT _AMOT BMOT _B
SMREF
TR1
TR2IC2
2-3-4 Motor PCB
2AA
2-3-7
Figure 2-3-5 Operation unit PCB block diagram
The operation unit PCB consists of CPU IC1, ROM IC3, LCD controller IC4, SRAM IC6,the LED matrix circuit, the key switch matrix circuit, the reset circuit and the negativesupply generation circuit.CPU IC1 controls the entire operation unit PCB based on the program stored in ROM IC3.LCD controller IC4 controls the LCD display based on the display data expanded at SRAMIC6.The LED matrix circuit contains LEDs arranged in a matrix. LEDs light when they are onthe crossing points of the lines of the scan signal from CPU IC1 and the source signal.The key switch matrix circuit has key switches arranged in a matrix on it. The scan signalfrom CPU IC1 scans the key switches. When a switch is pressed, it is identified by trackingthe crossing point of the scan signal output and the return signal to CPU IC1.The reset circuit prevents malfunctioning of CPU IC1 by outputting a RESET signal toCPU IC1 when the power is applied or it is low. The RESET signal is also output to LCDcontroller IC4 to conduct initialization.Negative supply generation circuit generates the negative power supply for the LCDdisplay by switching the 24 V DC supply with the timer IC (IC5).
CPUIC1
LEDmatrixcircuit
Key switchmatrix circuit
Negativesupply
generationcircuit IC5
ResetcircuitIC2
ROMIC3
SRAMIC6
LCDcontroller
IC4LCD
MainPCB
Address busData bus
RESETsignal
Scansignals
Returnsignals
Sourcesignals
Scansignals
2-3-5 Operation unit PCB
2AA
2-3-8
2-3-6 NCU PCB
For 120 V specifications
Figure 2-3-6 NCU PCB block diagram
The NCU PCB consists of a DC loop circuit with a circuit transformer (T1), a dial pulseoutput circuit with a photocoupler (PC1), a call signal detection circuit with a photocoupler(PC4), a loop current detection circuit with a current detector (IC1) and a hybrid circuit withan op-amp (IC2). It mainly controls connection to a telephone line.
AnalogMPX
K1
IC1
PC1
PC2
PC3
IC4
PC4
T1
OP-amp
IC2a IC3
OP-amp
IC2bRXIN_N
ONHOOK1 L
ONHOOK2 L
PLSDIL L
MODTXD
MODRXD
RXSEL L
RINGDET L
TELSEL L
+12 V DC
OFFHOOK LDCCUT L
AGDC
L1
L2
EXTEL1
EXTEL2TEL L1
TEL L2
DC-DCconverter
2AA
2-3-9
For 230 V specifications
Figure 2-3-7 NCU PCB block diagram
The NCU PCB consists of a DC loop circuit with a circuit transformer (T1), a dial pulseoutput circuit with a photocoupler (K3), a call signal detection circuit with a photocoupler(PC1), a loop current detection circuit with a current detector (IC1) and a hybrid circuit withan op-amp (IC2). It mainly controls connection to a telephone line.
OP-amp
AnalogMPX
FC1
PC1
IC1
T1
IC2b
IC2b
RXIN_N
ONHOOK1 L
ONHOOK2 L
KCMCNT
OFFHOOK L
PLSDIL L
KMUTE
MODRXD
RXSEL L
MODTXD
RINGDET
EARTH
L1
L2
TELGNP
K2
K3
PC3
PC4
PC2
P G
OP-amp
IC4
1-1-17
2AA
CONTENTS
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1(1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1(2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................. 3-1-163-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option) ...................................................... 3-1-17
3-1-1
2AA
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation
(1) Installation environment1. Temperature: 10 – 35°C/50 – 95°F2. Humidity: 15 – 85% RH3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 8.3 A
230 V AC, 2.3 A4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz ± 0.3%/60 Hz ± 0.3%5. Installation location
• Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not beexposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
• Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature changes,and hot or cold air directly hitting the machine.
• Avoid dust and vibration.• Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.• Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowable inclination: 1°).• Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the
photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic and alkaline vapors, inorganic gases,NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
• Select a room with good ventilation.6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
Machine front: 500 mm/19 11/16" Machine rear: 150 mm/5 7/8"Machine right: 500 mm/19 11/16" Machine left: 500 mm/19 11/16"
Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions
a: 752 mm/29 5/8"b: 550 mm/21 5/8"
c: 835 mm/32 7/8"d: 510 mm/201/16"
e: 970 mm/383/16"f: 570 mm/22 7/16"
g: 1258 mm/49 1/2"
a
ef
g
b
c
d
3-1-2
2AA
(2) Installation procedure
Unpack.
Make test copies.
Install the imaging unit.
Remove the pins.
Remove the tapes.
Install the fixing unit felt.
Clean the main charger.
Start
Install the toner cartridge.
Remove the drawer spacers.
Connect the power plug.
Initialize the imaging unit.
Remove the fixing unit spacers. Machine installation is completed.
* For 120 specifications only.
Install the original table.
Connect to a telephone line.
Install the handset (option).*
Input and store data.
3-1-3
2AA
Figure 3-1-2
Pin holding the scanner
Fixing unit felt
Fixing unit spacers
Drawer spacers
Pin holding the mirror frame
3-1-4
2AA
Figure 3-1-3 Unpacking
Unpack.
1 Front top pads2 Rear top pads3 Copier4 Machine cover5 Operation unit spacer6 Bottom machine cover7 Bottom pads8 Skid9 Case base0 Bottom plate! Outer case@ Inner frame# Bar code label$ Hinge joints
% Imaging unit^ Top spacer& Accessory case* Power cord( Modular cord) Plastic bag⁄ Adhesive label¤ Air-padded bag‹ Original table› Partitionfi Business reply mail
(120 V specifications only)fl Warranty
(120 V specifications only)‡ Cushioning sheet
12
3
5
7
›
6
0)
⁄
*(
‹
^
%
&
¤
4
‡
!
$
#
@
9
8
fl fi
3-1-5
2AA
Imaging unit
Figure 3-1-4 Unpacking the imaging unit
1
3
5
6
2
39
6
8
7
4
1 Leaflet2 Fixing unit felt3 Upper pads4 Light-proof sheet
5 Imaging unit6 Bottom pads7 Bar code label8 Case9 Plastic bag
3-1-6
2AA
Remove the pins.
1. Remove the tapes and the two pins holding the scanner and the pin holding themirror frame on the left cover.
Figure 3-1-5
Remove the tapes.
1. Remove the two tapes holding the front and right covers.2. Remove the two tapes holding the DF cover and the tape holding the operation
section.3. Remove the paper inserted into the DF paper feed section.4. Remove the tape holding the DF main body.5. Open the DF or original holder and remove the paper on the contact glass.
Pins holding the scanner
Pin holding the mirror frame
Figure 3-1-6
Tapes
Paper
Tape
Tape
Tapes
3-1-7
2AA
Figure 3-1-7
3. Close the drawer.
Remove the fixing unit spacers.
1. Open the right side cover. Remove the tapes and the two fixing unit spacers.
Remove the drawer spacers.
1. Open the drawer and remove the tape holding the width guide.2. Remove the tapes and the two drawer spacers.
Figure 3-1-8
Drawer spacers
Drawer Width guide
Tape
Tapes
Fixing unitspacer Fixing unit spacer
3-1-8
2AA
Figure 3-1-10
Figure 3-1-9
2. Open the front cover.3. Turn the imaging unit release lever to the right.
The right side cover opens slightly when the release lever is turned to the right.4. Open the right side cover.
Install the imaging unit.
1. Take the imaging unit out of the package and remove the light-proof sheet.
Imaging unit Light-proof sheet
Tapes
Imaging unit release lever
Right side cover
3-1-9
2AA
Figure 3-1-11
6. Lock the imaging unit by turning the imaging unit release lever to the left.7. Hold the seal grip and pull the seal out.
Figure 3-1-12
8. Close the right side and front covers.
Seal grip
5. Holding the imaging unit by the edge handle, press the upper handle completelyflat and insert the unit into the copier by sliding it along the guide rail.
Imaging unit upper handle
Imaging unit
3-1-10
2AA
Install the fixing unit felt.
1. Open the eject cover.2. Install the fixing unit felt packed with the imaging unit to the fixing section.
Figure 3-1-13
3. Close the eject cover.
Connect the power plug.
1. Connect the power code to the inlet.2. Connect the power plug to the wall outlet.
Figure 3-1-14
Fixing unit felt
Power cord
Inlet
3-1-11
2AA
Figure 3-1-16
Initialize the imaging unit.
Caution: Do not insert the toner cartridge before initialization of the imaging unitcompletes.
1. Turn the main switch on. Aging starts and, after two minutes, the “IU InitializedSet Toner Cartridge” message is displayed.
Figure 3-1-15
Install the toner cartridge.
1. Open the front cover.2. Agitate the toner by shaking the toner cartridge back and forth and side to side 4
or 5 times.
Main switch
3-1-12
2AA
Figure 3-1-18
2. Close the front cover.3. Press the enter key when the “IU Initialized Set Toner Cartridge” message is
displayed.The display returns to the initial display, enabling printing.
Make test copies.
1. Load paper in a drawer and make test copies.
3. Insert the toner cartridge completely, aligning it with the guide rail.
Figure 3-1-17
Clean the main charger.
1. Hold the main charger cleaning knob and pull and push it back and forth 2 or 3times. Push the knob back in completely.
3-1-13
2AA
Install the original table.
1. With the DF cover open, hold the original table vertically, insert the ends of itsshaft into the shaft holder and lower the original table to the horizontal position.
Figure 3-1-19
Connect to a telephone line.
1. Connect the one end of the modular code to the LINE connector.2. Connect the other end of the modular cord to a telephone line.
1
1
2
DF cover
Original table
Shafts
DF main body
Figure 3-1-20
LINE connector
Modular cord
3-1-14
2AA
Install the handset (option).*
* For 120 V specifications only.
1. Install the handset cradle on the machine and connect the handset cord to theTEL connector.
Input and store data.
If the main switch is turned on with paper in the drawer, a backup RAM error reportmay be output. This happens whenever data in the SRAM changes, and may becaused in this case by spurious reset during transportation of the machine. If thisoccurs, perform the data input below, regardless of the content of the error report.If a backup RAM error report is output during operation, all the data in the memory willhave been initialized (returned to the default). Perform the setting again: the settingdepends on the conditions under which the machine is operated.
(1) Machine settingsType of telephone line:
Sets to pulse tone (10 PPS or 20 PPS) or push-button (tone) line.Sender’s information record:
Enters the sender’s information that is to be printed at the top of transmitted pages.Report output:
Sets the respective report output.Message language selection:
Selects one of three languages.Password communication:
To be set when sending to and receiving from the authorized telephone numbersand IDs.
Monitor speaker volume:Sets the monitor speaker volume (off, low or high).
Auto shutoff time:Sets the time to enter shutoff mode (off to 120 min., in 5 min. increments) aftercopying is completed.
Fax paper feed setting:Selects the paper feed mode when outputting received documents.
3-1-15
2AA
(2) User settingsThe following functions and data can be entered.
• Self telephone number, name and ID• Abbreviated number dialing:
Stores an abbreviated number using the keypad that is used for usualdialing.
• One-touch keys:Enables one-touch dialing.
• Program communications:Stores a series of operations as a single program.
• Group dialing:Stores multiple destinations so that they can be operated using a one-touchkey.
• Authorized telephone number:Used for password communication.
• Authorized ID number:Used for password communication.
• Encryption key:Used for cipher communication
• Encryption key password:Used when printing the cipher key list if a key is registered.
• Confidential box number:Used for confidential reception and cipher communication.
• Date and time:Sets the present date, time and day.
Machine installation is completed.
3-1-16
2AA
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes
Factory settings are as follows:
370 Switching between double and single counts Double counts
371 Setting auto start Auto start on
372 Setting auto clear time 60 s
373 Setting auto preheat time 15 min.
374 Setting auto shutoff time 30 min.
378 Setting operation under the toner empty condition Single copies
FunctionNo.
Contents Factory setting
3-1-17
2AA
3-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option)
ISU heater installation requires the following parts:ISU heater (P/N 35968060)Two cable holders (P/N M2105410)
Procedure1. Remove the contact glass.2. Keep the scanner and mirror frame at the machine right.3. Peel the backing off the ISU heater and attach the heater at the machine left as shown
in the diagram.4. Connect the 2-pin plug on the ISU heater to the 2-pin connector at the machine rear.5. Attach the two cable holders to positions where they do not make contact with the
mirror frame.6. Fix the cables on the ISU heater with the two cable holders.7. Refit the removed parts.
Figure 3-1-21
8. Enter the maintenance mode.9. Select function No. 374.
10. Set the value to 0 to cancel the auto shutoff function. If the function is used, the ISUheater turns off when the copier enters the auto shutoff mode.
11. Exit the maintenance mode.
2-pin connector
2-pin plug
Cable holders
ISU heater
1-1-19
2AA
CONTENTS
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................. 3-2-1(1) Executing a maintenance function .............................................. 3-2-1(2) Maintenance function list ............................................................. 3-2-2(3) Contents of maintenance functions ............................................. 3-2-8
2AA-1
3-2-1
3-2-1 Maintenance mode
The copier is equipped with maintenance mode for service and repair of the machine.
(1) Executing a maintenance function
Start
Enter 10871087.
“MAINTENANCE MODE 000” is shown on the display.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter the function No. to be executed with the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
The maintenance function is run.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter 001 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
End
. . . . . . . . . Entering maintenance mode
. . . . . . . . . Selecting a maintenance function
. . . . . . . . . Exiting maintenance mode
Yes
No
Run another maintenance
function?
2AA-1
3-2-2
(2) Maintenance function list
List output 000 Outputting the own-status report
Comple- 001 Exiting maintenance modetion
Drive, 002 Moving the scanner to the DF scanning positionpaper feed 010 Checking drive motor operationand
011 Checking the switches in the copierconveying013 Checking clutch operation 1
014 Checking clutch operation 2
016 Setting the folio width
017 Setting the folio length
021 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper ofdrawer 2
022 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper ofdrawer 3
023 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper ofdrawer 4
026 Checking the switches on drawer 2
027 Checking the switches on drawer 3
028 Checking the switches on drawer 4
030 Checking the operation of the cassette drivemotor
High 040 Setting the grid control voltagevoltage 041 Setting the developing bias control voltage
042 Adjusting the surface potential when copyingpostcards (effective only with 100 V specifica-tions)
Developing 051 Adjusting the toner control voltage
053 Displaying toner data
065 Resetting the waste toner tank overflow detection
Fixing 074 Adjusting the fixing control temperature
078 Resetting the fixing problem detection
Optical 081 Adjusting the ISU gain
082 Adjusting the LSU printing start position in themain scanning direction
083 Adjusting the LSU printing end position in themain scanning direction
Section Function Function name InitialNo. value
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
210
330
30
30
30
———
———
———
———
245
205
222
———
———
———
163
———
———
6
6
2AA-1
3-2-3
Section Function Function name InitialNo. value
Optical 099 Adjusting home position with the DF(cont.) 101 Adjusting the shading position
104 Adjusting the magnification in the main scanningdirection with the original on the contact glass
105 Adjusting the magnification in the main scanningdirection with the original fed from the DF
106 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliaryscanning direction with the original on thecontact glass
107 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scan-ning direction with the original fed from the DF
108 Adjusting detection of the original width
Timing 110 Adjusting the start position of image printingadjust- 111 Adjusting the scanning start position of the
original on the contact glassment
112 Adjusting the scanning start position of the originalfed from the DF
115 Adjusting the end position of image printing
116 Adjusting the scanning end position of theoriginal on the contact glass
117 Adjusting the scanning end position of the originalfed from the DF
120 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 1
121 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 2
122 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 3
123 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 4
124 Adjusting the centerline of the bypass
126 Adjusting the centerline of the original on thecontact glass
127 Adjusting the DF original centerline
Operation 331 Testing the keysunit and 332 Lighting all the indicators and display on the
operation paneloptions
337 Checking the operation of the DF motor
Test 340 Outputting test patternspattern 344 Outputting VTC patternsprint
4
5
30
30
30
30
7
10
10
20
6
10
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
———
———
———
———
———
2AA-1
3-2-4
Section Function Function name InitialNo. value
Counts 350 Setting the copy count for waste toner tankreplacement
353 Setting the copy limit after the waste toner tankoverflow detection
354 Checking and clearing the DF original count
355 Checking and clearing the scan count
356 Checking and clearing the printer count
363 Checking and clearing the IU developing count
364 Checking and clearing the waste toner tank count
365 Entering the service telephone No.
367 Displaying the ROM version
368 Displaying the engine ROM version
Mode 370 Switching between double and single countssettings 371 Setting auto start
372 Setting auto clear time
373 Setting auto preheat time
374 Setting auto shutoff time
378 Setting operation under the toner empty condition
389 Selecting if multiple copying is acceptable inmemory copy mode
Backup 390 Initializing memory 1
391 Initializing memory 2
Copying 400 Test copy mode
415 Setting the copy density level
420 Adjusting white level
Initializa- 601 Initializing all datation 602 Initializing permanent data
603 Setting factory defaults
604 Initializing the main PCB (MFP)
606 Initializing the administration password
607 Initializing the confidential box ID
User data 620 Setting the self telephone number
621 Setting a telephone line
622 Setting the number of rings in fax/telephoneauto select mode
623 Setting remote diagnostic transmission
60
60
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
1
2
3
6
1
2
———
———
———
184
180
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
2AA-1
3-2-5
Section Function Function name InitialNo. value
Data reset 634 Resetting the transmission history
System 637 Setting the number of lines to be ignored whenreceiving a fax at 100% magnificationsettings
638 Setting the number of lines to be ignored whenreceiving a fax in auto reduction mode
639 Setting the number of lines to be ignored whenreceiving a fax (A4R, letter) in auto reductionmode
640 Setting how to proceed when memory becomesfull during memory transmission
641 Setting an alarm when reception is completed
642 Setting the conditions under which an errorindicator turns off
643 Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliarydirection is performed
644 Setting the date format
645 Setting addition of an image to the report
646 Setting the error report output conditions(display format)
647 Setting the line-monitoring period
648 Setting the mode for remote switching
649 Setting if the image scanning quality in faxmode is initialized
650 Initializing the scanning density in fax mode
659 Setting the number of lines to be ignored inrotation mode
Machine 660 Setting the fax image scanning qualitydefaults 661 Setting fax/copy priority mode
Communi- 680 Setting the auto redialing intervalcation 681 Setting the number of times of auto redialingsettings
682 Setting the method to process errors
685 Setting the number of times of DIS signalreception
686 Setting the reference for RTN signal output
687 Setting the waiting period to prevent echoproblem at the sender
688 Setting the waiting period to prevent echoproblem at the receiver
———
———
3
3
3
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
3
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
2AA-1
3-2-6
Section Function Function name InitialNo. value
Communi- 689 Setting the communication starting speedcation 690 Setting the reception speedsettings
691 Setting no-ring reception when using the Fnetwork
(cont.)
692 Setting transmission intervals
693 Setting if V.34 transmission is acceptable
Communi- 700 Setting ECM transmissioncation 701 Setting ECM receptioncontrol
702 Setting the criteria for a TCF signal 1procedure703 Setting frequency of the CED signal
704 Setting the criteria for a TCF signal 2
705 Setting the reception of short protocol transmis-sion
Communi- 710 Setting the T0 time-out timecation 711 Setting the one-shot detection time for remote
switchingtime
712 Setting the continuous detection time for remoteswitching
settings
713 Setting the T1 time-out time
714 Setting the T2 time-out time
716 Setting the Ta time-out time
717 Setting the Tb time-out time
718 Setting the Tc time-out time
719 Setting the Td time-out time
Modem 720 Setting the modem output levelsettings 721 Adjusting modem output level
724 Setting the modem detection level
725 Setting DTMF (high-frequency group) outputlevel
726 Setting DTMF (low-frequency group) outputlevel
727 Adjusting the DTMF (high-frequency group)output level
728 Adjusting the DTMF (low-frequency group)output level
———
———
2
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
60
30
50
60
30
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
2AA-1
3-2-7
Section Function Function name InitialNo. value
NCU 740 Setting the connection to PBX/PSTNsettings 741 Setting PSTN dial tone detection
742 Setting the busy tone detection
743 Setting for a PBX
Dial timing 750 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of 10-PPSdial pulsesettings
751 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of 20-PPSdial pulse
List output 760 Outputting the setting list
761 Outputting the action list
762 Outputting the monitor list
763 Outputting the own-status report
Board 770 Performing memory teststests 771 Performing optional memory tests
———
———
———
———
———
16
———
———
———
———
———
———
3-2-8
2AA
Function DescriptionNo.
(3) Contents of maintenance functions
000 Outputting the own-status report
DescriptionOutputs the list of settings in maintenance mode.
PurposeUsed before and after replacing the main PCB.
MethodPress the start key. A sheet of the own-status report as in the figure belowis output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are referencevalues.
Figure 3-2-1 Own-status report
Self Status Report
000 SELF STATUS PRT001 EXIT002 SCANNER SET010 MAIN MOTOR DRIVE011 MAIN SW TEST013 CLUTCH TEST014 SOLENOID TEST016 FOLIO SIZE (WIDTH) : 210 mm017 FOLIO SIZE (LENGTH) : 330 mm021 BENDING AMOUNT (2) : 30022 BENDING AMOUNT (3) : 30023 BENDING AMOUNT (4) : 30026 CASSETTE 2 SW TEST027 CASSETTE 3 SW TEST028 CASSETTE 4 SW TEST030 OP CAS. MOTOR DRIVE040 GRID BIAS : 245041 DB BIAS : 205042 GRID BIAS (CARD) : 222051 TONER CONTROL : 75053 TONER DATA065 CLEAR TANK OVF.074 HEATER TMP SET : 163078 CLEAR C60081 ISU GAIN082 LSU START083 LSU END099 ADF HOME POSITION : 4101 SHADING POSITION : 6104 TBL MAIN SCANNING : 30105 ADF MAIN SCANNING : 30106 TBL SUB SCANNING : 30107 ADF SUB SCANNING : 30108 DOC110 PAPER TOP : 10111 TBL DOC TOP : 10112 ADF DOC TOP : 20115 PAPER REAR : 10116 TBL DOC REAR : 10117 ADF DOC REAR : 20120 PAPER CENTER (1) : 10121 PAPER CENTER (2) : 10122 PAPER CENTER (3) : 10123 PAPER CENTER (4) : 10124 BYPASS CENTER : 10126 TBL DOC CENTER : 10127 ADF DOC CENTER : 10331 KEY TEST332 LED&LCD TEST337 ADF MOTOR DRIVE340 PRINT TEST 1344 PRINT VTC350 TANK REPLACEMENT : 60353 RECOVERY TANK OVF : 60
601 INI. ALL DATA602 INI. KEEP DATA603 INI. SHIP DATA604 INI. MFP DATA606 INI. MANAGE. PASSWD607 INI. CONFI BOX ID620 REG SELF TEL No.621 REG LINE TYPE : DTMF622 # OF RINGS (F/T) : 0623 REMOTE DIAG : OFF634 CLEAR COMM. RECORD637 CUT LINES (100%) : 3638 CUT LINES (AUTO) : 3639 CUT LINES (A4) : 3640 MEMORY FULL : CONT641 FINISH ALARM : ON642 ALARM TURN OFF : COMM.643 AUTO REDUCE : ON644 DATE PATTERN : YMD645 ADD IMAGE : ON646 ERROR CODE : MIX647 MONITOR PERIOD : DIS648 REMOTE MODE : ONE649 RESO. LOCK (FAX) : ON650 DENS. LOCK (FAX) : ON659 ROTATION RX ERR. : 3660 FAX RESOLUTION : S661 FAX/COPY : COPY680 REDIAL INTERVAL : 3681 REG. REDIAL TIMES : 3682 ERROR DEALING : OK685 DIS RESPONSE : ONCE686 RTN THRESHOLD : 15 %687 TX ECHO CORRECT : 200 ms688 RX ECHO CORRECT : 75 ms689 TX SPEED : 14400 bps690 RX SPEED : 14400 bps691 F NET : ON692 CALL INTERVAL : 10 sec693 V. 34 MODEM : ON700 ECM TX : ON701 ECM RX : ON702 TCF CHECK : 0703 CED FREQUENCY : 2100 Hz704 TCF CHECK 2 : LONG710 T0 TIME OUT : 58 sec711 REMOTE TIME (ONE) : 7 ms712 REMOTE TIME (CON) : 80 ms713 T1 TIMEOUT : 38 sec714 T2 TIMEOUT : 6000 ms716 Ta TIMEOUT : 30 sec717 Tb TIMEOUT : 5000 ms718 Tc TIMEOUT : 60 sec719 Td TIMEOUT : 30 sec
P. 001
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-9
2AA
001 Exiting maintenance mode
DescriptionExits maintenance mode and returns to normal mode.
PurposeUsed when ending maintenance mode.
MethodPress the start key. The copier returns to normal mode.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-10
2AA
002 Moving the scanner to the DF scanning position
DescriptionMoves the scanner and the mirror frame to the DF scanning positions.
PurposeUsed when the scanner and mirror frames are to be fastened with pinsbefore moving the machine.
Method1. Press the start key. The scanner and mirror frame move to the DF
scanning positions and the display shows the message requesting thepower to be turned off.
2. Turn the main switch off.
010 Checking drive motor operation
DescriptionOperates the drive motor.
PurposeTo check the operation of the drive system and paper conveying system.
MethodPress the start key. The drive motor is turned on.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The drive motor stops and the currentfunction is exited.
011 Checking the switches in the copier
DescriptionDisplays the statuses of individual switches in the copier.
PurposeTo check the operation of the switches in the copier.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The
status of the selected switch is displayed.
Display (switch name) Status
FRONT (safety switch 1) On, off
SIDE (safety switch 2) On, off
EJ.OP (safety switch 3) On, off
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-11
2AA
011(cont.)
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Display (switch name) Status
B.SIZE (bypass paper size switch) 5: A3/11"1: B43: A4/81/2"7: B56: A5/51/2"2: B60: A6 (all widthwise)
P.E (paper switch) On, off
SIZE (paper size switch 1/2/3/4) B: A3/11" × 17"5: B4/81/2" × 14"2: folio1: A4R/81/2" × 11"R4: B5RE: A4/81/2" × 11"6: A5R/51/2" × 81/2"7: B5
BYPASS P.E (bypass paper switch) On, off
RESIST (registration switch) On, off
EJECT (eject switch) On, off
TBL.V (original size switch) On, off
H.P (scanner home position switch) On, off
IU TYPE [imaging unit specification check(DEV A, DEV B, DEV C)] 0: none
1: type A2: type B3: type D4: type C5: type E6: type F7: type G
IU (developing unit fuse) On, off
OVF (overflow switch) On, off
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-12
2AA
013 Checking clutch operation 1
DescriptionTurns individual clutches on and off.
PurposeTo check clutch operation.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Enter the number specified for the clutch to be checked with the
numeric keys. The bit on the display corresponding to the clutch beingturned on changes from 0 to 1.
Clutch Key Bit display
Registration clutch 0 0000 0001
Cassette feed clutch 3 (lower special cassette)* 1 0000 0010
Cassette feed clutch 2 (middle special cassette)* 2 0000 0100
Cassette feed clutch 1 (upper special cassette)* 3 0000 1000
* Optional.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-13
2AA
014 Checking clutch operation 2
DescriptionTurns individual clutches on and off.
PurposeTo check clutch operation.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Enter the number specified for the clutch to be checked with the
numeric keys. The bit on the display corresponding to the clutch beingturned on changes from 0 to 1.
Clutch Key Bit display
Paper feed clutch 0 0000 0001
Cassette paper feed clutch 3 1 0000 0010(lower special cassette)*
Cassette paper feed clutch 2 2 0000 0100(upper special cassette)*
Cassette paper feed clutch 1 3 0000 1000(upper special cassette)*
Bypass paper feed clutch 4 0001 0000
* Optional.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-14
2AA
016 Setting the folio width
DescriptionChanges the image area by setting the width of the folio paper used.
PurposeTo be set according to the width of the paper; when the setting is shorterthan the actual paper used, the right and left sides of the image are notprinted.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Folio width 200 – 220 mm 210 mm
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
017 Setting the folio length
DescriptionChanges the image area by setting the length of the folio paper used.
PurposeTo be set according to the length of the paper; when the setting is shorterthan the actual paper used, the trailing edge of the image is not printed.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Folio length 330 – 356 mm 330 mm
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-15
2AA
021 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 2
DescriptionAdjusts the amount of slack in the paper when drawer 2 (upper specialcassette, optional) is used.
PurposeUsed when paper from the upper special cassette is missing part of theimage or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper isZ-folded.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Amount of slack in paper of 0 – 60 30 0.5 mmthe upper special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
022 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 3
DescriptionAdjusts the amount of slack in the paper when drawer 3 (middle specialcassette, optional) is used.
PurposeUsed when paper from the middle special cassette is missing part of theimage or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper isZ-folded.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Amount of slack in paper of 0 – 60 30 0.5 mmthe middle special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-16
2AA
023 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 4
DescriptionAdjusts the amount of slack in the paper when drawer 4 (lower specialcassette, optional) is used.
PurposeUsed when paper from the lower special cassette is missing part of theimage or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper isZ-folded.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Amount of slack in paper of 0 – 60 30 0.5 mmthe lower special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-17
2AA
026 Checking the switches on drawer 2
DescriptionDisplays the status of the switches on drawer 2 (upper special cassette,optional).
PurposeTo check the operation of the switches in the upper special cassette(optional).
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The
status of the selected switch is displayed.
Display (switch name) Status
SIZE (cassette paper size switch 1/2/3/4) B: A3/11" × 17"5: B4/81/2" × 14"2: folio1: A4R/81/2" × 11"R4: B5RE: A4/81/2" × 11"6: A5R/51/2" × 81/2"7: B5
P.E (cassette paper switch) On, off
TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) On, off
COVER (cassette safety switch) On, off
DESK (special cassette presence/absencedetection signal) On, off
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-18
2AA
027 Checking the switches on drawer 3
DescriptionDisplays the status of the switches on drawer 3 (middle special cassette,optional).
PurposeTo check the operation of the switches in the middle special cassette(optional).
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The
status of the selected switch is displayed.
Display (switch name) Status
SIZE (cassette paper size switch 1/2/3/4) B: A3/11" × 17"5: B4/81/2" × 14"2: folio1: A4R/81/2" × 11"R4: B5RE: A4/81/2" × 11"6: A5R/51/2" × 81/2"7: B5
P.E (cassette paper switch) On, off
TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) On, off
COVER (cassette safety switch) On, off
DESK (special cassette presence/absencedetection signal) On, off
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-19
2AA
028 Checking the switches on drawer 4
DescriptionDisplays the status of the switches on drawer 4 (lower special cassette,optional).
PurposeTo check the operation of the switches in the lower special cassette(optional).
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The
status of the selected switch is displayed.
Display (switch name) Status
SIZE (cassette paper size switch 1/2/3/4) B: A3/11" × 17"5: B4/81/2" × 14"2: folio1: A4R/81/2" × 11"R4: B5RE: A4/81/2" × 11"6: A5R/51/2" × 81/2"7: B5
P.E (cassette paper switch) On, off
TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) On, off
COVER (cassette safety switch) On, off
DESK (special cassette presence/absencedetection signal) On, off
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-20
2AA
030 Checking the operation of the cassette drive motor
DescriptionWith the special cassette (optional) attached, turns the cassette drivemotor and paper feed clutch on.
PurposeTo check the drive system of the special cassette.
MethodPress the start key. The cassette drive motor is turned on.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The cassette drive motor turns off and thecurrent function is exited.
040 Setting the grid control voltage
DescriptionSets the grid control voltage.
PurposeUsed when the drum has been replaced.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Grid control voltage 0 – 255 245
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-21
2AA
041 Setting the developing bias control voltage
DescriptionSets the developing bias control voltage.
PurposeUsed when image contrast is incorrect.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Developing bias0 – 255 205control voltage
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
042 Adjusting the surface potential when copying postcards(effective only with 100 V specifications)
DescriptionSets the drum surface potential when postcards are fed from the bypasstable. The grid control voltage does not change when this setting ischanged.
PurposeUsed when the entire image is light or a background appears on the copyimage of postcards.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Grid control voltage 0 – 255 222
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-22
2AA-1
051 Adjusting the toner control voltage
DescriptionChanges the toner control voltage which was set automatically afterreplacement (initialization) of the imaging unit.
PurposeUsed to reset data after the engine PCB is replaced. Change the datawhen a background appears on the copy image.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Set to the value for 051 in the own-status report output by runningfunction No. 000.
Description Setting range
Toner control voltage 0 – 255
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
053 Displaying toner data
DescriptionDisplays the toner data in real time.
PurposeCheck the displayed data when a background appears on the copy image.
MethodPress the start key. The following items are shown.
CTRL:XXX
SENS:XXX TMP:XXX
CTRL: toner control voltage (V)SENS: toner sensor output voltage (V)TMP: machine inside temperature (°C)
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-23
2AA
065 Resetting the waste toner tank overflow detection
DescriptionResets the waste toner tank overflow detection which is stored by themain PCB.
PurposeUsed after the waste toner tank is replaced.
MethodPress the start key. After resetting, “COMPLETED” is displayed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
074 Adjusting the fixing control temperature
DescriptionSets the fixing control temperature.
PurposeUsed when a fixing problem occurs.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Fixing control 124 – 203163temperature (140 – 200°C)
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-24
2AA
078 Resetting the fixing problem detection
DescriptionResets service call code C60 (fixing problem).
PurposeUsed after the cause of the fixing problem is eliminated.
MethodPress the start key. After resetting, “COMPLETED” is displayed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
081 Adjusting the ISU gain
DescriptionDisplays the ISU gain data in real time.
PurposeDo not turn VR1 and VR2 on the engine PCB when running this mainte-nance item; otherwise the entire image appears too light or dark.
MethodPress the start key. The scanner moves to the shading position, theexposure lamp lights, and AGC processing starts. During AGC process-ing, ISU gain data are displayed at intervals of 200 ms. The displayed datachanges as follows when VR1 and VR2 are turned.
ODD: odd resister data (VR1)EVEN: even register data (VR2)
Turning VR1 and VR2 clockwise makes the entire image darker (the gaindata larger); turning them counterclockwise makes it lighter (the gain datasmaller).
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The AGC processing stops and the currentfunction is exited.
082 Adjusting the LSU printing start position in the main scanningdirection
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-25.
083 Adjusting the LSU printing end position in the main scanningdirection
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-25.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-25
2AA
099 Adjusting home position with the DF
DescriptionAdjusts the scanner home position when the sheet-through DF is used.
PurposeDo not change the setting; otherwise, the light from the exposure lamp isblocked and image problems, including black lines appearing on theimage, may occur.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Home position 0 – 8 4 0.5 mm
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
101 Adjusting the shading position
DescriptionAdjusts the scanner stop position in shading.
PurposeDo not change the setting; otherwise, image problems, including blacklines appearing on the image, may occur.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Shading position 0 – 10 5 1 mm
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-26
2AA
104 Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction with theoriginal on the contact glass
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-24.
105 Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction with theoriginal fed from the DF
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-46.
106 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction with theoriginal on the contact glass
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-24.
107 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction with theoriginal fed from the DF
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-46.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-27
2AA
108 Adjusting detection of the original width
DescriptionSets the criteria to be used in detecting each original width.
PurposeUsed when an original width is not detected correctly.
MethodPress the start key.
Setting1. Select an original width using the cursor down key and press the start
key. The current setting is displayed.
Display Original width
A5R > B5R A5 lengthwise, B5 lengthwise
B5R > A4R B5 lengthwise, A4 lengthwise
A4R > B5 A4 lengthwise, B5 widthwise
B5 > A4 B5 widthwise, A4 widthwise
STATE > LETTER 51/2" × 81/2", 81/2" × 11"
LETTER > LEDGER 81/2" × 11", 11" × 81/2"
E.g.: In “A5R > B5R”, the criterion for distinguishing the A5 lengthwisefrom the B5 lengthwise is set.
For the following original sizes, data for those with the same originalwidth are applied.
Folio: same as A4 lengthwiseB4: same as B5 widthwiseA3: same as A4 widthwise81/2" × 14": same as 81/2" × 11"11" × 17": same as 11" × 81/2"
2. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Width judging criteria 0 – 14 7 1 mm
3. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-28
2AA
110 Adjusting the start position of image printing
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-8.
111 Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on the contactglass
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-22.
112 Adjusting the scanning start position of the original fed from the DF
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-44.
115 Adjusting the end position of image printing
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-9.
116 Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on the contactglass
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-23.
117 Adjusting the scanning end position of the original fed from the DF
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-45.
120 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 1
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-7.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-29
2AA
121 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 2
DescriptionAdjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the upper specialcassette (optional).
PurposeUsed if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copyimage when paper is fed from the upper special cassette.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Centerline of the upper 0 – 20 10 0.5 mmspecial cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-30
2AA
122 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 3
DescriptionAdjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the middle specialcassette (optional).
PurposeUsed if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copyimage when paper is fed from the middle special cassette.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Centerline of the middle0 – 20 10 0.5 mmspecial cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
123 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 4
DescriptionAdjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the lower specialcassette (optional).
PurposeUsed if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copyimage when paper is fed from the lower special cassette.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting rangeInitial Change invalue value per step
Centerline of the lower0 – 20 10 0.5 mmspecial cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-31
2AA
124 Adjusting the centerline of the bypass
MethodSee page 3-3-7.
126 Adjusting the centerline of the original on the contact glass
MethodSee page 3-3-21.
127 Adjusting the DF original centerline
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-43.
331 Testing the keys
DescriptionTypes out the keys on the operation panel in the specified order.
PurposeTo check the key function after replacing the operation unit.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Press the keys on the operation panel in the order shown on the
following pages to check key function. If the keys are enteredcorrectly, a click sounds and the corresponding indicators light up. Ifthe keys are not entered correctly, after abnormal noises from thekeys and a transmission completion beep are heard, the correct keynames are displayed.
3. After all the keys are entered, “OK” is displayed.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-32
2AA
331 Order of pressing the keys(cont.) Note
It is not necessary to press the PC on-line key if the destination is set to“OEM4”.
Order ofKey Display Indicatorpressing
1 Function key FUNCTION2 PC on-line key ONLINE PC on-line indicator3 Preset R/E key PRESET4 Zoom-down key 50%5 Zoom-up key 200%6 Manual key AUTO7 Original select key ORIGINAL8 Paper size select key PAPER9 Sort copy key SORT10 Numeric key 1 111 Numeric key 2 212 Numeric key 3 313 Numeric key 4 414 Numeric key 5 515 Numeric key 6 616 Numeric key 7 717 Numeric key 8 818 Numeric key 9 919 Numeric key ∗ ∗20 Numeric key 0 021 Numeric key # #22 Half tone key RESOLUTION Half tone indicator23 Copy exposure DARK Copy exposure
adjustment key (darker) indicators24 Copy exposure LIGHT Copy exposure
adjustment key (lighter) indicators25 Stop/clear key STOP26 Start key START27 Copy/fax select key COPY/FAX Copy mode indicator
Fax mode indicator28 All clear/reset key RESET29 TAD key TAD TAD or memory
transmissionindicator
30 On-hook key CALL On-hook indicator31 Pause/redial key PAUSE32 Abbr./directory key ABBR
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-33
2AA
331(cont.) Order of
Key Display Indicatorpressing
33 One-touch key 1 ONE TOUCH 134 One-touch key 2 ONE TOUCH 235 One-touch key 3 ONE TOUCH 336 One-touch key 4 ONE TOUCH 437 One-touch key 5 ONE TOUCH 538 One-touch key 6 ONE TOUCH 639 One-touch key 7 ONE TOUCH 740 One-touch key 8 ONE TOUCH 841 One-touch key 9 ONE TOUCH 942 One-touch key 10 ONE TOUCH 1043 One-touch key 11 ONE TOUCH 1144 One-touch key 12 ONE TOUCH 1245 One-touch key 13 ONE TOUCH 1346 One-touch key 14 ONE TOUCH 1447 One-touch key 15 ONE TOUCH 1548 One-touch key 16 ONE TOUCH 1649 Memory Tx. key MEMORY TX TAD or memory
transmissionindicator
50 Broadcast key BROAD CAST51 Delayed Tx. key DELAYED TX52 Edit delayed Tx. key EDIT53 One-touch key 17 ONE TOUCH 1754 One-touch key 18 ONE TOUCH 1855 One-touch key 19 ONE TOUCH 1956 One-touch key 20 ONE TOUCH 2057 One-touch key 21 ONE TOUCH 2158 One-touch key 22 ONE TOUCH 2259 One-touch key 23 ONE TOUCH 2360 One-touch key 24 ONE TOUCH 2461 One-touch key 25 ONE TOUCH 2562 One-touch key 26 ONE TOUCH 2663 One-touch key 27 ONE TOUCH 2764 One-touch key 28 ONE TOUCH 2865 One-touch key 29 ONE TOUCH 2966 One-touch key 30 ONE TOUCH 3067 Print reports key PRINT REP68 Alternate display key ALTERNATE
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-34
2AA
332 Lighting all the indicators and display on the operation panel
DescriptionLights the indicators and message display on the operation panel.
PurposeUsed to check the indicators and display on the operation panel.
MethodPress the start key. All the indicators on the operation panel light, and allthe dots of the message display (LCD) light.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
337 Checking the operation of the DF motor
DescriptionTurns the DF motor on.
PurposeTo check the drive system of the sheet-through DF.
MethodPress the start key. The DF motor is turned on.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The DF motor stops and the current functionis exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-35
2AA
340 Outputting test patterns
DescriptionOutputs test patterns stored in the copier.
PurposeUsed to check performance after an image printing problem or the positionof the laser scanner unit is corrected.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select A3/LED (11" × 17") or A4R/LET (81/2" × 11") for the original
size using the cursor up key.3. Select a paper source using the cursor down key.
Display Paper feed position
1 Drawer 1
2 Drawer 2 (optional)
3 Drawer 3 (optional)
4 Drawer 4 (optional)
5 Bypass table
4. Press the start key. A test pattern is output continuously in the setcopy modes.
Figure 3-2-2 Test pattern
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. Test pattern output stops and the currentfunction is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-36
2AA
344 Outputting VTC patterns
DescriptionOutputs VTC patterns stored in the copier.
PurposeUsed to check for performance after an image printing problem is rectified.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select a paper source using the cursor down key.
Display Paper feed position
1 Drawer 1
2 Drawer 2 (optional)
3 Drawer 3 (optional)
4 Drawer 4 (optional)
5 Bypass table
3. Press the start key. A VTC pattern is output continuously.
Figure 3-2-3 VTC pattern
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. VTC pattern output stops and the currentfunction is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-37
2AA
350 Setting the copy count for waste toner tank replacement
DescriptionSets the number of sheets of paper to be handled by one waste tonertank.
PurposeUsed to change the time of replacing the waste toner tank.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Copy count 0 – 255 60
The set value is converted into the copy count for waste toner tankreplacement as follows:
Set value × 1000 (copies).
E.g.: When the set value is 250, the copy count for waste tonerreplacement is 250000.
When the set value is 0, the copy count is 1000, the same aswhen the set value is 1.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-38
2AA
353 Setting the copy limit after the waste toner tank overflow detection
DescriptionSets the number of sheets of paper that can be copied after waste tonertank overflow is detected.
PurposeTo be set according to user request.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Copy limit 0 – 60 60
The set value is converted into the copy limit as follows:
Set value × 5 (copies).
E.g.: When the set value is 60, the copy limit is 300.
When the set value is 0, copying is disabled as soon as thewaste toner tank overflow is detected.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
354 Checking and clearing the DF original count
DescriptionChecks, changes or clears the original feed count of the sheet-throughDF.
PurposeUsed to check the time for replacing maintenance parts.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor
down key and press the start key. The selected count is displayed.SGL: single counterDBL: double counter
Setting• To change the count1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys.
• To clear the count1. Enter “000000” using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function isexited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-39
2AA
355 Checking and clearing the scan count
DescriptionChecks, changes or clears the scan count.
PurposeUsed to check the time for replacing maintenance parts.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor
down key and press the start key. The selected counter count isdisplayed.
SGL: single counterDBL: double counter
Setting• To change the count1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys.
• To clear the count1. Enter “000000” using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function isexited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
356 Checking and clearing the printer count
DescriptionChecks, changes or clears the printing count of the printer.
PurposeUsed to check the time for replacing maintenance parts.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor
down key and press the start key. The selected count is displayed.SGL: single counterDBL: double counter
Setting• To change the count1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys.
• To clear the count1. Enter “000000” using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function isexited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-40
2AA
363 Checking and clearing the IU developing count
DescriptionChecks, changes or clears the developing count of the imaging unit. Whenreplacing the imaging unit, the developing count is automatically cleared.
PurposeUsed to check the time for replacing maintenance parts.
MethodPress the start key. The current count is displayed.
Setting• To change the count1. Enter the count (5 digits) using the numeric keys.
• To clear the count1. Enter “00000” using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function isexited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
364 Checking and clearing the waste toner tank count
DescriptionChecks, changes or clears the count of the waste toner tank.
PurposeUsed when the waste toner tank is replaced.
MethodPress the start key. The current count is displayed.
Setting• To change the count1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys.
• To clear the count1. Enter “000000” using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function isexited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-41
2AA
365 Entering the service telephone No.
DescriptionRegisters or deletes the service telephone No. shown when a service callcode is triggered.
PurposeTo set the telephone number for a service call when installing themachine.
MethodPress the start key. If the telephone No. has already been registered, thecurrent number is displayed.
Setting• To register the telephone number1. Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys. A maximum of
32 digits can be entered. To correct the entered number, press thestop/clear key to clear it.
• To delete the telephone number1. Press the stop/clear key. To cancel deletion of the telephone number,
press the stop/clear key again.
2. Press the start key. The telephone number is registered or deletedand the current function is exited.
367 Displaying the ROM version
DescriptionDisplays the ROM version of the main PCB.
PurposeUsed to check the ROM version of the main PCB.
MethodPress the start key. The ROM version is displayed.
ROM VERSION
Ver 1.00
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-42
2AA
368 Displaying the engine ROM version
DescriptionDisplays the ROM version of the engine PCB.
PurposeUsed to check the ROM version of the engine PCB.
MethodPress the start key. The ROM version is displayed.
ENGINE ROM VERSION
Ver 1.00
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
370 Switching between double and single counts
DescriptionSwitches the developing count method of the imaging unit.
PurposeTo be set according to user (copy service provider) request.
MethodPress the start key. The current counting system is displayed.
DOUBLE/SINGLE CNT:1
1:DOUBLE 2:SINGLE
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch the counting system.
Display Counting system
1: DOUBLE Double counts for A3/11" × 17" only
2: SINGLE Single counts for all sizes
2. Press the start key.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-43
2AA
371 Setting auto start
DescriptionTurns the auto start function on or off.
PurposeNo change from the factory default of 1 is necessary. To prevent prob-lems, change the setting to 2.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
COPY AUTO START:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch auto start on or off.
Display Counting system
1: ON Auto start on
2: OFF Auto start off
2. Press the start key.
372 Setting auto clear time
DescriptionSets the time to return to the initial setting after copying is completed.
PurposeTo be set to a comparatively long time for continuous copying at the samesettings.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the settings using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial valueChange in
value per step
Auto clear time 0 – 9 2 30 s
The set value is converted to the auto clear time as follows:
Set value × 30 (s).
E.g.: When the set value is 3, the auto clear time is 90 s. When thevalue is set to 0, auto clear is canceled.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-44
2AA
373 Setting auto preheat time
DescriptionSets the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode after copying iscompleted.
PurposeWhen the copier is in frequent use, increase the value to enable copyingpromptly without the recovery time from preheating; when the copier is notin frequent use, decrease the value to save energy.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Change invalue per step
Auto preheat time 0 – 9 3 5 min.
The set value is converted to the auto preheat/energy saver time asfollows:
Set value × 5 (min.).
E.g.: When the set value is 3, the auto preheat time is 15 min. Whenthe value is 0, auto preheat is canceled.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-45
2AA
374 Setting auto shutoff time
DescriptionSets the time to enter shutoff (energy saving) mode after copying iscompleted.
PurposeUsed to save energy when the copier is not in frequent use, by decreasingthe value.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial valueChange in
value per step
Auto shutoff time 0 – 24 6 5 min.
The set value is converted to the auto shutoff time as follows:
Set value × 5 (min.).
E.g.: When the set value is 4, the auto shutoff time is 20 min. Whenthe value is 0, auto shutoff is canceled.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-46
2AA
378 Setting operation under the toner empty condition
DescriptionSwitches between single and continuous copies under the toner emptycondition.
PurposeTo be set by the user based on how frequently continuous or single copiesare made.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
T.E ACTION:1
1:STOP 2:CONT
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch between single and
continuous copies.
Display Operation
1: STOP Single copies
2: CONT Continuous copies
2. Press the start key.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-47
2AA
389 Selecting if multiple copying is acceptable in memory copy mode
DescriptionSets if multiple copying is acceptable for a machine with less than 10 MBof bitmap memory when the machine is used in memory copy mode andpaper is fed from the DF. If set, multiple copying is possible but resolutiondeteriorates.For a machine with 10 MB of bitmap memory, multiple copying is alwaysacceptable, regardless of the setting.
PurposeSet to 1 if multiple copying, regardless of image quality, is required.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
MORE NUMBER COPIES :1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Counting system
1: ON Multiple copying is acceptable.
2: OFF Multiple copying is not acceptable.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-48
2AA
390 Initializing memory 1
DescriptionWrites the backup data of the main PCB to the engine PCB.
PurposeUsed after replacing the engine PCB.
Method1. Press the start key. The memory is initialized.2. After initialization, “COMPLETED” is displayed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
391 Initializing memory 2
DescriptionWrites the backup data of the engine PCB to the main PCB.
PurposeUsed after replacing the main PCB.
Method1. Press the start key. The memory is initialized.2. After initialization, “COMPLETED” is displayed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
400 Test copy mode
DescriptionExecutes normal copying in maintenance mode.
PurposeUsed to make test copies during adjustment in maintenance mode.
Method1. Press the start key. Test copy mode is set.2. Set an original on the contact glass or DF and make test copies. The
preset number of copies, original and paper sizes, and magnificationratio are displayed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. Test copy mode is exited and the screen toset the function No. appears.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-49
2AA
415 Setting the copy density level
DescriptionAdjust the copy density.
PurposeDo not change the setting; otherwise, the entire image may be madelighter or darker and resolution may be lowered.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Copy density level 0 – 255 184
Increasing the value darkens the copy image; decreasing the valuelightens the image.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
420 Adjusting white level
DescriptionSets the reference value for the white level that is used to detect the sizeof an original (on the original table) in the main scanning direction.
PurposeUsed when the size of an original (on the original table) in the maindirection is not detected correctly.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
White level reference 0 – 255 180
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-50
2AA
601 Initializing all data
DescriptionInitializes software switches for each destination and OEM, and all thedata in SRAM. It is not necessary to carry out this function in the field.
PurposeUsed to initialize the all data.
Method1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown.
Default: USA: 181Europe: 004
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA
COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown.Default: 000There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA
OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-tion, press the all clear/reset key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes aredisplayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. ALL DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. ALL DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-51
2AA
602 Initializing permanent data
DescriptionInitializes data other than software switches for each destination andOEM; and settings, registrations, counts and machine data in SRAM.
PurposeUsed when upgrading firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB).
Method1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown.
Default: USA: 181Europe: 004
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. KEEP DATA
COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown.Default: 000There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. KEEP DATA
OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-tion, press the all clear/reset key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes aredisplayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. KEEP DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. KEEP DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-52
2AA
603 Setting factory defaults
DescriptionInitializes data (other than software switches for each destination andOEM, and machine data in SRAM) to the factory defaults .
PurposeUsed to initialize the above data to the factory defaults.
Method1. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-
tion, press the all clear/reset key.2. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are
displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. SHIP DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. SHIP DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-53
2AA
604 Initializing the main PCB (MFP)
DescriptionWrites backup data of the engine PCB to the main PCB after initializingthe main PCB for each destination and OEM. Initializes the image memoryat the same time.
PurposeUsed after replacing the main PCB.
Method1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown.
Default: USA: 181Europe: 004
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. MFP DATA
COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown.Default: 000There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. MFP DATA
OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-tion, press the all clear/reset key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes aredisplayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. MFP DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. MFP DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-54
2AA
606 Initializing the administration password
DescriptionInitializes the administration password to the factory default, 6482.
PurposeUsed if the administration password that was changed has been forgotten.
Method1. Press the start key. Initialization of the administration password starts.
To cancel initialization, press the all clear/reset key.2. When initialized, “COMPLETED” is displayed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
607 Initializing the confidential box ID
DescriptionInitializes the confidential box ID to the default, 0000.
PurposeUsed if the confidential box ID that was changed has been forgotten.
Method1. Press the start key. Initialization of the confidential box ID starts. To
cancel initialization, press the all clear/reset key.2. When initialized, “COMPLETED” is displayed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
620 Setting the self telephone number
DescriptionRegisters or deletes the self telephone number.
PurposeTo be set when installing a machine.
MethodPress the start key. If a telephone number is already registered, thecurrent number is displayed.
Setting• To register the telephone number:1. Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys.
Up to 32 digits can be entered.To correct the entered number, reset it by pressing the stop/clear key.
• To delete the telephone number:1. Press the stop/clear key. To cancel deletion of the telephone number,
press the stop/clear key again.
2. Press the start key. The telephone number is registered or deletedand the current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-55
2AA
621 Setting a telephone line
DescriptionSetting the type of a telephone line.
PurposeTo be set when installing a machine.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
REG LINE TYPE :1
1:DTMF 2:10 3:20
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: DTMF DTMF
2: 10 10 PPS
3: 20 20 PPS
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
622 Setting the number of rings in fax/telephone auto select mode
DescriptionSets the number of rings before switching to fax in fax/telephone autoselect mode.
PurposeAccording to user request, to increase or decrease the time required toswitch to a fax.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Number of fax/telephone rings 0 – 15
When set to 0, a fax is selected immediately after receiving a ringtone.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-56
2AA
623 Setting remote diagnostic transmission
DescriptionSelects if remote diagnostic transmission is performed.
PurposeTo perform remote diagnostic transmission.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
REMOTE DIAG:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to select if remote diagnostic
transmission is performed.
Display Description
1: ON Performs remote diagnostic transmission.
2: OFF Does not perform remote diagnostic transmission.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
634 Resetting the transmission history
DescriptionResets all the transmission history, such as the activity report, error list,action list, setting list and document numbers.
PurposeUsed when reset of the transmission history is requested by the user.
Method1. Press the start key. Reset of the transmission starts. To cancel
resetting, press the all clear/reset key.2. When reset, “COMPLETED” is displayed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-57
2AA
637 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax at100% magnification
DescriptionSets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received datavolume exceeds the recording capacity when recording the data at 100%magnification. If the number of exceed lines is below the setting, thoselines are ignored. If more than the setting, they are recorded on the nextpage.
PurposeIncrease the setting when the blank second page is received, anddecrease it when the received image does not include the entire transmit-ted data.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial valueChange in
value per step
Lines to be0 – 22 3 6 linesignored
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-58
2AA
638 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax inauto reduction mode
DescriptionSets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received datavolume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in autoreduction mode. If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting,those lines are ignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page isfurther reduced so that it can be recorded on the same page.
PurposeIncrease the setting if a page received in reduction mode is over-reducedand too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if the received imagedoes not include the entire transmitted data.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial valueChange in
value per step
Number of lines0 – 22 3 6 linesto be ignored
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-59
2AA
639 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax(A4R, letter) in auto reduction mode
DescriptionSets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received datavolume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in autoreduction mode onto A4R or letter-size paper under the conditions below.If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting, those lines areignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page is further reduced sothat it can be recorded on the same page.• With A4R present and folio absent in the drawers• With letter-size paper present and legal-size paper absent in the drawers
PurposeIncrease the setting if a page received in reduction mode is over-reducedand too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if the received imagedoes not include the entire transmitted data.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial valueChange in
value per step
Lines to be0 – 22 3 6 linesignored
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-60
2AA
640 Setting how to proceed when memory becomes full during memorytransmission
DescriptionSets how to proceed when memory becomes full during memory transmis-sion.
PurposeTo select between user selection for whether to send only stored data orto cancel transmission user selection, and automatic transmissioncancellation.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
MEMORY FULL :1
1:CONT 2:STOP
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: CONT Whether to continue memory transmission or to clear thememory can be selected by the user.
2: STOP Memory is forcibly cleared.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-61
2AA
641 Setting an alarm when reception is completed
DescriptionSelects if an alarm rings when reception is completed.
PurposeTo be set according to user request.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
FINISH ALARM:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON An alarm rings.
2: OFF An alarm does not ring.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
642 Setting the conditions under which an error indicator turns off
DescriptionSets conditions under which an error indicator turns off.
PurposeTo be set according to user request.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ALARM TURN OFF:1
1:RESET 2:COMM
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: RESET An error indicator turns off only when the all clear/resetkey is pressed.
2: COMM An error indicator turns off when any key is pressed, anoriginal is inserted or the next transmission is started.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-62
2AA
643 Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is performed
DescriptionSelects if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is performed whenreceiving or copying a long document.
PurposeSet to 2 when reception of a long document at 100% magnification isrequested.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
AUTO REDUCE:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Auto reduction is performed if the received document islonger than the fax paper.
2: OFF Auto reduction is not performed.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-63
2AA
644 Setting the date format
DescriptionSelects the date format on the respective reports and sender’s informationrecord.
PurposeTo be set according to user request or respective local date notationcustoms.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
DATE PATTERN:1
1:YMD 2:MDY 3:DMY
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Order
1: YMD Year/month/day
2: MDY Month/day/year
3: DMY Day/month/year
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-64
2AA
645 Setting addition of an image to the report
DescriptionSelects if an image is added to the communication report.
PurposeTo be set according to user request.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ADD IMAGE:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Image added.
2: OFF Image not added.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
646 Setting the error report output conditions (display format)
DescriptionSelects the format of the transmission report when a transmission erroroccurs.
PurposeTo be set according to user request.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ERROR CODE:1
1:WORDS 2:CODE 3:MIX
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: WORDS Records an error message (BUSY, OK, ERROR or STOP).
2: CODE Records a six-digit error code.
3: MIX Records either an error message or code.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-65
2AA
647 Setting the line-monitoring period
DescriptionSets the period to monitor the line.
PurposeAccording to user request, select whether or not to monitor the line via aspeaker during image reception.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
MONITOR PERIOD:1
1:END 2:DIS
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: END Until transmission is completed.
2: DIS After dialing is completed until reception of a DIS signal.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
648 Setting the mode for remote switching
DescriptionSets the signal detection method for remote switching.
PurposeTo change the setting according to the type of telephone connected to themachine.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
REMOTE MODE:1
1:ONE 2:CONT
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ONE One-shot detection
2: CONT Continuous detection
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-66
2AA
649 Setting if the image scanning quality in fax mode is initialized
DescriptionSelect if the resolution is to be initialized when fax operation is complete.
PurposeTo be set according to user request.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
RESO. LOCK(FAX):1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Resolution is initialized.
2: OFF Resolution is not initialized.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
650 Initializing the scanning density in fax mode
DescriptionSets if the scanning density is initialized when fax operation is complete.
PurposeTo be set according to user request.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
DENS. LOCK(FAX):1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Density is initialized.
2: OFF Density is not initialized.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-67
2AA
659 Setting the number of lines to be ignored in rotation mode
DescriptionSets the maximum number of lines to be ignored when the received datavolume exceeds capacity in rotation mode. When the number of theexceeded lines is below the setting, those lines are ignored and theremaining data only is received. If over the setting, reception in rotationmode is disabled.
PurposeIncrease the setting if reception in rotation mode is disabled. However, thiscan result in partially missing transmission data on the received image.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Number of lines to beignored in the auxiliary 0 – 255 3direction
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
660 Setting the fax image scanning quality
DescriptionSets the initial condition of fax image scanning quality (resolution).
PurposeSet to the resolution that is most frequently used by the user.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
FAX RESOLUTION:1
1:S 2:F 3:SF 4:UF
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: S Normal
2: F Fine
3: SF Super fine
4: UF Ultra fine
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-68
2AA
661 Setting fax/copy priority mode
DescriptionSelects whether fax or copy mode is on standby after completing operation.
PurposeTo select the mode that is used more frequently by the user.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
FAX/COPY:1
1:FAX 2:COPY
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: FAX Fax mode is selected when operation is complete.
2: COPY Copy mode is selected when operation is complete.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
680 Setting the auto redialing interval
DescriptionSets the auto redialing interval.
PurposeTo change the setting to prevent the following problems: a fax may not besent if the interval is too short, and it takes too much time to completetransmission if the interval is too long.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Redialing interval 1 – 9 min.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-69
2AA
681 Setting the number of times of auto redialing
DescriptionSets the number of times of auto redialing.
PurposeUsed to prevent an error code U00000 or error message “BUSY” fromappearing frequently by increasing the setting.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Number of redialing 0 – 9
When set to 0, no redialing is performed.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
682 Setting the method to process errors
DescriptionSelects if transmission is to be treated as in error if a RTN or PIN signal isreceived. If it is treated as in error, an alarm sounds and a transmissionreport is output.
PurposeTo be set according to user request.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ERROR DEALING:1
1:OK 2:ERROR
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: OK Transmission is not treated as in error.
2: ERROR Transmission is treated as in error.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-70
2AA
685 Setting the number of times of DIS signal reception
DescriptionSets the number of times to receive the DIS signal to once or twice.
PurposeUsed as one of the correction measures for transmission errors and otherproblems.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
DIS RESPONSE:1
1:ONCE 2:TWICE
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ONCE Responds to the first signal.
2: TWICE Responds to the second signal.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
686 Setting the reference for RTN signal output
DescriptionSets the error line rate as the reference for RTN signal output.
PurposeTo increase the setting if an image cannot be received correctly.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
RTN THRESHOLD:1
1:5 2:10 3:15 4:20
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 5 Error line rate of 5%
2: 10 Error line rate of 10%
3: 15 Error line rate of 15%
4: 20 Error line rate of 20%
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-71
2AA
687 Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problem at the sender
DescriptionSets the period before a DCS signal is sent after a DIS is received.
PurposeUsed when problems due to echoes at the sender occur.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
TX ECHO CORRECT:1
1:500 2:200
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 500 Sends a DCS 500 ms after receiving a DIS.
2: 200 Sends a DCS 200 ms after receiving a DIS.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
688 Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problem at the receiver
DescriptionSets the period before an NSF, CSI or DIS signal is sent after a CEDsignal is received.
PurposeUsed when problems due to echoes at the receiver occur.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
RX ECHO CORRECT:1
1:500 2:75
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 500 Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS signal 500 ms after a CEDsignal is received.
2: 75 Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS signal 75 ms after a CEDsignal is received.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-72
2AA
689 Setting the communication starting speed
DescriptionSets the initial communication speed when starting transmission. Whenthe destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 is selected for transmission,regardless of this setting.
PurposeTo be set when installing the machine.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
TX SPEED:1
1:144 2:96 3:48 4:24
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 144 V.17, 14400 bps
2: 96 V.17, 9600 bps
3: 48 V.27ter, 4800 bps
4: 24 V.27ter, 2400 bps
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-73
2AA
690 Setting the reception speed
DescriptionSets the reception speed that the sender is informed of using the DIS orNSF signal. When the destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 isselected, regardless of the setting.
PurposeTo be set when installing the machine.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
RX SPEED:1
1:144 2:96 3:48 4:24
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 144 V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27ter
2: 96 V.29, V.27ter
3: 48 V.27ter
4: 24 V.27ter (fallback only)
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-74
2AA
691 Setting no-ring reception when using the F network
DescriptionSets if no-ring reception (a fax is received without the machine ringing) isin use.
PurposeAccording to user request, select ring or no-ring reception when using theF network.Note that the F network is available only in Japan and no setting isnecessary for other destinations.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description Initial value
1: ON No-ring reception is available.2
2: OFF No-ring reception is not available.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
692 Setting transmission intervals
DescriptionSets the minimum time required for connection to the line for the nexttransmission after the previous transmission was completed.
PurposeTo change the setting if transmission problems occur during multi-transmission, such as broadcasting and polling transmission, or reservedtransmission.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 10 10 s
2: 30 30 s
3: 70 70 s
4: 120 120 s
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-75
2AA
693 Setting if V.34 transmission is acceptable
DescriptionSelect if transmission by V.34 is acceptable.
PurposeDepending on the quality of the line to be used, change the setting to 2 ifany problems occur during transmission.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric key to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON V.34 transmission is acceptable.
2: OFF V.34 transmission is inhibited.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
700 Setting ECM transmission
DescriptionSelects if ECM transmission is available.
PurposeTo be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher prioritythan image quality.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ECM TX:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON ECM transmission is available.
2: OFF ECM transmission is not available.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-76
2AA
701 Setting ECM reception
DescriptionSelects if ECM reception is available.
PurposeTo be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher prioritythan image quality.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ECM RX:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON ECM reception is available.
2: OFF ECM reception is not available.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
702 Setting the criteria for a TCF signal 1
DescriptionSets the maximum number of error bytes acceptable when judging a TCFsignal.
PurposeUsed as one of the correction measures for an error code U01143 andother problems.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Number of errors as a criterion for a TCF0 – 255signal
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-77
2AA-1
703 Setting frequency of the CED signal
DescriptionSets frequency of the CED signal.
PurposeNo change from the factory default is necessary.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
CED FREQENCY:1
1:2100 2:1100
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: 2100 2100 Hz
2: 1100 1100 Hz
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
704 Setting the criteria for a TCF signal 2
DescriptionSets the signal checking time as a criterion for a received TCF signal.
PurposeUsed as one of the correction measures for an error code U01143 andother problems.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric key to change the setting.
Display Description
1: LONG Checks for 1.2 s.
2: SHORT Checks for 1.0 s.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-78
2AA-1
3-2-77-1
705 Setting the reception of short protocol transmission
DescriptionSelects if receiving or ignoring transmission using short protocol.
PurposeIf short protocol transmission is received when an auto switching device isattached to the machine, communication problems, including autoswitching inability, sometimes occur. Select the setting to ignore shortprotocol transmission to prevent such problems.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: ON Receives short protocol transmission.
2: OFF Ignores short protocol transmission.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-78
2AA
710 Setting the T0 time-out time
DescriptionSets the time before detecting a DIS after a dialing signal is sent.
PurposeDepending on the quality of a exchange, or when the auto select functionis selected at the destination unit, a line can be disconnected due to T0time-out. Change the setting to prevent this problem.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
T0 time-out time 30 – 90 s
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
711 Setting the one-shot detection time for remote switching
DescriptionSets the detection time when one-shot detection is selected for remoteswitching.
PurposeTo change the setting if malfunction occurs due to external noise duringremote switching.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
One-shot detection time for remote switching 0 – 255 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-79
2AA
712 Setting the continuous detection time for remote switching
DescriptionSets the detection time when continuous detection is selected for remoteswitching.
PurposeTo change the setting if malfunction occurs due to external noise duringremote switching.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Continuous detection time for remote switching 0 – 255 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
713 Setting the T1 time-out time
DescriptionSets the time before detecting a DIS signal after sending an EOM signal.
PurposeNo change from the factory default is necessary.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
T1 time-out time 30 – 90 s
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-80
2AA
714 Setting the T2 time-out time
DescriptionSets the T2 time-out time. The T2 time-out time decides the following.• From CFR signal output to image data reception• From image data reception to the next signal reception• In ECM, from RNR signal output to the next signal reception
PurposeUsed as one of the correction measures for an error code U01114 andother problems.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial valueChange in
value per step
T2 time-out time 1 – 255 60 100 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-81
2AA
716 Setting the Ta time-out time
DescriptionIn fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time during which rings to callan operator continue through the connected telephone or speaker of theunit after receiving a call as a fax machine (see the diagram below). A faxsignal is received within the Ta set time, or fax mode is selected automati-cally when the time elapses.
Ta
Rin
g de
tect
ion
Line
con
nect
ion
as a
fax
mac
hine
Rin
gs
Sta
rt o
f fax
rec
eptio
n
Figure 3-2-4 Ta time-out time
PurposeIn fax/telephone auto select mode, change the setting when fax receptionis unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Ta time-out time 1 – 255 s 30
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-82
2AA
717 Setting the Tb time-out time
DescriptionIn fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time to start rings to call anoperator via the connected telephone or by the unit speaker after receivinga call as a fax machine (see the diagram below).
Tb
Rin
g de
tect
ion
Line
con
nect
ion
as a
fax
mac
hine
Rin
gs
Sta
rt o
f fax
rec
eptio
nFigure 3-2-5 Tb time-out time
PurposeIn fax/telephone auto select mode, change the setting when fax receptionis unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial valueChange in
value per step
Tb time-out time 1 – 255 50 100 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-83
2AA
718 Setting the Tc time-out time
DescriptionIn TAD mode, set the time to check if there are any triggers to shift to faxreception after a connected telephone receives a call. Only the telephonefunction is available if shifting is not made within the set Tb time.
PurposeIn TAD mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or atelephone fails to receive a call.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Tc time-out time 1 – 255 s 60
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
719 Setting the Td time-out time
DescriptionSets the length of the time required to determine silent status (fax), one ofthe triggers for Tc time check.
PurposeIn TAD mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or atelephone fails to receive a call. Be sure not to set too short; otherwise,the mode may be shifted to fax while the unit is being used as a tel-ephone.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Td time-out time 1 – 255 s 30
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-84
2AA
720 Setting the modem output level
DescriptionSets the modem output level.
PurposeTo be set when installing the machine.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed as a binary number.
SGL LEVEL MODEM
XXXX XXXX
Bit Output level setting
Bit 1 1: –0.25 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 2 1: –0.5 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 3 1: –1 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 4 1: –2 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 5 1: –4 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 6 1: –8 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 7 Setting is inhibited.
Setting1. Change the setting using numeric keys 1 to 6. The bit setting in
accordance with the entered number is displayed.
SGL LEVEL MODEM
XXXX XXXX
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-85
2AA
721 Adjusting modem output level
DescriptionAdjusts the modem output level.
PurposeNo change is necessary from the factory default.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Modem sending level 4 – 12
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
724 Setting the modem detection level
DescriptionSets the modem detection level.
PurposeUsed as one of the correction measures for transmission errors and otherproblems.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
REG. RX MODEMLEVEL:1
1:33 2:38 3:43 4:47
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 33 –33 dBm
2: 38 –38 dBm
3: 43 –43 dBm
4: 47 –47 dBm
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-86
2AA
725 Setting DTMF (high-frequency group) output level
DescriptionSets the output level of the high-frequency tones of a push-button dial.
PurposeUsed if problems occur when sending a signal with a push-button dial.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
DTMF (high-frequency group) output level 0 – 255
E.g.: When set to 8, DTMF (high-frequency group) output level is–8 dBm.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
726 Setting DTMF (low-frequency group) output level
DescriptionSets the output level of the low-frequency tones of a push-button dial.
PurposeUsed if problems occur when sending a signal with a push-button dial.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
DTMF (low-frequency group) output level 0 – 255
E.g.: When set to 9, DTMF (low-frequency group) output level is–9 dBm.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-87
2AA
727 Adjusting the DTMF (high-frequency group) output level
DescriptionAdjusts the output level for the high-frequency tone of a push-button dial.
PurposeNo change is necessary from the factory default.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
DTMF (high-frequency group) output level 4 – 12
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
728 Adjusting the DTMF (low-frequency group) output level
DescriptionAdjusts the output level for the low-frequency group of a push-button dial.
PurposeNo change is necessary from the factory default.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
DTMF (low-frequency group) output level 4 – 12
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-88
2AA
740 Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN
DescriptionSelects if a fax is to be connected to either a PBX or public switchedtelephone network.
PurposeTo be set when installing the machine.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
EXCHANGE:1
1:PSTN 2:PBX
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: PSTN Connected to the public switched telephone network.
2: PBX Connected to a PBX.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
741 Setting PSTN dial tone detection
DescriptionSelects if the dial tone is detected to check off-hook when a fax isconnected to a public switched telephone network.
PurposeAccording to user request, set to 2 when sending a fax without dial tone.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
DETECT DIAL TONE:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Detects the dial tone.
2: OFF Does not detect the dial tone.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-89
2AA-1
742 Setting the busy tone detection
DescriptionWhen a fax signal is sent, sets whether the line is disconnected immedi-ately after a busy tone is detected, or the busy tone is not detected andthe line remains connected until T0 time-out time.
PurposeFax transmission may fail due to incorrect busy tone detection. When setto 2, this problem may be prevented. However, the line is not discon-nected within the T0 time-out time even if the destination line is busy.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Detects busy tone.
2: OFF Does not detect busy tone.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
743 Setting for a PBX
DescriptionSelects the mode to connect an outside call when connected to a PBX.
PurposeAccording to the type of the PBX connected, select the mode to connectan outside call.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: EARTH Earth mode
2: FLS Flashing mode
3: LOOP Code number mode
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-90
2AA-1
750 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of 10-PPS dial pulse
DescriptionAdjusts the ratio of make-to-break (rate of make in pulse cycle) of 10-PPSdial pulse.
PurposeChange the setting if 10-PPS dial pulse transmission problems occur.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Make time in the pulse cycle 1 – 99 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
751 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of 20-PPS dial pulse
DescriptionAdjusts the ratio of make-to-break (rate of make in pulse cycle) of 20-PPSdial pulse.
PurposeChange the setting if 20-PPS dial pulse transmission problems occur.Note that 20 PPS is for Japanese specifications only and no setting isnecessary for other specifications.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Make time in the1 – 49 ms 16pulse cycle
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-91
2AA
760 Outputting the setting list
DescriptionOutputs a list of software switches, self telephone number, confidentialbox ID’s and ROM versions.
PurposeUsed when checking the above items to trace the cause.
MethodPress the start key. A sheet of the setting list as in the figure below isoutput and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are referencevalues.
Figure 3-2-6 Setting list
System Configuration Report
Soft Switch0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SW000 - 009 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 98 01 80 00SW010 - 019 : 00 00 C0 46 A0 20 00 C8 40 00SW020 - 029 : 00 00 20 80 00 80 03 03 03 07SW030 - 039 : 16 03 1A 00 00 64 04 B4 00 55SW040 - 049 : 02 0F 00 40 00 80 00 48 00 40SW050 - 059 : 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00SW060 - 069 : 00 02 00 01 00 00 40 80 40 00SW070 - 079 : 00 00 00 00 00 D9 D0 00 FB E1SW080 - 089 : 80 F8 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00SW090 - 099 : 3A 00 10 00 D0 03 03 00 00 00SW100 - 109 : 5A 00 00 C0 C0 8B 33 00 00 00SW110 - 119 : 80 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00SW120 - 129 : 3A 26 3C 82 1E 3C 1E 32 3C 1ESW130 - 139 : 03 50 07 24 00 00 00 00 00 00SW140 - 149 : 00 D8 40 08 09 00 05 25 55 ADSW150 - 159 : 57 50 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00SW160 - 169 : 40 10 00 00 00 F0 72 00 00 00SW170 - 179 : 03 0C 05 1E 78 46 21 43 10 22SW180 - 189 : 24 18 19 8E 07 FA 03 05 1E 01SW190 - 199 : 00 00 23 1E 20 00 00 00 00 00SW200 - 209 : 08 88 14 14 0A 1E 1E 0A 0A 0ASW210 - 219 : 1E 1E 04 06 1E 0A 10 00 00 00SW220 - 229 : 00 00 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A 1ESW230 - 239 : 1E 1E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00SW240 - 249 : 00 7A 8F 80 7A A9 3C 32 01 80SW250 - 259 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00SW260 - 269 : 02 A3 F5 CD 03 B8 59 8C DE 00SW270 - 279 : 1E 3B 00 3C 00 00 00 00 00 10SW280 - 289 : 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06SW290 - 299 : 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 00 00SW300 - 309 : 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22SW310 - 319 : 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22SW320 - 329 : 22 22 22 06 06 06 06 00 00 00SW330 - 339 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00SW340 - 349 : 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 00SW350 - 359 : 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 00SW360 - 369 : 07 07 07 07 07 07 03 07 07 00SW370 - 379 : B4 14 14 14 14 14 14 00 00 00
Own Name #0
Own Telephone NumberOwn ID 0000Permit Tel Number #1
#2#3#4#5
Permit ID #1#2#3#4#5
ROM Version 0. 15
ROM Date 1998-06-10
P. 001
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-92
2AA
Figure 3-2-7 Action list
761 Outputting the action list
DescriptionOutputs a list of error history, transmission line details, versions and otherinformation.
PurposeUsed when checking the above items to trace the cause.
MethodPress the start key. A sheet of the action list as in the figure below isoutput and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are referencevalues.
Action List
Error History1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 000001 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 000002 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 000003 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
4 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000Service Call History C00 C00 C00 C00 C00Transaction History
Total transaction = 2Total communication error = 0
Total no. of pages sent = 1 Total no. of pages received = 1Pages sent directly = 0 Pages received directly = 1Pages sent using memory = 1 Pages received from memory = 0
G3 TX = 0 G3 RX = 0ECM TX = 1 ECM RX = 1Proprietary TX = 0 Proprietary RX = 0Total calls made = 1 Total calls received = 1Total TX error = 0 Total RX error = 0
33600 bps/V. 34 TX = 1 33600 bps/V. 34 RX = 1 Broadcast = 031200 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 31200 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Relay Command = 028800 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 28800 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Relay Broadcast = 026400 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 26400 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Relay RX = 024000 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 24000 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Polling TX = 021600 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 21600 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Polling RX = 019200 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 19200 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Reverse Polling = 016800 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 16800 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Delayed TX = 014400 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 14400 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Confidential TX = 012000 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 12000 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Confidential RX = 0 9600 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 9600 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Password check TX = 0 7200 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 7200 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Password check RX = 0 4800 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 4800 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 2400 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 2400 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 14400 bps/V. 33 RX = 0 ROM Version 0. 15 12000 bps/V. 33 RX = 0 ROM Date 1998-06-1014400 bps/V. 17 TX = 0 14400 bps/V. 17 RX = 0 Country Code 00012000 bps/V. 17 TX = 0 12000 bps/V. 17 RX = 0 OEM Code 000 9600 bps/V. 17 TX = 0 9600 bps/V. 17 RX = 0 Signal Level 0. 00 dB 7200 bps/V. 17 TX = 0 7200 bps/V. 17 RX = 0 DTMF HIGH 0. 00 dB 9600 bps/V. 29 TX = 0 9600 bps/V. 29 RX = 0 LOW 0. 00 dB 7200 bps/V. 29 TX = 0 7200 bps/V. 29 RX = 0 DP Make Time 33 10PPS 4800 bps/V. 27 ter TX = 0 4800 bps/V. 27 ter RX = 0 16 20PPS 2400 bps/V. 27 ter TX = 0 2400 bps/V. 27 ter RX = 0 ADF Document 20 20 10 Table Document 10 10 10ADF Main Scanning Adjust = 30 Paper 10 10ADF Sub Scanning Adjust = 30 Cassette Center 10 10 10 10Table Main Scanning Adjust = 30 Bypass Center 10Table Sub Scanning Adjust = 30
P. 001
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-93
2AA
762 Outputting the monitor list
DescriptionOutputs a list of destination codes, OEM codes, counts, ROM versions,transmission speeds, resolutions and minimum transmission times.
PurposeUsed when checking the above items to trace the cause.
MethodPress the start key. A sheet of the monitor list as in the figure below isoutput and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are referencevalues.
Figure 3-2-8 Monitor list
Monitor List
Country Code 00HOEM Code 00HSignal Level 0. 00 dBADF Counter (S) 000000
(D) 000000Scanner Counter (S) 000001
(D) 000001Image Unit 004626Printer (S) 000374
(D) 000374Speed V17. 14400bps V. 34 33600bpsMin. TX Time 5 msec/lineResolution NORMALROM Version 0.15ROM Date 1998-06-10
P. 001
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-94
2AA
763 Outputting the own-status report
DescriptionOutputs the list of settings in maintenance mode.
PurposeUsed before and after replacing the main PCB.
MethodPress the start key. A sheet of the own-status report as shown in functionNo. 000 is output and the current function is exited.
770 Performing memory tests
DescriptionPerforms tests for SRAM and DRAM (image memory and bitmapmemory).
PurposeUsed to check if reading and writing are performed correctly in respectiveinstalled memories.
MethodPress the start key. The test is performed and the result is displayed asfollows.
• When the test result is OK:
TEST MEMORY
OK
• When the test result is NG:
TEST MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG 0x∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗: address
DRAM IMG: DRAM (image memory) errorDRAM B.M: DRAM (bitmap memory) errorSRAM: SRAM error
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key if the test result is OK. The current setting isexited. Reset by turning the main switch off and on if the test result is NG.
Function DescriptionNo.
3-2-95
2AA
771 Performing optional memory tests
DescriptionPerforms tests for optional memories (one image memory and two bitmapmemories).
PurposeUsed to check if reading and writing are performed correctly in respectiveoptional memories installed.
MethodPress the start key. The test is performed and the result is displayed asfollows.
• When the test result is OK:
TEST OPTION MEMORY
OK
• When the test result is NG:
TEST OPTION MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG 0x∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗: address
IMG: Image memory errorB.M: Bitmap memory error
• When the test result is NG (memory is not installed):
TEST OPTION MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG
IMG: Image memory is not installed.B.M 0: (Upper) bitmap memory is not installed.B.M 1: (Lower) bitmap memory is not installed.
CompletionPress the all clear/reset key if the test result is OK. The current setting isexited. Reset by turning the main switch off and on if the test result is NG.
1-1-21
2AA
CONTENTS
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1(1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1(2) Running a maintenance function ................................................. 3-3-2
3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3(1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed pulley .............................. 3-3-3(2) Detaching and refitting the bypass paper feed pulley ................. 3-3-4(3) Adjusting the centerline of printing .............................................. 3-3-7(4) Adjusting the start position of image printing............................... 3-3-8(5) Adjusting the end position of image printing ................................ 3-3-9
3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-10(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................ 3-3-10(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires ................................. 3-3-11
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires .......................................... 3-3-11(2-2) Refitting the scanner wires ............................................. 3-3-12
(3) Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit ........................... 3-3-17(4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (reference) ........................ 3-3-18(5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3 .................................................. 3-3-20(6) Adjusting the scanning centerline of the original on
the contact glass ....................................................................... 3-3-21(7) Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on
the contact glass ....................................................................... 3-3-22(8) Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on
the contact glass ....................................................................... 3-3-23(9) Adjusting the magnification ....................................................... 3-3-24
(10) Adjusting the right and left margins ........................................... 3-3-253-3-4 Imaging unit section .......................................................................... 3-3-26
(1) Detaching and refitting the drum and the cleaning blade(reference) ................................................................................. 3-3-26
(2) Cleaning the drum ..................................................................... 3-3-293-3-5 Transfer section ................................................................................ 3-3-30
(1) Detaching and refitting the transfer roller .................................. 3-3-303-3-6 Fixing and eject section .................................................................... 3-3-31
(1) Detaching the fixing unit ............................................................ 3-3-31(2) Replacing the fixing heater ........................................................ 3-3-33(3) Replacing the fixing unit thermistor ........................................... 3-3-34(4) Replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2 ................................. 3-3-35(5) Detaching and refitting the heat and press rollers and
the heat roller separation claws ................................................. 3-3-363-3-7 DF ..................................................................................................... 3-3-38
(1) Detaching and refitting the DF forwarding pulley ...................... 3-3-38(2) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley.................... 3-3-39(3) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley ...................... 3-3-40(4) Adjusting the copy center line when the sheet-through DF
is used ....................................................................................... 3-3-43
1-1-22
2AA
(5) Adjusting the scanning start position when the sheet-throughDF is used ................................................................................. 3-3-44
(6) Adjusting the scanning end position when the sheet throughDF is used ................................................................................. 3-3-45
(7) Adjusting magnification ............................................................. 3-3-463-3-8 Others ............................................................................................... 3-3-47
(1) Detaching and refitting the waste toner tank ............................. 3-3-47
2AA
3-3-1
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly
(1) Precautions• Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting
disassembly.• When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board.• Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static
charge.• Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit or optical section thermostats.
Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using a thick-ness gauge.
• Prevent the ingress of dust, which can cause image problems (thin/thick lines), insidethe copier while removing the contact glass.
• Use the following testers when measuring voltages:Hioki 3200Sanwa MD-180CSanwa YX-360TRBeckman TECH300Beckman DM45Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values)Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values)Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values)Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values)Arlec DMM 1050Arlec YF1030C
• Prepare the following as test originals:1. NTC (new test chart)2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)
2AA-1
3-3-2
(2) Running a maintenance function
Enter 10871087 with the numeric keys.
Press the all clear/reset key.
“MAINTENANCE MODE 000” is shown on the display.
Enter 001 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Enter the function No. with the numeric keys and press the start key.
The selected maintenance function is run.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the start key.
Start
End
Maintenance mode is entered.
The maintenance function is selected.
Maintenance mode is exited.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2AA
3-3-3
3-3-2 Paper feed section
(1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed pulleyClean or replace the paper feed pulley as follows.
Procedure1. Open the front cover and remove the imaging unit.2. Detach the right, left and front covers.3. Remove the two screws and remove the front inner cover, the IU stopper and the
spring.4. Remove the E-ring and the bushing from the front of the left registration roller.
E-ringIU stopperSpring
Front inner cover Bushing Left registration roller
Figure 3-3-1
5. Remove the 2-pin and 6-pin connectors of the paper feed assembly.6. Remove the two screws holding the paper feed assembly.7. Raise the front end of the left registration roller slightly, slide the paper feed assembly
toward the front of the copier and remove it.
6-pin connector
Paper feed assembly
Left registration roller
2-pin connector
Figure 3-3-2
2AA
3-3-4
8. Turn the paper feed assembly over.9. Remove the E-ring and the bushing on the front of the paper feed shaft.
10. Remove the screw holding each paper feed pulley, and pull the pulley off the paperfeed shaft. When refitting the pulley, take care to ensure correct orientation.
11. Clean or replace the paper feed pulley.12. Refit all the removed parts.
Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the paper feed pulley
(2) Detaching and refitting the bypass paper feed pulleyClean or replace the bypass paper feed pulley as follows.
Procedure1. Remove the three screws and right side cover.
E-ring
Paper feed pulley
Paper feed shaft
Bushing ScrewE-ring
Paper feed pulley
Paper feed shaft
Bushing
Screw
Metric specifications
Inch specifications
Right side cover
Figure 3-3-4
2AA
3-3-5
6. Remove the two screws holding the bypass paper feed assembly. Slide the bypasspaper feed assembly to the machine front and remove it from the copier.
Bypass paper feed assembly
Figure 3-3-6
D-shaped cutout
Strap
Bypass cover
Pin
Paper conveying assemblyE-ring
Figure 3-3-5
2. Open the paper conveying assembly and remove the drawer.3. Remove the screw and detach the strap from the paper conveying assembly.4. Remove the E-ring and pin on the machine front holding the paper conveying assem-
bly and detach the assembly from the copier. To refit the assembly, insert the pin intothe D-shaped cutout in the assembly.
5. Remove the screw holding the bypass cover, and the cover.
2AA
3-3-6
7. Remove the screw holding each of the bypass lift cam and the bypass paper feedpulley.
8. Remove the two E-rings, the bushing, the bypass lift cam, the two bypass paper feedcollars and the bypass paper feed pulley from the bypass shaft.
Bypass paper feed collar
Bypass paper feed collar
Bypass paper feed pulley
Bypass shaft
Bushing
E-ring
E-ring
Bypass lift cam
Figure 3-3-7 Detaching the bypass paper feed pulley
9. Clean or replace the bypass paper feed pulley.10. Refit all the removed parts.
2AA
3-3-7
Setting range: 0 – 20Reference: 10Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm.Increasing the value moves the image to the machine rear, and decreasing it moves the image to the machine front.
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 344 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Press the start key.
Select a paper source having A3/11" × 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Yes
No
Is the image correct?
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter the function No. of the paper source to be adjusted with the numeric keys and press the start key.120: Drawer 1 121: Drawer 2 (optional) 122: Drawer 3 (optional) 123: Drawer 4 (optional) 124: Bypass table
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Change the set value with the numeric keys. • For output example 1, increase
the setting. • For output example 2,
decrease the setting.
Correct image Outputexample 1
Outputexample 2
(3) Adjusting the centerline of printingPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and the copy image on paper from a specific paper source.
Caution:• When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in
the order indicated.• Perform adjustment for each paper source.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-8
No. 126(p. 3-3-21)
No. 120
2AA
3-3-8
Yes
No
Change the set value with the numeric keys. • For output example 1, increase
the setting. • For output example 2, decrease
the setting.
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 344 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Select a paper source having A3/11" × 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.
Is the leading edge margin correct?
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter 110 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 – 20Reference: 10Changing the value by 1 changes the start position by 0.39 mm. Increasing the value moves the start position up, and decreasing it moves the position down.
(4) Adjusting the start position of image printingPerform the following adjustment when changing the leading edge margin.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must beexecuted in the order indicated.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-9
Correct image Outputexample 1
Outputexample 2
No. 106(p. 3-3-24)
No. 111(p. 3-3-22)
No. 110
2AA
3-3-9
Yes
No
Setting range: 0 – 20Reference: 6Changing the value by 1 changes the margin by 0.4 mm.Increasing the value makes the trailing edge margin smaller, and decreasing it makes the margin larger.
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 344 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Select a paper source having A3/11" × 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.
Is trailing edge margin A 3 ± 2.5 mm?
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter 115 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Change the set value with the numeric keys.
The new setting is stored.
(5) Adjusting the end position of image printingPerform the following adjustment if the trailing edge margin is not within the specifiedrange.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must beexecuted in the order indicated.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-10
A = 3 ± 2.5 mm
Measure A with a ruler.
No. 110(p. 3-3-8)
No. 106(p. 3-3-24)
No. 111(p. 3-3-22)
No. 116(p. 3-3-23)
No. 115
2AA
3-3-10
3-3-3 Optical section
(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lampClean or replace the exposure lamp as follows.
Procedure1. Detach the contact glass.2. Move the scanner to the machine center.3. Remove the 2-pin connector of the exposure lamp from the inverter PCB.4. Remove the cable tie holding the exposure lamp wires from the scanner.5. Remove the screw holding the rear lamp holder, and the holder.6. Slide the exposure lamp to the machine front and remove it.7. Clean or replace the exposure lamp.8. Refit all the removed parts.
ScrewExposure lamp
Rear lamp holder
2-pin connector
Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the exposure lamp
2AA
3-3-11
(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wiresTake the following steps when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced. Afterreplacing the scanner wires, proceed to (4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (adjustingthe installation of the ISU).
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires
Procedure1. Remove the DF.2. Remove the right and left covers.3. Remove the lower cover of the operation unit.4. Remove the operation unit.5. Remove the upper right and upper rear covers.6. Remove the contact glass.7. Remove the screw holding the retaining wire on the left of the machine, and the wire.
Screw
Retaining wire
Bead
Figure 3-3-12
8. Move the scanner to the machine center.9. Remove the ISU wire from the inverter PCB.
10. Loosen the three screws holding the ISU wire and remove the wire from the scanner.11. Remove the screws holding each of the wire retainers which secure the scanner
wires to the scanner, and the wire retainers.12. Remove the scanner from the machine.13. Detach one round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on the left
side of the machine.14. Detach the other round terminal from the catch on the right of the machine.15. Remove the mirror frame from the machine.16. Remove and replace the scanner wires.
2AA
3-3-12
Screws
ScannerMirror frame
Scanner wire spring
Round terminalScanner wire
Wire retainer
Round terminal
ISU wire
Figure 3-3-13 Detaching the scanner wire
(2-2) Refitting the scanner wires
Refitting requires the following tool:Scanner wire drum clip (part No.: 35968110)
ProcedureAt the machine rear:1. Remove the screw holding the scanner drive pulley, and then the pulley and the
scanner drive belt.2. Remove the two screws holding the DF connector mount, and the mount.
Scanner drive pulley
Scanner drive belt
DF connector mount
Figure 3-3-14
2AA
3-3-13
3. Remove the four screws holding the scanner front and rear rails, and the rails.4. Remove the E-rings and the bearings holding the scanner drive shaft at the front and
rear.5. Remove the two screws holding the scanner wire drum and pull the scanner drive
shaft off the scanner wire drum.
Scanner rear rail
Scanner drive shaft
E-ring
BearingE-ring
Bearing
Scanner front rail
Figure 3-3-15
6. Insert the small ball of the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum sothat the longer wire end is to the left and the shorter wire to the right of themachine. ................................................................................................................ 1
7. Wind the longer end of the scanner wire six turns around the scanner wire drumtoward the machine outside. ................................................................................. 2
8. Wind the shorter end of the scanner wire four turns around the scanner wire drumtoward the machine inside. ................................................................................... 3
9. Hold the scanner wire in place with the scanner wire drum clip. ........................... 4
Scanner wire drum
Scanner wire drum clip
Longer end
Shorter wire end
4 turns
6 turns
Small ball1
23
4
Figure 3-3-16 Winding the scanner wire
2AA
3-3-14
10. Refit the scanner wire drum and the scanner drive shaft to the machine and securethem with the E-rings.
11. Refit the scanner front and rear rails.12. Remove the scanner wire drum clip.13. Place the mirror frame on the scanner rails.14. Loop the inner scanner wire around the scanner wire pulley on the right of the
machine from the bottom to top. ........................................................................... 515. Loop the scanner wire around the upper groove of the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror frame. .......................................................................................................... 616. Hook the round terminal onto the catch on the right of the machine. .................... 717. Loop the outer scanner wire around the scanner wire pulley on the left side of the
machine from bottom to top. ................................................................................. 818. Loop the scanner wire around the lower groove in the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror frame. .......................................................................................................... 919. Run the scanner wire along the wire guide on the left of the machine. ................. 020. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. ......................................... !21. Repeat steps 14 to 20 for the scanner wire on the front of the machine.
Scanner wire spring
Wire guideOuter wire
Inner wire
Scanner wire drum clip
8
6
9
75
0
!
Figure 3-3-17 Installing the scanner wire
2AA
3-3-15
22. Hold the scanner wires with the wire retainers and tighten the screws. Do not tightencompletely.
23. Insert two positioning screws M3 × 16 (part No. B1303160) in the positioning holes inthe center of each of the scanner front and rear rails (Figure 3-3-18).
Wire retainer
Positioning screwsWire retainer
Positioning screws
Machine rear
Machine front
1
2
2
1
Figure 3-3-18 Fastening the scanner wire
2AA
3-3-16
24. Move the mirror frame until it touches the inner positioning screws (Figure 3-3-18 1).25. Adjust the wire tension plates so that the scanner wires on the front and rear of the
machine are tensioned equally.
Wire tension plates
Scanner wire
Screws Screws
Machine rear Machine front
Scanner wire
Figure 3-3-19 Adjusting the tension in the scanner wires
26. When the scanner touches the outer positioning screws, fully tighten the screwsholding the wire retainers (Figure 3-3-18 2).
27. Remove the positioning screws.28. Turn the scanner wire drum to move the scanner and the mirror frame to the left of the
machine.29. Insert the positioning screws again.30. Turn the scanner wire drum to check that the scanner and the mirror frame touch the
four positioning screws.31. Remove the positioning screws.32. Refit all the removed parts.33. Make a test copy. If a background appears on the copy image, perform (5) Adjusting
the angle of mirror 3.
2AA
3-3-17
(3) Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unitTake the following steps when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced.
Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (4) Adjusting lateral imagesquareness.
Procedure1. Remove the right, left, front and tray covers.2. Remove the 4-pin and 8-pin connectors.3. Remove the pin and two screws holding the laser scanner unit and detach the unit
from the machine.4. Check or replace the laser scanner unit.5. Refit all the removed parts.
4-pin connector
8-pin connector
Screw
Screw
Positioning pin
Positioning pin
Pin holding the LSU
Laser scanner unit
Figure 3-3-20 Detaching the laser scanner unit
Refitting the laser scanner unit
Refitting requires the following tools:Two positioning pins (part No. 35968070)
1. Insert the two positioning pins into the front and rear of the laser scanner unit. Do notinsert the pins completely. The heads of the positioning pins should stand well abovethe laser scanner unit (Figure 3-3-20).
2. Fasten the laser scanner unit with the pin and two screws.3. Remove the positioning pins.
2AA
3-3-18
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 340 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Select A3/LED (11" × 17") with the cursor up key.
Select a paper source having A3/11" × 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Tighten the pin and two screws holding the LSU.
Is the image correct?
Loosen the pin and two screws holding the LSU and adjust the position of the laser scanner unit using the center of the scale as the reference (Figure 3-3-22). • For output example 1, rotate the laser
scanner unit in the direction of arrow A. • For output example 2, rotate the laser
scanner unit in the direction of arrow B.
(4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (reference)Make the following adjustment if the copy image is skewed laterally (lateral squareness isnot obtained).
Caution: To adjust lateral image squareness, adjust the position of the laser scanner unitand check for squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained,adjust the installation of the ISU.
Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unitProcedure
Correct image Outputexapmle 1
Outputexapmle 2
Screw
Laser scanner unit
Screw
Pin holding the LSU
B
B
AA
L mm
L mm
200 mm
Reference
When the image is skewed by L mm in 200 mm, move the laser scanner unit by L × 2 steps on the scale.
Example: If L is 2 mm, move the unit by 4 steps on the scale.
Figure 3-3-21
Figure 3-3-22
2AA
3-3-19
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Press the all clear/reset key.Press the all clear/reset key.
Is the image correct? Insert a shim under each of the two screws holding the ISU. • For copy example 1, insert
shims under A and C.• For copy example 2, insert
shims under B and D.
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
Screws
Positioning screw
Positioning screw
Screws
Shims
Shims
ISU
B
D
A
C
L mm
L mm
200 mm
Reference
When the image is skewed by L mm in 200 mm, insert L/2 mm shims.
Example: If L is 2 mm, insert 1 mm-thick shims.
Fastening the ISU1. Fix the ISU with the two positioning screws (part No. 60907120).2. Retighten the four screws.3. Remove the two positioning screws.
Adjusting the installation of the ISU
Caution: Make a test copy after adjusting the installation of the ISU. If a backgroundappears on the copy image, proceed to (5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-23
Figure 3-3-24
2AA
3-3-20
90°
Mirror 2
Mirror 3
Hex wrench
Wire guide
Adjustment screw
Make a test copy using a white sheet of original at exp. 3 in half tone mode.
Make a test copy using a white sheet of original at exp. 5 in normal mode.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Start
End
Remove the screw and the wire guide from the mirror frame.
Turn the adjusting screw using a hex wrench to adjust the angle of mirror 3 so that the angle between mirrors 2 and 3 is 90 degrees. While loosening th adjusting screw, hold the back of mirror 3.
Does a background appear on the
copy image?
Does a background appear on the
copy image?
(5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3Make the following adjustment if a background appears on the copy image after replacingthe scanner wires or mirror 3.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-25
2AA
3-3-21
(6) Adjusting the scanning centerline of the original on the contact glassMake the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the centerlines ofthe copy image and original.
Caution:• When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in
the order indicated.• Draw a reference line down the center of the original.
Procedure
No. 120(p. 3-3-7)
No. 126
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Enter 126 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Change the set value with the numeric keys. • For copy example 1, increase
the value. • For copy example 2, decrease
the value.
Setting range: 0 – 20Reference: 10Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing the value moves the copy image toward the machine rear, and decreasing it moves the image toward the machine front.
Figure 3-3-26
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
Reference
2AA
3-3-22
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Enter 111 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Change the set value with the numeric keys. • For copy example 1, increase
the value. • For copy example 2, decrease
the value.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 – 20Reference: 10Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing the value moves the start position down, and decreasing it moves the start position up.
(7) Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on the contact glassPerform the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the leading edgesof the copy image and original.
Caution:• When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in
the order indicated.• Draw a reference line 10 mm from the original leading edge.
Procedure
No. 115(p. 3-3-9)
No. 110(p. 3-3-8)
No. 106(p. 3-3-24)
No. 116(p. 3-3-23)
No. 111
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
Reference
10 mm
Figure 3-3-27
2AA
3-3-23
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Enter 116 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 – 20Reference: 10Changing the value by 1 moves the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing the value moves the end position down, and decreasing it moves the end position up.
Change the set value with the numeric keys. • For copy example 1, decrease
the value. • For copy example 2, increase
the value.
(8) Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on the contact glassPerform the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the trailing edgeof the copy image and original.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must beexecuted in the order indicated.
Procedure
No. 110(p. 3-3-8)
No. 115(p. 3-3-9)
No. 111(p. 3-3-22)
No. 106(p. 3-3-24)
No. 116
Figure 3-3-28
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
2AA-1
3-3-24
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Enter the function No. of the scanning direction to be adjusted with the numeric keys and press the start key.104: main scanning direction 106: auxiliary scanning direction
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Change the set value with the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 – 60Reference: 30Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.Increasing the value makes the image longer, and decreasing the value makes the image shorter.
(9) Adjusting the magnificationPerform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main or auxiliary scanningdirection is not correct.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must beexecuted in the order indicated.
Procedure Main scanning direction
Auxiliary scanning direction
No. 111(p. 3-3-22)
No. 116(p. 3-3-23)
No. 115(p. 3-3-9)
No. 110(p. 3-3-8)
No. 106No. 104
Figure 3-3-29
2AA
3-3-25
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 344 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Enter the function No. of the margin to be adjusted with the numeric keys and press the start key.082: left margin (printing start
position) 083: right margin (printing end
position)
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to output a test pattern.
Are the right and left margins correct?
Change the set value with the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Select a paper source having A3/11" × 17" sheets with the cursor down key.
Select the paper size to be adjusted with the cursor down key and press the start key.A5R, STATE (51/2" × 81/2"), B5R, LETTER (81/2" × 11"), A4R, LEDGER (11" × 17"), B5, HAGAKI (postcard), A4, A6R, B6R
Setting range: 0 – 12Reference: 6Changing the value by 1 changes the margin by 0.5 mm.• For the left margin, increasing the value
makes it larger, and decreasing the value makes it smaller.
• For the right margin, increasing the value makes it smaller, and decreasing the value makes it larger.
(10) Adjusting the right and left marginsAdjust the printing start or end position in the main scanning direction when the right or leftmargin is not correct.
Precaution: Adjust and make a test copy for each size of paper.
Procedure Right marginLeft margin
Figure 3-3-30
2AA
3-3-26
3-3-4 Imaging unit section
(1) Detaching and refitting the drum and the cleaning blade (reference)Perform the following steps when cleaning or replacing the drum and replacing the clean-ing blade.
Precautions• Avoid direct sunlight and strong lighting when detaching and refitting the drum.• Hold the drum at the ends. Do not touch the drum surface.• After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the surface
from light.
Procedure1. Open the front cover and remove the imaging unit.2. Remove the four screws holding the IU front cover, and the cover.3. Remove the two screws holding each of front and rear positioning pins, and then the
pins.4. Remove the three front and two rear screws holding the developing unit and detach
the developing unit from the IU housing.
Developing unitPositioning pin
Positioning pin
IU housing
IU front cover
Figure 3-3-31 Detaching the developing unit
2AA
3-3-27
Removing the drum5. Remove the two rear screws holding the drum shaft, and the shaft. Remove the drum
from the IU housing.6. Replace or clean the drum. Orient the drum correctly during reassembly.
Drum shaft
Rear
Front
Drum
IU housing
Figure 3-3-32 Detaching the drum
Removing the cleaning blade7. Remove the screw holding the charger terminal cover, and then the cover.8. Remove the rear screw holding the main charger, and then the charger. Leave the
front screw tight.
Charger terminal cover
Main charger
Figure 3-3-33
2AA-1
3-3-28
9. Remove the three screws holding the cleaning blade and detach the blade from the IUhousing.
10. Replace the cleaning blade.Caution: During replacement, apply powder to the new cleaning blade. Replace the
cleaning unit front, rear and lower seals at the same time.11. Refit the cleaning blade while holding it toward the drum.12. Attach the cleaning unit front and rear seals at the ends of the blade so that the seals
do not ride over the cleaning blade.13. Attach the cleaning unit lower seal.14. Refit all the removed parts.
Cleaning blade
Cleaning unit rear seal
Cleaning unit lower seal
0 – 0.5 mm*1
0 – 0.5 mm*3
0 – 0.5 mm*2
Cleaning unit front seal
IU housing
Do not allow the cleaning blade to ride over the front and rear seals.
*1, *2 and *3: references for aligning the cleaning unit lower seal
Figure 3-3-34 Detaching the cleaning blade
2AA
3-3-29
(2) Cleaning the drumClean the drum as follows when an image problem occurs or if the drum is dirty.
Precautions• Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when cleaning the drum.• Dust in the air and from the cleaning pad may damage the drum during operation. Avoid
working in dusty places.• Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally.• Do not clean the drum with alcohol or other organic solvent.
Required supplies:• Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton• Toner
Procedure1. Detach the drum (see page 3-3-26).2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum in a spiral motion as
shown, taking care not to damage the surface.3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner.4. Refit the drum.5. Refit all the removed parts and let the copier stand for 30 minutes.6. Make a test copy and check the image.
Drum
Polishing cloth
Figure 3-3-35 Cleaning the drum
2AA-1
3-3-30
3-3-5 Transfer section
(1) Detaching and refitting the transfer rollerTake the following steps when the transfer roller is to be cleaned or replaced.
Procedure1. Open the right side cover.2. Remove the four screws and the transfer wire holding the transfer roller assembly,
and then the assembly.
Transfer roller assembly
Transfer wire
Figure 3-3-36
3. Remove the two E-rings holding the transfer roller, and then the roller.4. Clean or replace the transfer roller.5. Refit all the removed parts.
E-ringE-ring
Pulley Pre-transfer guide
Transfer roller
Transfer gear
Transfer roller front bracket
Transfer roller rear bracket
Pulley Shim
Figure 3-3-37
2AA-1
3-3-31
3-3-6 Fixing and eject section
(1) Detaching the fixing unitTake the following steps when cleaning, inspecting or replacing parts in the fixing unit.
Procedure1. Turn the main switch off.2. Detach the right, left, front, tray and rear covers.
Caution: If the memory board (optional) is attached, remove it before detaching therear cover.
3. Disconnect the 3-pin connectors, remove the two screws holding cooling fan motor 1on the machine rear, and then fan motor 1.
4. Detach the fixing drive belt from the fixing pulley.
Fixing drive belt
Fixing pulley
3-pin connector
Cooling fan motor 1
Figure 3-3-38
2AA-1
3-3-32
5. Remove the 3-pin connector of safety switch 3, the 2-pin connector of the fixing unitthermistor, the 3-pin connector of the eject switch, and the two 1-pin connectors of thefixing heater.
6. Remove the four screws holding the fixing unit on the machine right, and then removethe unit from the machine.
2-pin connector
3-pin connector
3-pin connector
1-pin connector1-pin connector
Fixing unit
Figure 3-3-39 Detaching the fixing unit
2AA
3-3-33
(2) Replacing the fixing heaterTake the following steps when replacing the fixing heater.
Procedure1. Remove the fixing unit felt.2. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover.3. Remove the 1-pin connector of the fixing heater from fixing unit thermostat 1.4. Remove the screws holding the fixing heater front and rear retainers respectively, and
then the retainers.5. Take the fixing heater out of the front side of the fixing unit. Handle the fixing heater by
the ceramic part only.6. Replace the fixing heater.7. Refit all the removed parts.
Fixing unit cover
Fixing heater front retainer
Fixing heater
Fixing heater rear retainer
Fixing unit felt
1-pin connector
Figure 3-3-40 Detaching the fixing heater
2AA
3-3-34
(3) Replacing the fixing unit thermistorTake the following steps when replacing the fixing unit thermistor.
Procedure1. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover.2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor, and then the thermistor.3. Replace the fixing unit thermistor. To refit the thermistor, seat the projection of the
fixing unit thermistor in the left cutout in the fixing unit upper housing.4. Refit all the removed parts.
Screw
Fixing unit thermistor
Projection
Fixing unit upper housing
Figure 3-3-41 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor
2AA
3-3-35
(4) Replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2Take the following steps when replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2.
Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire orsimilar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged.
Procedure1. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover.2. Remove the connectors of the fixing heater wire, the thermostat junction wire and
fixing heater junction wire from the fixing unit thermostats.3. Remove the two screws holding each of fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2, and then the
two thermostats.4. Replace fixing unit thermostat 1 or 2. When fitting, check the temperature indications
on the thermostat and install the thermostat on the fixing unit upper housing in thecorrect position.
5. Refit all the remove parts.
150°C
140°CFixing unit thermostat 2
Fixing unit thermostat 1
Screws
Screws
Thermostat junction wire
Fixing heater wire
Fixing heater junction wire
Figure 3-3-42 Detaching the fixing unit thermostats
2AA
3-3-36
(5) Detaching and refitting the heat and press rollers and the heat roller separa-tion claws
Take the following steps when cleaning or replacing the heat and press rollers and theheat roller separation claws.
Procedure1. Remove the fixing heater (see page 3-3-33).2. Remove the front and rear fixing unit press springs.3. Remove the four screws from the front and rear of the fixing unit upper housing, and
then the housing.
Detaching the heat roller4. Remove the stop ring and the heat roller bushing on the front of the heat roller.5. Remove the stop ring, the heat roller gear and the heat roller bushing on the rear of
the heat roller.6. Remove the heat roller from the fixing unit.
Fixing unit upper housing
Heat roller
Stop ring
Heat roller bushing
Heat roller gear
Heat roller bushing
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-43 Detaching the heat roller
2AA
3-3-37
Detaching the press roller7. Remove the front and rear bearings and the press roller.
Press roller
Bearing
Bearing
Figure 3-3-44 Detaching the press roller
Detaching the heat roller separation claws8. Detach the separation claw springs from the catches to remove all the four heat roller
separation claws.9. Clean or replace the heat and press rollers and the heat roller separation claws.
10. Refit all the removed parts.Caution: Refit the fixing unit upper housing to the fixing unit before refitting the heat
roller separation claws.
Heat roller separation claw
Fixing unit upper housing
Separation claw spring
Figure 3-3-45 Detaching the heat roller separation claws
3-3-38
2AA
3-3-7 DF
(1) Detaching and refitting the DF forwarding pulleyClean or replace the DF forwarding pulley as follows.
Procedure1. Open the DF cover.2. Remove the two screws holding the DF cover and then the cover.3. Remove the E-ring and then the DF forwarding pulley from the forwarding pulley
shaft.4. Clean or replace the DF forwarding pulley.5. Refit all the removed parts.
Figure 3-3-46 Detaching the DF forwarding pulley
DF forwarding pulley
E-ring
Forwarding pulley shaft
3-3-39
2AA
(2) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulleyClean or replace the DF original feed pulley as follows.
Procedure1. Open the DF cover.2. Remove the two screws holding the DF cover and then the cover.3. Remove the screw and DF rear cover (see Figure 3-3-48).4. Remove the two stop rings and the bushing and slide the original feed pulley shaft
toward the machine rear.5. Remove the DF original feed pulley and original feed pulley gear from the original
feed pulley shaft.6. Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley.7. Refit all the removed parts.
• When fitting the DF original feed pulley and original feed pulley gear, ensure that theside having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear.
Figure 3-3-47 Detaching the DF original feed pulley
Stop rings
DF original feed pulley
Original feed pulley gear
Original feed pulley shaft
BushingDF forwarding pulley retainer
3-3-40
2AA
(3) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulleyClean or replace the DF separation pulley as follows.
Procedure1. Open the DF cover.2. Remove the two screws holding the DF cover and then the cover.3. Remove the screw holding the DF rear cover and then the cover.4. Remove the DF connector.5. Detach the cable tie holding the DF wires from the base.6. Remove the four screws holding the DF original feed unit and then the unit.
• When installing the DF original feed unit, ensure that the mark at the center of thescale is aligned with the center of the projection on the front side of the copier.
Figure 3-3-48
DF rear cover
DF connector
DF original feed unit
3-3-41
2AA
Figure 3-3-49
7. Remove the stop ring and then the housing coupling.8. Remove the front and rear pins and then the DF upper housing.9. Remove the two screws and then the DF original feed guide.
PinDF lower housing
Pin
DF original feed guide
Stop ring
Housing couplingDF upper housing
3-3-42
2AA
10. Remove the two stop rings and bushings from the front and rear of the separationpulley shaft.
11. Remove the E-ring and pin and detach the DF separation pulley from the shaft.12. Clean or replace the DF separation pulley.13. Refit all the removed parts.
Figure 3-3-50 Detaching the DF separation pulley
Stop ring
Separation pulley springs
Bushing
Pin Separation pulley shaft DF separation
pulley
E-ring
Bushing
Stop ring
3-3-43
2AA
(4) Adjusting the copy center line when the sheet-through DF is usedPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and copy image when the sheet-through DF is used.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must beexecuted in the order indicated.Use an original with a line drawn down the center.
Procedure
No. 120(p. 3-3-7) No. 127
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Place an original on the DF original table.
Enter 127 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct? Press the numeric keys to change the setting.• For copy example 1, increase
the value.• For copy example 2, decrease
the value.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 – 20Reference: 10Change per step: 0.5 mmIncreasing the value moves the copy image toward the machine rear, and decreasing the value moves it toward the machine front.
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
Center line
Figure 3-3-51
3-3-44
2AA
(5) Adjusting the scanning start position when the sheet-through DF is usedPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges ofthe original and the copy image when the sheet-through DF is used.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must beexecuted in the order indicated.Use an original with a line drawn horizontally at a point 10 mm from the leadingedge.
Procedure
No. 110(p. 3-3-8)
No. 107(p. 3-3-46)
No. 112
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Place an original on the DF original table.
Enter 112 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct? Press the numeric keys to change the setting.• For copy example 1, increase
the value.• For copy example 2, decrease
the value.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 – 40Reference: 20Change per step: 0.5 mmIncreasing the value makes the scanning start later, and decreasing the value makes it start earlier.
Figure 3-3-52
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
Horizontal line
10 mm
3-3-45
2AA
(6) Adjusting the scanning end position when the sheet through DF is usedPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the trailing edges ofthe original and copy image when the sheet-through DF is used.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must beexecuted in the order indicated.
Procedure
No. 110(p. 3-3-8)
No. 115(p. 3-3-9)
No. 107(p. 3-3-46)
No. 117
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Place an original on the DF original table.
Enter 117 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 – 40Reference: 20Change per step: 0.5 mmIncreasing the value makes the scanning end later, and decreasing the value makes it end earlier.
Press the numeric keys to change the setting.• For copy example 1, decrease
the value.• For copy example 2, increase
the value.
Figure 3-3-53
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
3-3-46
2AA
(7) Adjusting magnificationPerform the following adjustment if magnification is not correct when the sheet-throughDF is used.
Procedure
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys and press the start key.
Place an original on the DF original table.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the numeric keys to change the setting.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 – 60Reference: 30Change per step: 0.1%Increasing the value makes the copy image longer/wider, and decreasing the value makes it shorter/narrower.
Enter a function No. with the numeric keys and press the start key: 105 for the main direction and 107 for the auxiliary direction.
Main scanning direction
Auxiliary scanning direction
Figure 3-3-54
3-3-47
2AA-1
3-3-8 Others
(1) Detaching and refitting the waste toner tankReplace the waste toner tank when the message display shows “Replace Waste TonerTank”.
Procedure1. Turn the main switch off.2. Remove the rear cover (two screws).
Caution: If the memory board (optional) is attached, remove it before detaching therear cover.
3. Open the drawer.4. Open the front cover and take out the imaging unit.5. Remove the overflow switch from the waste toner tank.6. Raise the tank with the left fingers inserted in the cutout at bottom left and the right
hand holding the right side of the tank.7. Draw the right side of the tank out to remove it.8. Replace the waste toner tank.9. Refit all the removed parts.
Waste toner tank
Overflow switch
1
2
Figure 3-3-55 Detaching the waste toner tank
1-1-23
2AA-1
CONTENTS
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ..................................................................... 3-4-13-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB) ................... 3-4-43-4-3 Replacing the engine PCB .................................................................. 3-4-73-4-4 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) .............................................. 3-4-83-4-5 Updating the firmware on the printer board ........................................ 3-4-9
2AA-1
3-4-1
Main ROM IC2
Main ROM IC1
Flash tool assembly
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB
Before and after replacing the main PCB, perform the steps below.Main PCB replacement requires the following tools:Flash tool assembly (P/N 35968010)Main ROM IC1(P/N 2AA2935X)Main ROM IC2 (P/N 2AA2936X)
Important: Be sure to use the latest versions (the one with the largest number for the lastdigit X of the part number) of main ROMs IC 1 and 2.
Procedure• Before removing the old main PCB:1. Enter the maintenance mode.2. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.3. Exit the maintenance mode.4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.5. Replace the main PCB with the new one.
• After installing the new main PCB:6. Attach main ROMs IC1 and 2 to the flash tool assembly.
Figure 3-4-1
2AA
3-4-2
Flash tool assembly
Blanking cover
7. Remove the blanking cover from the rear of the copier and insert the flash toolassembly into the top slot.
Figure 3-4-2
8. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
FLASH
PUSH START
9. Press the start key.
FLASH : WRITING
∗>> ∗
FLASH : Ver. *. ** OK
PUSH START
Approx. 45 s later
10. Press the start key.
FLASH
POWER OFF
2AA
3-4-3
11. Turn the main switch off.12. Remove the flash tool assembly and refit the blanking cover.13. Turn the main switch on.14. Enter the maintenance mode.15. Execute function No. 604.16. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.17. Compare the own-status reports output in steps 2 and 16. If there are different values,
reenter the data in accordance with those on the report from step 2.18. Exit the maintenance mode.
2AA-1
3-4-4
Figure 3-4-3
Main ROM IC2
Main ROM IC1
Flash tool assembly
3-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB)
Perform the steps below when upgrading the firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB).Firmware upgrading requires the following tools:Flash tool assembly (P/N 35968010)Main ROM IC1 (P/N 2AA2935X)Main ROM IC2 (P/N 2AA2936X)
Important: Be sure to use the latest versions (the one with the largest number for the lastdigit X of the part number) of main ROMs IC 1 and 2.
Procedure1. Enter the maintenance mode.2. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.3. Exit the maintenance mode.4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.5. Install main ROMs IC1 and IC2 on the flash tool assembly.
2AA
3-4-5
Flash tool assembly
Blanking cover
Figure 3-4-4
7. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
FLASH
PUSH START
8. Press the start key.
FLASH : WRITING
∗>> ∗
FLASH : Ver. *. ** OK
PUSH START
Approx. 45 s later
9. Press the start key.
FLASH
POWER OFF
10. Turn the main switch off.
6. Remove the blanking cover from the rear of the copier and insert the flash toolassembly into the top slot.
2AA
3-4-6
11. Remove the flash tool assembly and refit the blanking cover.12. Turn the main switch on.13. Enter the maintenance mode.14. Execute function No. 602.15. Execute function No. 390.16. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.17. Compare the own-status reports output in steps 2 and 16. If there are differences that
have not been affected by upgrading, reenter the data in accordance with the valueson the report from step 2.
18. Exit the maintenance mode.
2AA-1
3-4-7
3-4-3 Replacing the engine PCB
Perform the following procedure when replacing the engine PCB.
Caution: Before replacing the engine PCB, be sure that toner empty has not been de-tected or the toner sensor output voltage has not reached the no-copying level.Reset, if necessary.
Procedure• Before removing the old engine PCB:1. Enter the maintenance mode.2. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.3. Exit the maintenance mode.4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.5. Replace the engine PCB with the new one.
• After installing the new engine PCB:6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.7. Enter the maintenance mode.8. Execute function No. 390.9. Execute function No. 081 to adjust the ISU gain data between 240 and 250.
10. Reenter the data for function Nos. 051 and 363 in accordance with the values on theown-status report from step 2.
11. Exit the maintenance mode.
2AA-1
3-4-8
3-4-4 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)
The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and cannot beadjusted in the field.• High-voltage transfer PCB: VR101, VR201, VR301, VR 401
2AA-1
3-4-9
3-4-5 Updating the firmware on the printer board
Perform the steps below when updating the firmware on the printer board.Firmware updating requires the following tools:PC (DOS)Parallel cableFile to be downloadedFirmware
Procedure
Important: Copy the file to be downloaded and firmware to the PC hard disk beforestarting this procedure.
1. Turn the copier main switch off and disconnect the power plug from the wall outlet.2. Remove the four screws securing the printer board cover.
Printer board cover
Figure 3-4-5
2AA-1
3-4-10
3. Remove the fourteen screws securing the printer board inner cover.
Printer board inner cover
Figure 3-4-6
4. Connect the PC to the printer board using the parallel cable.5. Connect the power plug to the wall outlet.6. Turn the copier main switch on and wait until the machine stabilizes.
When the main switch is turned on, the LED on the printer board lights orange. TheLED goes off when the machine stabilizes.
LED
Printer board
Figure 3-4-7
2AA-1
3-4-11
7. At the DOS prompt on the PC, enter “copy dnload/b lpt1:” using the PC keyboard.8 Press the return key.9. When the LED flashes green, turn the copier main switch off.
10. Turn the copier main switch on and wait until the flashing green LED stays on.11. Enter “copy 3vX-XX.dwn/b lpt1:” at the DOS prompt.
Note that the underlined part of the file name varies according to the version of thefirmware.
12. Press the return key.Wait until the LED lights orange after it has changed from green to red.
13. Turn the copier main switch off.14. Turn the copier main switch on and wait until the machine stabilizes.
When the main switch is turned on, the LED on the printer board lights orange. TheLED goes off when the machine stabilizes.
15. Perform test printing on the copier to output a Self Test Page.16. Check the SOFTWARE item on the Self Test Page for correct renewed firmware
version.17. Updating the firmware is completed.18. Refit all the removed parts.
1-1-25
2AA
CONTENTS
3-5 Self-Diagnosis
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ..................................................................................... 3-5-1(1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1(2) Error code .................................................................................... 3-5-5
3-5-1
2AA
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis
(1) Self-diagnostic functionThis unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When it detects a problem with itself,it disables copying and displays the problem as a code consisting of “C” followed by a two-digit number, indicating the nature of the problem. A message, “Call for service.” is alsodisplayed.After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by opening andclosing the front cover to turn safety switch 1 off and on.
Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display
Call for service.
3-5-2
2AA
The connec-tors of thewires betweenthe main PCBand operationunit PCBmake poorcontact.
Defectivemain PCB oroperation unitPCB.
The connec-tors of thewires betweenthe main PCBand enginePCB makepoor contact.
Defectivemain PCB orengine PCB.
Defective en-gine PCB.
Defective en-gine PCB.
Check the connection of con-nectors of the wires betweenthe main PCB and operationPCB.
Replace the main PCB oroperation unit PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Check the connection of con-nectors on the main PCB andengine PCB.
Replace the main PCB orengine PCB and check forcorrect operation.
Replace the engine PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the engine PCB andcheck for correct operation.
C05
C06
C07
C08
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Operation unit PCB com-munication problemThere is a communicationproblem between the mainPCB and operation unitPCB.
Engine PCB communica-tion problemThere is a communicationproblem between the mainPCB and engine PCB.
Checksum problem inthe SRAM programmingareaThere is a difference be-tween the checksum in theSRAM programming areastored when the power isturned off and the valuechecked when the power isturned on.
Checksum problem inthe SRAM software areaThere is a difference be-tween the checksum in theSRAM software areastored when the power isturned off and the valuechecked when the power isturned on.
Self diagnostic codes
3-5-3
2AA
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
The connec-tors of theexposurelamp makepoor contact.
Defective in-verter PCB orengine PCB.
The connec-tors of thescanner homepositionswitch makepoor contact.
Defectivescanner homepositionswitch.
Defective la-ser scannerunit.
Exposure lamp problemThe value of the ASIC ad-dress AGCHMAX is 30 orless when scanning thewhite reference data.
The scanner home posi-tion switch problemThe scanner home positionswitch does not turn onwhen expected.The scanner home positionswitch does not turn offwhen expected.
Laser scanner unit prob-lemThe laser scanner unit isnot stabilized (the MSYNCsignal remains high) within6 s after the scanner motorturns on.The MSYNC signal goeshigh after the laser scannerunit is stabilized.
Check the connection of theconnectors of the exposurelamp.
Replace the inverter PCB orengine PCB and check forcorrect operation.
Check the connection of theconnectors of the scannerhome position switch.
Check if CN13-7 on the en-gine PCB goes high whenthe scanner home positionswitch is on and goes lowwhen the switch is off. If itdoes not, replace the scan-ner home position switch.
Replace the laser scannerunit and check for correctoperation.
C10
C31
C42
3-5-4
2AA
Main chargeroutput leaking.
Brokencharger wire.
Defectivehigh-voltagetransformerPCB.
Transfer high-voltage outputleaking.
Defectivehigh-voltagetransformerPCB.
Broken fixingheater wire.
Fixing unitthermostat 1/2actuated.
Fixing unitthermistorinstalled incor-rectly.
Broken fixingunit thermistorwire.
Shorted fixingunit thermis-tor.
Defectivepower sourcePCB.
Check the charger housingvisually and clean it if it is dirty.
Check the charger wire visuallyand replace it if it is broken.
Replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Check the transfer wire andrepair it if necessary.
Replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Check for continuity acrossthe fixing heater. If none,replace the heater.
After clarifying the cause ofthe actuation, replace thefixing thermostat 1/2.
Check fixing unit thermistorand reinstall it if necessary.
Measure the resistance. If itis ∞ Ω, replace the fixing unitthermistor.
Measure the resistance. If itis 0 Ω, replace the fixing unitthermistor.
Replace the power sourcePCB and check for correctoperation.
C51
C52
C60
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Main charger outputproblemThe MC ALM signal is out-put from the high-voltagetransformer PCB while themain charger output is on.
Transfer high-voltageoutput problemThe TC ALM signal is out-put from the high-voltagetransformer PCB while thetransfer high-voltage out-put is on.
Fixing problemsThe fixing temperaturedoes not rise within 5 safter the fixing heater isturned on.The fixing temperaturedoes not exceed 120°C/248°F within 100 s after thefixing heater is turned on.The fixing temperaturedoes not exceed 165°C/329°F within 100 s after thefixing heater is turned on.The fixing temperaturerises to 210°C/410°F orhigher during secondarystabilization or preheat.The fixing temperaturedrops to 120°C/248°F orlower during secondarystabilization or preheat.The fixing heater remainson for 25 s or longer duringsecondary stabilization orpreheat.An error signal is outputfrom the engine PCB.
3-5-5
2AA
(2) Error codeThe error codes are listed on the transmission report, activity report and action list. Thecodes consist of an error code indication “U” followed by a 5-digit number.The upper three of the five digits indicate general classification of the error and its cause,while the lower two indicate the detailed classification. For items for which detailed classi-fication is not necessary the last two digits are 00.
Error code
U X X X X X
Detailed classification of error codeGeneral classification of error codeError code indication
3-5-6
2AA
Error code Description
Table of general classification
U000 No response or busy after the set number of redials.
U001 Transmission was interrupted by a press of the stop/clear key.
U002 Reception was interrupted by a press of the stop/clear key.
U003 Recording paper on the destination unit has run out during transmis-sion.
U004 Connection was made but interrupted during handshake with thereceiver unit.
U005 Multiple communication was interrupted and call was not made ondestination units after interruption.
U006 Communication was interrupted because of a machine problem.
U007 Communication was interrupted because of a problem in thedestination unit.
U008 Page transmission error occurred in G3 mode.
U009 Page reception error occurred in G3 mode.
U010 Transmission in G3 mode was interrupted by a signal error.
U011 Reception in G3 mode was interrupted by a signal error.
U012 Not used.
U013 Not used.
U014 Invalid one-touch key was specified during communication.
U015 A communication error occurred when calling in V.8 mode.
U016 A communication error occurred when called in V.8 mode.
U017 A communication error occurred before starting T.30 protocol duringtransmission in V.34 mode.
U018 A communication error occurred before starting T.30 protocol duringreception in V.34 mode.
U020 When a relay was specified, the relay center refused relay broadcastbecause of a mismatch in authorized ID numbers and authorizedtelephone numbers.
U021 When specifying a relay, the destination unit (intended relay center)had no broadcast capability.
3-5-7
2AA
Error code Description
U022 The host center tried to specify the relay but failed because thespecified telephone number was not registered at the relay center.Or, the relay center received a request for relay broadcast, but failedto broadcast because the specified telephone number was notregistered at the relay center.
U023 When receiving a relay specification, the reception center informa-tion was not received correctly.
U030 No document was present in the destination unit when pollingreception started.
U031 No document was present in the destination unit for reverse pollingbut transmission was completed.
U032 In confidential polling reception, data was not stored in the boxspecified by the destination unit.
U033 In (confidential) polling reception from a unit of our make, operationwas interrupted due to a mismatch in authorized ID or telephonenumber.
U034 Polling reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in indi-vidual numbers (destination unit is either of our make or by anothermanufacturer).
U035 In confidential polling reception, the specified confidential boxnumber was not registered on the destination unit.
U036 Confidential polling reception was interrupted because of a mis-match in the specified confidential box number.
U037 Confidential polling reception failed because the destination unit hadno confidential polling transmission capability, or data was not storedin any box on the destination unit.
U040 In confidential transmission mode, the specified confidential box wasnot registered on the destination unit.
U041 Confidential transmission failed because the destination unit had noconfidential communication capability.
U042 In encrypted transmission, the specified confidential box was notregistered or was not for encrypted communication.
U043 Encrypted transmission failed because the destination unit had noencrypted communication capability.
U044 Communication was interrupted because of an encryption key errorduring encrypted transmission.
3-5-8
2AA
Error code Description
U045 Encrypted reception was interrupted because of a mismatch inencryption keys.
U050 In total page numbering mode, set number of pages and number ofpages actually sent did not agree.
U051 Password check transmission was interrupted because the author-ized ID or telephone number did not agree.
U052 Password check reception was interrupted because the authorizedID or telephone number did not agree.
U053 Destination unit in password check reception mode did not receivedata because the authorized ID or telephone number did not agree.
U090 G3 communication was attempted but failed because the destinationunit was a G2 machine.
U120 Memory overflowed during reception upon request of relay broad-cast from the host center.
U121 When specifying a relay, memory overflowed on the destination unit(relay center).
U140 In confidential reception, memory overflowed.
U141 In confidential transmission, memory overflowed on the destinationunit.
U190 Memory overflowed during out-of-paper reception.
U191 Memory overflowed on the destination unit during transmission.
U192 Memory transmission failed because a decoding error occurred.
3-5-9
2AA
Error code Description
U00420 Relay request was received from the host center but interruptedbecause of a mismatch in authorized ID or telephone number.
U00430 Confidential or reverse polling request was received but interruptedbecause of a mismatch in authorized ID or telephone number on thetransmitting unit.
U00431 Confidential polling transmission was interrupted because thespecified confidential box number was not registered.
U00432 Confidential polling transmission was interrupted because of amismatch in confidential box ID numbers.
U00433 Confidential polling request was received but data was not present inthe confidential box.
U00434 Confidential polling request was received but interrupted becausethe specified confidential box number was for encrypted communica-tion.
U00435 Confidential polling request was received but interrupted becausethe specified confidential box number was being accessed.
U00440 Confidential reception was interrupted because the specifiedconfidential box number was not registered.
U00441 Confidential reception was interrupted because the specifiedconfidential box number was for encrypted communication.
U00450 Destination unit in password check transmission mode interruptedtransmission because of a mismatch in authorized ID or telephonenumber.
U00460 Encrypted reception was interrupted because the specified confiden-tial box number was not registered.
U00461 Encrypted reception was interrupted because the specified confiden-tial box number was not for encrypted communication.
U00462 Encrypted reception was interrupted because the encryption key forthe specified confidential box was not registered.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U004XX(interrupted phase B)
3-5-10
2AA
Error code Description
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U006XX(problem on the unit)
U00600 DF cover is open.
U00601 Document jam or the document length exceeds the maximum.
U00602 Image scanning section problem.
U00603 No document feed.
U00610 Right side cover is open.
U00611 Recording paper jam.
U00613 Laser scanner section problem.
U00614 Recording paper is almost empty.
U00615 Recording paper is empty.
U00620 Fixing section problem.
U00621 Cooling fan motor 1 or 2 problem.
U00622 Drive motor problem.
U00670 Power was cut during communication.
U00690 System error.
3-5-11
2AA
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U008XX(page transmission error)
Error code Description
U00800 Page transmission error occurred because of reception of a RTN orPIN signal.
U00810 Page transmission error reoccurred after retry of transmission inECM mode.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U009XX(page reception error)
Error code Description
U00900 A RTN or PIN signal was transmitted because of a page receptionerror.
U00910 Page reception error remained after retry of transmission in ECMmode.
3-5-12
2AA
Error code Description
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U101XX(G3 transmission)
U01000 FTT signal was received for a set number of times after TCF signaltransmission at 2400 bps. Or, RTN signal was received in responseto a Q signal (excluding EOP) after transmission at 2400 bps.
U01001 Function of the unit differs from that indicated by a DIS signal.
U01010 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a DNL (MPS orEOM) signal, and the preset number of command retransfers wasexceeded (between units of our make).
U01011 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a DCS, TCFsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded.
U01012 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an NSS1,NSS2 (TCF) signal, and the preset number of command retransferswas exceeded (between units of our make).
U01013 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an NSS3, TCFsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded (between units of our make).
U01014 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an MPS signal,and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
U01015 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOMsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded.
U01016 An MCF signal was received but DIS signal not after transmission ofan EOM signal, and T1 timeout was detected.
U01017 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOP signal,and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
U01018 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PRI-EOPsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded.
U01019 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a CNC signal,and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded(between units of our make).
U01020 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a CTC signal,and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded(ECM).
3-5-13
2AA
Error code Description
U01021 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOR.Qsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded (ECM).
U01022 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an RR signal,and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded(ECM).
U01023 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.NULLsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded (ECM).
U01024 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.MPSsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded (ECM).
U01025 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOMsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded (ECM).
U01026 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOPsignal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-ceeded (ECM).
U01027 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.PRI-EOP signal, and the preset number of command retransfers wasexceeded (ECM).
U01028 T5 timeout was detected during ECM transmission (ECM).
U01040 A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received during standby forDIS signal reception.
U01041 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DNL (MPS orEOM) signal (between units of our make).
U01042 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DCS, TCF signal.
U01043 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an NSS1, NSS2(TCF) signal (between units of our make).
U01044 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an NSS3, TCFsignal (between units of our make).
U01045 A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmissionof an MPS signal.
U01046 A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmissionof an EOM signal.
3-5-14
2AA
Error code Description
U01047 A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmissionof an EOP signal.
U01048 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PRI-EOP signal.
U01049 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CNC signal(between units of our make).
U01050 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CTC signal(ECM).
U01051 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an EOR.Q signal(ECM).
U01052 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RR signal(ECM).
U01053 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.NULL signal(ECM).
U01054 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.MPS signal(ECM).
U01055 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOM signal(ECM).
U01056 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOP signal(ECM).
U01057 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.PRI-EOPsignal (ECM).
U01070 Polarity reversal was detected during handshake.
U01071 Polarity reversal was detected during message transmission.
U01072 Break of loop current was detected during transmission.
U01080 A PIP signal was received after transmission of a PPS.NULL signal.
3-5-15
2AA
Error code Description
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U011XX(G3 reception)
U01100 Function of the unit differs from that indicated by a DCS signal.
U01101 Function of the unit (excl. communication mode select) differs fromthat indicated by an NSS signal.
U01102 DTC (NSC) signal was received when no transmission data was inthe unit.
U01110 No response after transmission of a DIS signal.
U01111 No response after transmission of a DTC (NSC) signal.
U01112 No training reception after reception of DCS or NSS signals.
U01113 No response after transmission of an FTT signals.
U01114 No message reception after transmission of a CFR signal.
U01115 No message reception after transmission of an MCF signal.
U01116 No message reception after transmission of a PPR signal.
U01117 No message reception after transmission of a CTR signal.
U01118 No message reception after transmission of an ERR signal.
U01119 No further signals were received after reception of a message.
U01120 No response after transmission of an MCF signal.
U01121 No response after transmission of an RTP signal.
U01122 No response after transmission of an RTN signal.
U01123 No response after transmission of a PIP signal.
U01124 No response after transmission of a PIN signal.
U01125 No response after transmission of a CNS signal (between units ofour make).
U01126 No response after transmission of a PPR signal (ECM).
U01127 No response after transmission of an ERR signal (ECM).
U01128 No response after transmission of an RNR signal (ECM).
U01129 No response after transmission of an SPA signal (simplifiedprotocol).
U01140 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DIS signal.
3-5-16
2AA
Error code Description
U01141 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DTC signal.
U01142 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DCS or NSSsignal.
U01143 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an FTT signal.
U01144 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CFR signal.
U01145 A DCN signal was received after reception of a message.
U01146 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an MCF signal(interoffice communication after reception of MPS, EOM signal orconfidential interoffice communication).
U01147 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RTP signal.
U01148 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RTN signal.
U01149 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PIP signal.
U01150 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PIN signal.
U01151 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPR signal (ECM).
U01152 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CTR signal (ECM).
U01153 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an ERR signal(ECM).
U01154 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RNR signal(ECM).
U01155 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an SPA signal(simplified protocol).
U01160 During message reception, transmission time exceeded themaximum transmission time per line.
U01161 Number of error lines exceeded limits during message reception.
U01162 Break of loop current was detected during message reception.
U01163 Polarity reversal was detected during message reception.
U01164 One page length exceeded the specified length during messagereception.
U01170 Decoding error occurred during MMR message reception.
U01199 A DIS signal with different FIF was received after transmission of aDIS signal.
3-5-17
2AA
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U017XX(V.34 transmission)
Error code Description
U01700 A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing).
U01720 A communication error occurred in phase 4 (modem parameterexchange).
U01721 Operation was interrupted due to the absence of a commoncommunication speed between units.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U018XX(V.34 reception)
Error code Description
U01800 A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing).
U01810 A communication error occurred in phase 3 (primary channelequivalent device training).
U01820 A communication error occurred in phase 4 (modem parameterexchange).
U01821 Communication was interrupted due to the absence of a commoncommunication speed between units.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U023XX(erroneous relay specification reception)
Error code Description
U02303 The correct DNL signal was not received before timeout wasdetected.
U02304 A signal other than MPS, EOM was received after reception of aDNL signal.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U044XX(encrypted transmission)
Error code Description
U04400 Encrypted transmission was interrupted because encryption keys didnot agree.
U04401 Calling failed during encrypted transmission because the encryptionkey was not registered.
1-1-27
2AA
CONTENTS
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1(1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-3(2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-4(3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-5(4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-5(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6(7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-7(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-7(9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-8
(10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-8(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned
with the original. .......................................................................... 3-6-9(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned
with the original. .......................................................................... 3-6-9(13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-10(14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-10(15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-11(16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-11(17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-12(18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-12(19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-13(20) There is a regular error between the centers of the original
and copy image when using the sheet-through DF. .................. 3-6-14(21) There is a regular error between the leading edges of the
original and copy image when using the sheet-through DF. ..... 3-6-143-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................. 3-6-15
• Main body ....................................................................................... 3-6-15(1) A paper jam in the paper feed or conveying section is
indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. ................... 3-6-15(2) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated as soon as
the main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-15(3) A paper jam in the drawer is indicated during copying. ............. 3-6-15(4) A paper jam in the bypass is indicated during copying. ............ 3-6-16(5) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying. .... 3-6-16
• DF ................................................................................................... 3-6-18(1) An original jams in the DF simultaneously when scanner
initialization ends. ...................................................................... 3-6-18(2) An original jams frequently. ....................................................... 3-6-18
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ...................................................................... 3-6-19(1) Power source PCB .................................................................... 3-6-19(2) Main PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-21(3) Engine PCB ............................................................................... 3-6-24(4) Motor PCB ................................................................................. 3-6-30
1-1-28
2AA
(5) Operation unit PCB ................................................................... 3-6-32(6) NCU PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-33
3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................ 3-6-35• Main body ....................................................................................... 3-6-35
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch isturned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-35
(2) The drive motor does not operate. ............................................ 3-6-35(3) The scanner motor does not rotate. .......................................... 3-6-36(4) The toner feed motor does not rotate. ....................................... 3-6-36(5) Cooling fan motor 1 does not rotate. ......................................... 3-6-36(6) Cooling fan motor 2 does not rotate. ......................................... 3-6-37(7) The paper feed clutch does not operate. ................................... 3-6-37(8) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. ...................... 3-6-37(9) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-38
(10) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-38(11) The exposure lamp does not turn on (C10). .............................. 3-6-38(12) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ 3-6-38(13) The fixing heater does not turn on (C60). .................................. 3-6-39(14) The fixing heater does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat
triggered; C60). ......................................................................... 3-6-39(15) Main charging is not performed (C51). ...................................... 3-6-39(16) Transfer charging is not performed (C52). ................................ 3-6-40(17) No developing bias voltage is output. ........................................ 3-6-40(18) The original size is not detected. ............................................... 3-6-40(19) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ 3-6-41(20) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present in the drawer. ........................................ 3-6-41(21) The size of paper in the bypass is not displayed correctly. ....... 3-6-41(22) The size of paper in the drawer is not displayed correctly. ....... 3-6-41(23) A paper jam is indicated on the message display immediately
after the main switch is turned on. ............................................. 3-6-42(24) The message requesting the front cover to be closed is
displayed when it is already closed. .......................................... 3-6-42(25) The message requesting the right side cover to be closed is
displayed when it is already closed. .......................................... 3-6-42(26) The message requesting the eject cover to be closed is
displayed when it is already closed. .......................................... 3-6-42• DF ................................................................................................... 3-6-43
(1) The DF motor does not operate. ............................................... 3-6-43(2) A message requesting the DF cover be closed is displayed
with the cover closed correctly. ................................................. 3-6-43(3) A message indicating an original jam is displayed when
the main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-43(4) Original size is not detected correctly. ....................................... 3-6-43
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ 3-6-44• Main body ....................................................................................... 3-6-44
(1) No primary paper feed. .............................................................. 3-6-44(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-44(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-44(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-44
1-1-29
2AA
(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-44(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-44(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-45(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-45
• DF ................................................................................................... 3-6-46(1) No original feed. ........................................................................ 3-6-46(2) An original jams. ........................................................................ 3-6-46
2AA
3-6-1
3-6-1 Image formation problems
(1) No image appears(entirely white).
See page 3-6-3.
(2) No image appears(entirely black).
See page 3-6-4.
(3) Image is too light.
See page 3-6-5.
(4) Background is visible.
See page 3-6-5.
(5) A white line appearslongitudinally.
See page 3-6-6.
(6) A black line appearslongitudinally.
See page 3-6-6.
(7) A black line appearslaterally.
See page 3-6-7.
(8) One side of the copyimage is darker thanthe other.
See page 3-6-7.
(9) Black dots appear onthe image.
See page 3-6-8.
(10) Image is blurred.
See page 3-6-8.
(11) The leading edge ofthe image is consist-ently misaligned withthe original.
See page 3-6-9.
(12) The leading edge ofthe image is sporadi-cally misaligned withthe original.
See page 3-6-9.
2AA
3-6-2
(13) Paper creases.
See page 3-6-10.
(14) Offset occurs.
See page 3-6-10.
(15) Image is partlymissing.
See page 3-6-11.
(16) Fixing is poor.
See page 3-6-11.
(17) Image is out of focus.
See page 3-6-12.
(18) Image center doesnot align with theoriginal center.
See page 3-6-12.
(19) Image is not square.
See page 3-6-13.
(20) There is a regularerror between thecenters of the originaland copy image whenusing the sheet-through DF.
See page 3-6-14.
(21) There is a regularerror between theleading edges of theoriginal and copyimage when using thesheet-through DF.
See page 3-6-14.
2AA-1
3-6-3
(1) No image appears(entirely white).
Causes1. No transfer charging.2. No developing bias voltage is output.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Repair or replace the wire.
Check for continuity across the terminals. Ifnone, replace the terminals.
Check if CN8-8 on the engine PCB goes lowduring copying. If not, replace the enginePCB.
Check if transfer charging takes place duringcopying when CN1-8 on the high-voltagetransformer PCB goes low. If not, replace thehigh-voltage transformer PCB.
Check the developing bias wire. If there isany problem, replace it.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if CN8-9 on the engine PCB goes lowduring copying. If not, replace the enginePCB.
Check if the developing bias is output duringcopying when CN1-7 on the high-voltagetransformer PCB goes low. If not, replace thehigh-voltage transformer PCB.
Causes1. No transfer charging.
A. Broken transfer wire.
B. Poor contact in the high-voltagetransformer PCB connectorterminals.
C. Defective engine PCB.
D. Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
2. No developing bias voltage isoutput.
A. Poor contact in the developingbias wire.
B. Poor contact in the high-voltagetransformer PCB connectorterminals.
C. Defective engine PCB.
D. Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
2AA
3-6-4
(2) No image appears(entirely black).
Causes1. Exposure lamp fails to light.2. No main charging.
Causes1. Exposure lamp fails to light.
A. The connector terminals of theexposure lamp make poorcontact.
B. Defective inverter PCB.
C. Defective engine PCB.
2. No main charging.
A. Broken charger wire.
B. Leaking charger housing.
C. The connector terminals of thehigh-voltage transformer PCBmake poor contact.
D. Defective engine PCB.
E. Defective high-voltage trans-former PCB.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check for continuity across the terminals. Ifnone, replace the terminals.
Check if the exposure lamp lights duringcopying when CN1-1 and 1-2 on the inverterPCB go low. If not, replace the inverter PCB.
Check if CN 14-1 and 14-2 goes low duringcopying. If not, replace the engine PCB.
Replace the wire.
Clean the charger housing.
Check for continuity across the terminals. Ifnone, replace the terminals.
Check if CN8-7 goes low during copying. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check if main charging takes place duringcopying when CN1-9 on the high-voltagetransformer PCB goes low. If not, replace thehigh-voltage transformer PCB.
2AA
3-6-5
Causes1. Misadjusted exposure level.2. Insufficient toner.3. Deteriorated developer.4. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Causes1. Deteriorated developer.
(3) Image is too light.
(4) Background is visible.
Check procedures/corrective measuresIf the display shows the message requestingreplacement of the IU, replace the imagingunit.
Causes1. Deteriorated developer.
Causes1. Misadjusted exposure level.
2. Insufficient toner.
3. Deteriorated developer.
4. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Check procedures/corrective measuresAdjust exposure level (see page 3-2-49).
If the display shows the message requestingtoner replenishment, replace the cartridge.
If the display shows the message requestingreplacement of the IU, replace the imagingunit.
Clean the drum or, if the maintenance levelhas been reached, replace the drum (seepage 3-3-26).
2AA
3-6-6
Causes1. Dirty or flawed charger wire.2. Foreign matter in the imaging unit.3. Flawed drum.
Causes1. Dirty contact glass.2. Dirty or flawed drum.3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.4. Dirty scanner mirror.
(5) A white line appearslongitudinally.
(6) A black line appearslongitudinally.
Causes1. Dirty contact glass.
2. Dirty or flawed drum.
3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
4. Dirty scanner mirror.
Check procedures/corrective measuresClean the contact glass.
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it(see page 3-3-26).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-26).
Clean the scanner mirror.
Causes1. Dirty or flawed charger wire.
2. Foreign matter in the imagingunit.
3. Flawed drum.
Check procedures/corrective measuresClean the charger wire or, if it is flawed,replace it.
Replace the imaging unit.
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-26).
2AA
3-6-7
Causes1. Flawed drum.2. Dirty developing section in the imaging unit.
Causes1. Dirty charger wire.2. Defective exposure lamp.
(7) A black line appearslaterally.
(8) One side of the copyimage is darker thanthe other.
Causes1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section in theimaging unit.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReplace the drum (see page 3-3-26).
Clean the developing section in the imagingunit.
Causes1. Dirty charger wire.
2. Defective exposure lamp.
Check procedures/corrective measuresClean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty,replace it.
Check if the exposure lamp light is distrib-uted evenly. If not, replace the exposurelamp (see page 3-3-10).
2AA
3-6-8
Causes1. Dirty or flawed drum.2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
Causes1. Scanner moves erratically.2. Deformed press roller.3. Paper conveying section drive problem.
(9) Black dots appear onthe image.
(10) Image is blurred.
Check procedures/corrective measuresClean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it(see page 3-3-26).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-26).
Causes1. Dirty or flawed drum.
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
Causes1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section driveproblem.
Check procedures/corrective measuresCheck if there is any foreign matter on thefront and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-36).
Check the gears and belts and, if necessary,grease them.
2AA
3-6-9
(11) The leading edge ofthe image is consist-ently misaligned withthe original.
(12) The leading edge ofthe image is sporadi-cally misaligned withthe original.
Causes1. Misadjusted scanning start position for the original
on the contact glass.
Causes1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or pa-
per feed clutch installed or operating incorrectly.
Causes1. Misadjusted scanning start
position for the original on thecontact glass.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReadjust the scanning start position for theoriginal on the contact glass (see page 3-3-22).
Causes1. Registration clutch, bypass paper
feed clutch or paper feed clutchinstalled or operating incorrectly.
Check procedures/corrective measuresCheck the installation positions and opera-tions of the registration clutch, bypass paperfeed clutch and paper feed clutch. If any ofthem operates incorrectly, replace it.
2AA
3-6-10
Causes1. Paper curled.2. Paper damp.
Causes1. Defective cleaning blade.
(13) Paper creases.
(14) Offset occurs.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReplace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-26).
Causes1. Defective cleaning blade.
Check procedures/corrective measuresCheck the paper storage conditions.
Check the paper storage conditions.
Causes1. Paper curled.
2. Paper damp.
2AA
3-6-11
Causes1. Paper damp.2. Paper creased.3. Drum condensation.4. Flawed drum.
Causes1. Wrong paper.2. Flawed press roller.
(15) Image is partly missing.
(16) Fixing is poor.
Causes1. Paper damp.
2. Paper creased.
3. Drum condensation.
4. Flawed drum.
Check procedures/corrective measuresCheck the paper storage conditions.
Replace the paper.
Clean the drum (see page 3-3-29).
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-26).
Causes1. Wrong paper.
2. Flawed press roller.
Check procedures/corrective measuresCheck if the paper meets specifications.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-36).
2AA
3-6-12
Causes1. Defective image scanning unit.
Causes1. Misadjusted image center line.2. Original placed incorrectly.
(17) Image is out of focus.
(18) Image center does notalign with the originalcenter.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReplace the image scanning unit.
Causes1. Defective image scanning unit.
Causes1. Misadjusted image center line.
2. Original placed incorrectly.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReadjust the image center line (see page3-3-7).
Place the original correctly.
2AA
3-6-13
Causes1. Squareness adjusted (laser scanner unit positioned)
incorrectly.2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.
(19) Image is not square.
Causes1. Squareness adjusted (laser
scanner unit positioned) incor-rectly.
2. Image scanning unit positionedincorrectly.
Check procedures/corrective measuresAdjust the squareness (installation positionof the laser scanner unit; see page 3-3-18).
Adjust the installation position of the imagescanning unit (see page 3-3-19).
2AA
3-6-14
(20) There is a regular errorbetween the centers ofthe original and copyimage when using thesheet-through DF.
Causes1. Misadjusted DF center line.
(21) There is a regular errorbetween the leadingedges of the originaland copy image whenusing the sheet-through DF.
Causes1. Misadjusted scanning start position of the DF origi-
nal.
Causes1. Misadjusted DF center line.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReadjust the DF center line when using thesheet-through DF (see page 3-3-43).
Causes1. Misadjusted scanning start
position of the DF original.
Check procedures/corrective measuresReadjust the scanning start position of theDF original (see page 3-3-44).
3-6-15
2AA
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds
• Main body
Check visually and remove it, ifany.
With 5 V DC present at CN5-10on the engine PCB, check ifCN5-11 on the engine PCB re-mains low when the registrationswitch is turned on and off. If itdoes, replace the registrationswitch.
Check visually and remove it, ifany.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-1on the engine PCB, check ifCN3-2 on the engine PCB re-mains low when the eject switchis turned on and off. If it does,replace the eject switch.
Change the paper.
Replace the deformed claw.
Repair the deformed spring.
Check visually and replace thedeformed pulley.
With 5 V DC present at CN5-10on the engine PCB, check ifCN5-11 on the engine PCBgoes low when the registrationswitch is turned on. If not, re-place the registration switch.
(1)A paper jam inthe paper feedor conveyingsection is indi-cated as soonas the mainswitch isturned on.
(2)A paper jam inthe eject sec-tion is indi-cated as soonas the mainswitch isturned on.
(3)A paper jam inthe drawer isindicated dur-ing copying.
A piece of paper torn from copypaper is caught around the reg-istration switch.
Defective registration switch.
A piece of paper torn from copypaper is caught around the ejectswitch.
Defective eject switch.
Paper in the drawer is extremelycurled.
Check if the front or rear paperclaw of the drawer is deformed.
Check if the drawer spring isdeformed.
Check if the paper feed pulley isdeformed.
Defective registration switch.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
3-6-16
2AA
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
Check and repair if necessary.
See page 3-6-37.
Check and replace the de-formed pulley.
With 5 V DC present at CN5-10on the engine PCB, check ifCN5-11 on the engine PCBgoes low when the registrationswitch is turned on. If not, re-place the registration switch.
Check and repair if necessary.
See page 3-6-37.
Check and repair if necessary.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-1on the engine PCB, check ifCN3-2 on the engine PCB goeslow when the eject switch isturned on. If not, replace theeject switch.
Check and repair if necessary.
See page 3-6-38.
Clean or replace the press roller(see page 3-3-36).
(3)A paper jam inthe drawer isindicated dur-ing copying.
(4)A paper jam inthe bypass isindicated dur-ing copying.
(5)A paper jam inthe eject sec-tion is indi-cated duringcopying.
Check if the paper feed clutchmalfunctions.
Electrical problem with the pa-per feed clutch.
Check if the bypass paper feedpulley is deformed.
Defective registration switch.
Malfunction of the bypass paperfeed clutch.
Electrical problem with the by-pass paper feed clutch.
Check if the right and left regis-tration rollers contact eachother.
Defective eject switch.
Malfunction of the registrationswitch.
Electrical problem with the reg-istration clutch.
Check if the press roller is ex-tremely dirty or deformed.
3-6-17
2AA
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
Clean or replace the heat rollerseparation claws (see page3-3-36).
Check and repair if necessary.
(5)A paper jam inthe eject sec-tion is indi-cated duringcopying.
Check if the heat roller separa-tion claws are extremely dirty ordeformed.
Check if the upper eject pulleyand lower eject roller contacteach other.
3-6-18
2AA
• DF
Check visually and remove it, ifany.
With 5 V DC present atCN13-17 on the engine PCB ofthe copier, check if CN13-14remains low when the DF timingswitch is turned on and off. If itdoes, replace the DF timingswitch.
Use an original conforming tothe specifications.
Check and clean them with iso-propyl alcohol if they are dirty.
Remedy.
(1)An originaljams in the DFsimultane-ously whenscanner ini-tializationends.
(2)An originaljams fre-quently.
A piece of paper torn from anoriginal is caught around the DFtiming switch.
Defective DF timing switch.
An original outside the specifi-cations is used.
The DF forwarding pulley, DForiginal feed pulley or DF sepa-ration pulley is dirty with paperpowder.
The DF conveying roller and DFconveying pulley, or the DFeject roller and DF eject pulleydo not contact each other.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2AA
3-6-19
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages
Precautions• When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands.• ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs,
cable connectors or edge connectors.• Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or similar
material.
(1) Power source PCB
–12V
+12V
SGN
O
5V–2
24V–3
24V–2
24VIN
DC
24V
DC
5V
PGN
O
FG
1
F1 AC250V 15A
F3 A
C125V
T4A
F2 A
C250V
15A ARS1
C33
C34
DB1
C6
VZ2
VZ
1
R1
C2
NT
H1
L3
R8
D2
R3
R15
JP1
D1
Q1
ZD
2
C7
C14
ZD
1 R10 D
4
IC1
R106
C104
R104
D303
ZD
103Z
D301
FB
202
FB
201
C301
C203
PT
RI51
R202
C103 L202F
B102
C102
D103
C201
L201
R203
JP3
1
IC201
R101
C101
D101
VR
201
JP15
T1
R102
ZD
401
JP28
JP22
JP15
JP14
JP10
CN
4
CN
3
DC
24V
DC
5V
PGN
O
SGN
O
–12V
+12V
C402
R107
C9
C31
C32
PC
1_1
PC
1_2
JP25
JP26
JP27
JP19
D301
D401JP7
JP8
JP2
JP20D302
D201JP9
R201
C202
JP4
IC301
JP21
D102
D403
R110IC401
C302
C204
JP23JP16
JP5
JP6
RL1
R108
JP11
1
CN5
1
1
D102
R103
R105
ZD102Q101
ZD101
D402R401
C13D3
R16
R9
TRI51
C8
R2
R52
R51
R6
JP17
JP12
JP30
JP18
JP24
R5
R4
R14C11
C10
D5
C12
R12
R11
R13
R7
CR51
L1
C1
CN
1
N 1L
L51
CN2
HEATER OUT
1
LN
F401 A
C250V
0. 5A
F301 A
C250V
0. 5A
F103 A
C125V
4A
F102 A
C125V
4A
F101 A
C125V
4A
F201 A
C125V
5A
FB
2
120 V area
–12V
+12V
SGN
O
5V–2
24V–3
24V–2
24VIN
DC
24V
DC
5V
PGN
O
FG1
F3 AC250V T2. 0A
F2 A
C250V
T6. 3A
F1 A
C250V
T6. 3A
ARS1
C33
C34
C3
C4
R1
VZ
2
VZ
1
FB
31L2
L3
C5
R8
D2
R3
R15
JP1
D1
Q1
ZD
2
DB
1
C7
NT
H1
C14
ZD
1 R18 D
4
IC1
R105
R106
C104
R104
D303
ZD
103Z
D301
FB
202
FB
201C
401C203
C301
PT
RI51
PT
RI61
R202
C103 L202F
B102
C102
D103
C201
L201
R203
JP4
1
IC201
R101
C101
D101
VR
201
JP15
T1
R102
ZD
401
JP28
JP23
JP17
JP16
JP12
CN
4
CN
3
DC
24V
DC
5V
PGN
O
SGN
O
–12V
+12V
C402
R107
C9
C31
C32
PC
1_1
PC
1_2
JP25
JP26
JP27
JP20
D401
D301
JP9
JP10
JP3JP2
JP21
D302D201
JP11
R201
C202
JP5
IC301
JP22
D102
D403
R110IC401
C302
C204
JP24JP18
JP6
JP7
RL1
R109
R108
CN5
JP13
1
1
1
D102
R103ZD102 Q101
ZD101
D402R401
C13D3
R16
R9
R52
TRI51
CN1
JP8
R51
C8
R2
FB1
R62
R61
R63
C61
CN2
HEATER
OU
T
CO
M
RESISTOR
CN6
JP19
R6
R5
R4
R14C11
C10
D5
C12
R12
R11
R13
R7
C2
C51
R53
L1C
1
N
11
LL
L51
L61
TR
I61
N
F401 A
C250V
T0. 5A
F301 A
C250V
T0. 5A
F103 A
C250V
T4. 0A
F102 A
C250V
T4. 0A
F101 A
C250V
T4. 0A
F201 A
C250V
T5A
230 V area
1-1 1-2 120 V AC AC supply, input
230 V AC
2-1 2-2 75 V AC AC supply for H, output
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2AA
3-6-20
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-1 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-2 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
3-3 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-4 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-6 3-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-7 3-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-9 3-8 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-10 3-8 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply for EPCB, output
4-1 4-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output
4-3 4-5 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for MPCB, output
4-4 4-5 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply for MCPB, output
4-6 4-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MPCB, output
5-1 5-2 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, output
5-3 5-2 24/0 V DC H off/on, input
5-4 5-2 24/0 V DC PRY off/on, input
6-1 6-2 120 V AC AC supply for resistors, output
230 V AC
2AA
3-6-21
(2) Main PCB
C1514
CN41
2
9
10
C1301
IC60
IC47
IC46
TR
3
R1315
IC24
67656866
IC77
IC74
IC48
C1033
R1337
R1501
C1108IC
18
IC19
IC20
IC21
IC25
RI032
R1033
R1034
R1001
IC30
IC33
IC29
IC26
C1007 C1024C1006
105104
156
157 20831
IC1
X1
IC62
C303
IC7
IC14
IC15
595760581423142
CN
7
5958C
N8
3
IC45
IC53
IC75
C819
CN
6
IC51
IC56
IC52
C508
C509
C510
C304
C820
IC76
C1513
R296
301
IC22
C907
IC23
104
105156
157 X2
IC39
C904 C905 C906 C908
30
81
C805
1C
N5
IC35
R410IC38
IC37R409
R407
R408
C1512
C404
C403
6
100100
1
C1023
L1007
C1510
R1025
R1026
R1028
R1029
R1027R1031
R1030
R1003R1005R1007R1009R1011R1013R1017R1015R1018
R308R803R804R282
C806
C1511
L1501
L1502
L1503
L401 C401
C809C807
C808C1020
R802
R1002R1004R1006R1008R1010R1012R1014R1016C1034 IC78
53
51
50
6190
60 31
91
120
157
156
31
30
IC2
IC5
C1508
C1502
BA
T1
IC42
IC43
C1021
C1012
L1002
IC41
IC40
IC28
L1001
C1011
IC31
C810R1039R1038R1037R1036
C1019
R1212R1210R1208R1206R1204R1202
C1213
R1335
R1247
C1204R1245C1221
C1219IC
79
C1215
R1244
C1518
C1211R1240
C1216
C1214
C1212
R1230
C1206
C1209
C1104
R1411R1412R1405R1406
R1409R1410R1404R1403
R1401
C1201R1035
R1408
C1515
C1205
R281R279R277R275R273R271R269R267
R1211R1209R1207R1205R1203R1201
R1227R1228R1229
R1108R1107R1106R1105R1104R1103R1102R1101R1216R1215R1214R1213
R1219R1220R1221R1222
C1010C1009L1005
52
53
104
C210
C201
151
Z08
801
80
521
1
IC17
IC73
IC16
IC13
IC51
208
81
R1502
L901C909R904R903R902
R1316R1320R1317R1321R1318R1322
R128
R131
R134
R136
R149
R147
R145
R143
R130
R132
R135
R133
R112
R148
R146
R144
R142
R210R208R206R204
R202R306R304R302
R209R207R205R203R201R305R303
C919
L907
C1105
R1319
R1301R1302TR4R1303R1304R1305R1306
R1336
C1031
C1107R
948R
946R
944R
942
R124
R116
R117
R118
R110
R947
R945
R943
R941
105
3142
R1312R1311R1314R1313R1218R1334R1333
R1323R1328R1329R1324R1330R1325R1326R1331R1327R1332
R1307R1308R1309R1310
2AA
3-6-22
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVCLK)
1-3 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD0)
1-4 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD1)
1-5 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD2)
1-6 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD3)
1-8 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD4)
1-9 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD5)
1-10 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD6)
1-11 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD7)
1-13 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (CPRDY)
1-15 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (_PRINT)
1-16 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_PVSYNC)
1-18 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_PHSYNC)
1-21 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SCINHI)
1-24 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_SRDY)
1-25 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (_SCAN)
1-26 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (PTIM)
1-27 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_SVSYNC)
1-29 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_SHSYNC)
1-31 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (EPRDY)
1-32 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (CMD)
1-33 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_STS)
1-34 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (CCLK)
1-36 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_SBSY)
1-37 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_PRDY)
1-39 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (PVCLK)
1-41 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (_PVDO)
1-42 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_LSUOUT)
1-44 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_RSTWR)
2-1 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, input
(ONHOOK1 L)
2-2 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, input
(ONHOOK2 L)
2-3 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(TELSEL L)
2-4 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(PLSDIL L)
2-5 1-12, 14 NCUPCB analog signal, input (MODRXD)
2-6 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(RXSEL L)
2AA
3-6-23
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2-7 1-12, 14 NCUPCB analog signal, input (MODTXD)
2-8 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(DCCUT L)*1
NCUPCB control signal, output
(EARTM L)*2
2-9 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(KMUTE)*2
2-10 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, input
(RNGDET L)
2-11 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(OFFHOOK L)
2-12 1-14, 15 NCUPCB analog signal, input (RXIN_N)
2-13 1-12, 14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-14 1-12, 14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-17 1-12, 14 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-18 1-12, 14 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-19 1-21, 22 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-20 1-21, 22 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
4-1 4-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OPCB, output
4-2 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, output (COM)
4-3 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, input (STATUS)
4-4 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, output (SCLK)
4-6 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, input (SIG1)
4-7 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, input (SIG2)
4-9 4-8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OPCB, output
5-1 5-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
5-3 5-5 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
5-4 5-5 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply, input
5-6 5-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
6-1 – 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) Printer PCB*3 control signal
6-68
10-1 10-2 2.4 V DC BUBAT, 24 V DC supply, input
11-1 11-2 Speaker, output
*1 For 120 V specifications only. *2 For 230 V specifications only. *3 Optional.
2AA
3-6-24
(3) Engine PCB
14
1321
CN16
1
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
2
1CN15
8
7
L67
L66
21
6
5
CN14
F1
F2
F3
F4 IC11
AD
818AR
IC18
LM636IM
TR
21 1
11
55
IC19
AD
818AR
VR
2
C3
D9
TR
3
AK1
IC20
LM636IMIC
24
5
TP
3
1
IC8
AG
C68
8
AG
C68
8
TP
1
IC13
LM636IM
TA
1
AK D6
5
1
5
IC4
uPC
408262
1
5
IC3
uPC
408262
1
5
IC2
uPC
408262
1
5
IC1
uPC
408262
VR
1
5
IC12
LM636IM5
TP
2
CN
1212
1112
IC39
M66258F
P
IC358HD185
1
120
40
41
81
80121
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
160
TP
4
C1
1
49
16
1732
48
• • •
• • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
64
1
5
X122
33
1
49
16
1732
48
• • •
• • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
64
33
CN19
IC45
M66258F
P
• •
• •
1
11
12
IC44
74F244
• •
• •
D40
D31
TR
8D
30C
N8
TR
7
222121
AK
1
13• •
• •
••1
8IC49
74LS07
12
23
2324
D19
D29
CN
9D
32
D20 D
21D
22D
23IC
40O
FF
AKD
13
AK+
D33
AK
R1
D24
VY
C359
1MS
1
1
11IC
3774F
244
• •
• • • •1
11IC
3074F
24444
• •
1
8
• •IC
26 74HC
14
1
8
1
8
IC27 74LS
07•
IC31 74LS
01• •• •
1
8
1
8
IC23
74HC
08•
• •
••
IC22
74HC
32
1
11IC14
74HC
245
•••
• •
•
1
8
1
8
IC6
74HC
125
IC5
74LS07
CN
22
CN
20
11
75
21
2019C
N13
1
8
IC7
74LS07
•
1
8
1
8
•• •C
N28
D13
D12
1
11• 1
5
D11
IC17
X10
671
IC33
74HC
374
IC38
IC29
uPC
35862
130
31
81
8051
50
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • •
• • •
100
IC32
•74HC
14 •
D10
M623
54FP
102
130
31
81
8051
50
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• • •
• • •
100
D1
D2
D3
D4
FE
T1
FE
T2
FE
T3
FE
T4
18 • 12
19
•
25
11
•
526 • 4
•
1
8
D5
IC9
74HC
14
•D
7
IC21
TA
8415P•
••
•
•
1
9
1
8
1
5IC10
uPC
39362
IC16
74LS07
CN
18
12
2930
CN
11
21
5 1CN2
C8 + C7 + CN1 C4 + C2 +
1
1
8
1
5
•
33
1
8
IC25
74F32 82C54-2 IC15
D8
IC34
M38027E
85P• • • • • •
••
• • • • • •
1
5
1
9
••
ST
93C46T
1
X4
5
••
IC41 1
1
8 D16
74HC
138
1
8
••••
IC47
74LS07
CN
1712
1112D
34
IC48 •
D35
FE
T5
CN
101
11
74HC
14
•
1
9•
•
D17
IC42
FE
T6
17
IC36
TA
80308
L81650•
••
C11
+
+
1
9C
12
X2
IC46
TD
62308AF
19
171
1
2
D36
CN
5
•T
R4
D37
D38
CN
4 D39
TR
6
TR
51
9
D25
D28
CN
3
CN
231
1 2
510
3 4
K A
K A
D18
D14
D15
IC43
TD
62304AF
•
••
D27
21
CN
7
CN6
CN21C10 + C9 +
8
2AA
3-6-25
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-3 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PSPCB, output
1-4 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-7 21-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-8 21-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-2 2-4 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output
2-3 2-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DM, output
2-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DM, output
3-1 3-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ESW, output
3-2 3-3 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input
4-1 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SSW3, output
4-3 1-6 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input
4-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SSW1, output
4-7 1-6 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input
4-8 1-6 24/0 V DC 24 V DC supply for SSW2, output
4-10 1-6 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input
5-1 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL, output
5-2 1-6 0/24 V DC PFCL on/off, output
5-3 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RCL, output
5-4 1-6 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output
5-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output
5-6 1-6 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output
5-7 5-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW, output
5-8 5-9 0/5 V DC PSW on/off, input
5-10 5-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for RSW, output
5-11 5-12 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
5-13 5-15 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output
5-14 5-15 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input
5-16 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CL, output
5-17 1-6 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output
6-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW1 scan signal, output (SCAN0)
6-2 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW1 return signal, input
6-4 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW2 scan signal, output (SCAN0)
6-5 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW2 return signal, input
6-7 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW3 scan signal, output (SCAN0)
6-8 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW3 return signal, input
7-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW4 scan signal, output (SCAN0)
7-2 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW4 return signal, input
8-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) BYPPSSW scan signal, output (SCAN4)
2AA
3-6-26
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
8-2 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) BYPPSSW (1) return signal, input
8-3 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) BYPPSSW (2) return signal, input
8-4 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) BYPPSSW (3) return signal, input
8-5 8-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output
8-7 8-6 0/17.7 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output
8-8 8-6 0/15.7 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output
8-9 8-6 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output
8-10 8-6 0/15.9 V DC HVTPCB (CHG) on/off, output
8-11 8-15 HVTPCB DB control voltage, output
8-12 8-15 HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output
8-13 8-15 0/5 V DC HVTPCB TC short detection signal, input
8-14 8-15 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC short detection signal, input
8-16 8-18 24/0 V DC CFM1 on/off, output
8-17 8-18 0/5 V DC CFM1 high speed/low speed control
signal, output
8-19 8-21 24/0 V DC CFM2 on/off, output
8-20 8-21 0/5 V DC CFM2 high speed/low speed control
signal, output
8-22 8-6 0/16 V DC HVTPCB (TC CHG) on/off, output
9-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Imaging unit scan signal, output (SCAN4)
9-2 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input
(DEV A)
9-3 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input
(DEV B)
9-4 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input
(DEV C)
9-6 9-5 TNS detection voltage, input
9-7 9-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TNS, output
9-8 9-5 TNS control voltage, output
9-9 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DEVF, output
9-10 1-6 24/0 V DC Imaging unit new/old differentiation
signal, input
9-18 9-19 24/0 V AC TFM on/off, output
9-20 21-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DTH, output
9-21 21-1 DTH detection voltage, input
9-24 1-6 24/0 V DC Feeder heater* on/off, output
10-2 10-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSSW, output
10-3 10-1 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, input
11-1 21-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH, output
11-2 21-1 FTH detection voltage, input
* Optional.
2AA
3-6-27
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
12-1 12-5, 6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output
12-2 12-5, 6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output
12-3 12-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output
12-7 12-5, 6 5/0 V DC (pulse) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output
(MOT A)
12-8 12-5, 6 5/0 V DC (pulse) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output
(MOT _A)
12-9 12-5, 6 5/0 V DC (pulse) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output
(MOT B)
12-10 12-5, 6 5/0 V DC (pulse) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output
(MOT _B)
12-11 12-4 MOTPCB motor control voltage, output
12-12 12-4 5/0 V DC MOTPCB DFM/SM selection signal,
output
13-1 13-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output
13-2 13-3 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
13-4 1-6 0/24 V DC ISUH on/off, output
13-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for ISUH, output
13-7 13-6 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input
13-8 13-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output
13-10 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (SIZE4) on/off, input
13-11 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (SIZE3) on/off, input
13-12 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (SIZE2) on/off, input
13-13 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (SIZE1) on/off, input
13-14 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFTSW on/off, input
13-15 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (OD) on/off, input
13-17 13-16, 20 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DFSDPCB, output
13-18 13-19 0/5 V DC DFSSW on/off, input
14-1 14-5, 6 0/24 V DC INPCB (EL) on/off, output
14-2 14-5, 6 0/24 V DC INPCB (EL) on/off, output
14-3 14-5, 6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
14-4 14-5, 6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
15-1 15-2, 3, 4 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
15-5 15-6 CCDPCB control voltage, input (OS2)
15-7 15-8 CCDPCB control voltage, input (OS1)
16-1 16-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
16-3 16-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output (RS1)
16-5 16-6 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output
(CCDCLK1)
2AA
3-6-28
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
16-7 16-8 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output
(CCDCLK2)
16-9 16-10 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output [ROG
(SH)]
16-11 16-12 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output [S/H
(SP1)]
16-13 16-14 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output (CP1)
17-1 17-2 0/5 V DC LSU control signal, input (MSYNC)
17-3 17-6 0/5 V DC LSU control signal, output (PMOT)
17-4 17-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output
17-5 17-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LSU, output
17-7 17-8 5/0 V DC (pulse) LSU control signal, output (VIDEO)
17-9 17-8 5/0 V DC (pulse) LSU control signal, output (LDRDY)
17-10 17-11 5/0 V DC (pulse) LSU control signal, output (ADJUST)
17-12 17-11 5/0 V DC (pulse) LSU control signal, input (BD)
18-1 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output
18-2 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output
18-3 1-6 0/24 V DC STPFCL1* on/off, output
18-4 1-6 0/24 V DC STPFCL2* on/off, output
18-5 1-6 0/24 V DC STPFCL3* on/off, output
18-6 1-6 0/24 V DC STFCL1* on/off, output
18-7 1-6 0/24 V DC STFCL2* on/off, output
18-8 1-6 0/24 V DC STFCL3* on/off, output
18-9 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN1)
18-10 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN2)
18-11 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN3)
18-12 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS0)
18-13 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS1)
18-14 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS2)
18-15 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS3)
18-16 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS4)
18-17 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS5)
18-18 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STDM1) on/off, output
18-19 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STDM2) on/off, output
18-20 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STDM3) on/off, output
18-21 18-22 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output
18-23 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STPSW1) on/off, input
18-24 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STPSW2) on/off, input
18-25 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STPSW3) on/off, input
18-26 18-22 0/5 V DC STFSW1* on/off, input
* Optional.
2AA
3-6-29
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
18-27 18-22 0/5 V DC STFSW2* on/off, input
18-28 18-22 0/5 V DC STFSW3* on/off, input
18-29 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STMOTPCB* STDM drive pulse signal,
output
19-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVCLK)
19-3 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD0)
19-4 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD1)
19-5 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD2)
19-6 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD3)
19-8 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD4)
19-9 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD5)
19-10 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD6)
19-11 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD7)
19-13 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (CPRDY)
19-15 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (_PRINT)
19-16 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_PVSYNC)
19-18 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_PHSYNC)
19-21 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SCINHI)
19-24 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_SRDY)
19-25 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (_SCAN)
19-26 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (PTIM)
19-27 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_SVSYNC)
19-29 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_SHSYNC)
19-31 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (EPRDY)
19-32 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (CMD)
19-33 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_STS)
19-34 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (CCLK)
19-36 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_SBSY)
19-37 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_PRDY)
19-39 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (PVCLK)
19-41 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (_PVD0)
19-42 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_LSUOUT)
19-44 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_RSTWR)
21-2 21-1 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
21-3 21-1 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply, input
21-4 21-1 24/0 V DC H off/on, output
21-5 21-1 24/0 V DC PRY off/on, output
* Optional.
2AA
3-6-30
(4) Motor PCB
TR2
TR
2J3
C5
CI
C6
D3 4
1
D4
8
7
C2
CO
N2
D2
D1
1 1
J4
CO
N3
J10R4R3
TR1R1 J28
J5J8
J8
494VOBD 3
J7R5
C4 R6
1
J19
J9
J18
CON1
IC1LS07E C B
E C B
D5
IC2LS04
8
1
16STK8711BMK4 J12
J13
J11 3592814 REV:1
J14
C3
1
1 +
• •
D6
+
J1
J16J17 12
J15IC3
2AA
3-6-31
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-9 5/0 V DC DFM/SM selection signal, input (MOTSEL)
1-2 1-9 Motor control voltage, input (SMREF)
1-3 1-9 5/0 V DC (pulse) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input
(MOT _B)
1-4 1-9 5/0 V DC (pulse) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input
(MOT B)
1-5 1-9 5/0 V DC (pulse) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input
(MOT _A)
1-6 1-9 5/0 V DC (pulse) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input
(MOT A)
1-10 1-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-11 1-7, 8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-12 1-7, 8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
2-1 1-7, 8 0/24 V DC DFM on/off, output
2-2 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) DFM motor coil energization pulse, output
(_A)
2-3 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) DFM motor coil energization pulse, output
(A)
2-4 1-7, 8 0/24 V DC DFM on/off, output
2-5 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) DFM motor coil energization pulse, output
(_B)
2-6 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) DFM motor coil energization pulse, output
(B)
3-1 1-7, 8 0/24 V DC SM on/off, output
3-2 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) SM motor coil energization pulse, output
(_A)
3-3 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) SM motor coil energization pulse, output
(A)
3-4 1-7, 8 0/24 V DC SM on/off, output
3-5 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) SM motor coil energization pulse, output
(_B)
3-6 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) SM motor coil energization pulse, output
(B)
2AA
3-6-32
(5) Operation unit PCB
1-1 1-3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply from MPCB, input
1-2 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from MPCB, input
1-5 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (SCLK)
1-6 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (COM)
1-7 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (STATUS)
1-8 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SIG1)
1-9 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (SIG2)
2-1 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (D1)
2-2 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (FLM)
2-3 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (M)
2-4 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (CL1)
2-5 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (CL2)
2-7 2-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LCD, output
2-9 2-10 –12.7 V DC –12.7 V DC supply for LCD, output
3-1 1-4 VR voltage, input (VR1)
3-2 1-4 VR voltage, input (VR2)
3-3 1-4 VR voltage, input (VR3)
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
CN1
CN
2
2AA
3-6-33
(6) NCU PCB
120 V specifications
+–
2 1
CN
1
L2
K1
.PC1
IC1
L10
L3
L5L4L7L9
L6
L8
J19
J18
J20
MCN2
MCN3
C22
J12
D5
D4
C7
C5+
++
+
+ –
MCN1
V2
V1
J7
J1
DB
1
C2
L1
Y
Y B
Y
B
B
4 43
1
C 2
5 1 1
1
7
4
8 12
1
13
+
+
34
3
J9
J21
D6
J22
J8
T1
C1
R3
PC
4
1
3
5
PC
3
J10 J1
1
J4
J3J2
J5
C3
22 21
J15 J6
J16
J17
J14
J25
J26
J29
J24
J28 L1
1
J23
J13
R14
C21
IC4
J27
Vout–Vout+
C23
230 V specifications
JP1
Y1
C10
Y2
C9
D2
C2
K1D1
R2
R3R1
F1 F2
F3
Y
Y
B
B
Y
Y
B
B
F4
12
34
12
34
MCN1 MCN2
JP7 L8
R19C26
C0
L7
DB1 DB2
C27
R21
PC3
R20 TR5
K2
172
4
123
8
3
17
IC1
L2L1L5 L6
L9
L10 L4
C3
K3
T1R7
C30
L3
C7C5
CN1
JP6
JP4
R30
R28
PC2
4 6
4 6
5
3
1
1
1
D10
D9
D8
D11 JP
8
10
JP10
IC4
JP5P
C4
5
1
1
TR
6
C29
C28
BC
E
BC
E
PC1
D3
5
1
2
1
2AA
3-6-34
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output
(ONHOOK1 L)
1-2 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output
(ONHOOK2 L)
1-3 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (TELSEL L)*1
MPCB control signal, input (KCMCNT)*2
1-4 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (PLSDIL L)
1-5 1-19, 20 MPCB analog signal, output (MODRXD)
1-6 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (RXSEL L)
1-7 1-19, 20 MPCB analog signal, output (MODTXD)
1-8 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (DCCUT L)*1
MPCB control signal, output (EARTM L)*2
1-9 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (KMUTE)*2
1-10 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (RNGDET)
1-11 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output
(OFFHOOK L)
1-12 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (RXIN_L)
1-13 1-13, 14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
1-14 1-13, 14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
1-17 1-13, 14 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply, input
1-18 1-13, 14 –12 V DC –12 V DC supply, input
1-19 1-19, 20 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-20 1-19, 20 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
*1 For 120 V specifications only. *2 For 230 V specifications only.
2AA
3-6-35
No electricity at thepower outlet.
The power cord isnot plugged inproperly.
The front cover isnot closed com-pletely.
Broken power cord.
Defective mainswitch.
Blown fuse in thepower source PCB.
Defective safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.
Defective powersource PCB.
Poor contact in thedrive motor con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken drive motorgear.
3-6-4 Electrical problems
• Main body
(1)The machinedoes not oper-ate when themain switch isturned on.
(2)The drive mo-tor does notoperate.
Measure the input voltage.
Check the contact between the power plugand the outlet.
Check the front cover.
Check for continuity. If none, replace thecord.
Check for continuity across the contacts. Ifnone, replace the main switch.
Check for continuity. If none, remove thecause of blowing and replace the fuse.
Check for continuity across the contacts ofeach switch. If none, replace the switch.
With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN4-1and CN3-6 on the power source PCB and24 V DC at CN4-6, CN3-1 and CN3-4. Ifnone, replace the power source PCB.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the drive motor rotates when CN2-2on the engine PCB is held low. If it does,replace the engine PCB.
Check the gear visually and replace the drivemotor if necessary.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-36
Broken scannermotor coil.
Poor contact in thescanner motor con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective motorPCB.
Broken toner feedmotor coil.
Poor contact in thetoner feed motorconnector termi-nals.
Broken coil in cool-ing fan motor 1.
Poor contact in theconnector termi-nals of cooling fanmotor 1.
Defective enginePCB.
(3)The scannermotor doesnot rotate.
(4)The toner feedmotor doesnot rotate.
(5)Cooling fanmotor 1 doesnot rotate.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the scanner motor.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if CN12-12 on the engine PCB goeslow and motor coil energizing pulses are in-put to each of CN12-7, CN12-8, CN12-9 andCN12-10 during the scanner initial operationimmediately after the main switch is turnedon. If not, replace the engine PCB.
Check if the scanner motor rotates whenCN1-1 on the engine PCB goes low and mo-tor coil energizing pulses are input to each ofCN1-3, CN1-4, CN1-5 and CN1-6 during thescanner initial operation immediately afterthe main switch is turned on. If not, replacethe motor PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the toner feed motor.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace cooling fan motor 1.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if cooling fan motor 1 rotates whenCN8-17 on the engine PCB is held low. If itdoes, replace the engine PCB.
2AA
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
3-6-37
Broken cooling fanmotor 2 coil.
Poor contact in thecooling fan motor 2connector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken paper feedclutch coil.
Poor contact in thepaper feed clutchconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken bypasspaper feed clutchcoil.
Poor contact in thebypass paper feedclutch connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
(6)Cooling fanmotor 2 doesnot rotate.
(7)The paperfeed clutchdoes not oper-ate.
(8)The bypasspaper feedclutch doesnot operate.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace cooling fan motor 2.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if cooling fan motor 2 rotates whenCN8-20 on the engine PCB is held low. If itdoes, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper feed clutch.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the paper feed clutch operateswhen CN5-2 on the engine PCB is held low.If it does, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the bypass paper feed clutch.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the bypass paper feed clutch oper-ates when CN5-6 on the engine PCB is heldlow. If it does, replace the engine PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-38
Broken registrationclutch coil.
Poor contact in theregistration clutchconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Poor contact in thecleaning lamp con-nector terminals.
Defective cleaninglamp.
Defective enginePCB.
Poor contact in theexposure lampconnector termi-nals.
Defective inverterPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective inverterPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
(9)The registra-tion clutchdoes not oper-ate.
(10)The cleaninglamp does notturn on.
(11)The exposurelamp does notturn on (C10).
(12)The exposurelamp does notturn off.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the registration clutch.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the registration clutch operateswhen CN5-4 on the engine PCB is held low.If it does, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check for one-way continuity across eachLED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none,replace the cleaning lamp.
If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN5-17on the engine PCB is held low, replace theengine PCB.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
If the exposure lamp does not turn on whenCN1-1 and CN1-2 on the inverter PCB areheld low, replace the inverter PCB.
If the exposure lamp turns on when CN14-1and CN14-2 on the engine PCB are held low,replace the engine PCB.
If the exposure lamp does not turn off withCN1-1 and CN1-2 on the inverter PCB high,replace the inverter PCB.
If CN14-1 and CN14-2 on the engine PCBare always low, replace the engine PCB.
2AA
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
3-6-39
Broken wire in thefixing heater.
Fixing unit thermo-stat 1 or 2 trig-gered.
Broken fixing unitthermistor wire.
Dirty sensor in thefixing unit thermis-tor.
Defective powersource PCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken maincharger wire.
Leaking chargerhousing.
Poor contact in thehigh-voltage trans-former PCB con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective high-voltage transformerPCB.
(13)The fixingheater doesnot turn on(C60).
(14)The fixingheater doesnot turn off(fixing unitthermostattriggered;C60).
(15)Main chargingis not per-formed (C51).
Check for continuity across the heater. Ifnone, replace the fixing heater (see page3-3-33).
Check for continuity across each thermostat.If none, remove the cause and replace thethermostat.
Measure the resistance. If it is ∞ Ω, replacethe fixing unit thermistor.
Check visually and clean the thermistor sen-sor.
If the fixing heater stays on with CN5-3 onthe power source PCB high, replace thepower source PCB.
If CN21-4 on the engine PCB is always low,replace the engine PCB.
See page 3-6-4.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-40
Broken transferwire.
Poor contact in thehigh-voltage trans-former PCB con-nector terminals.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective high-voltage transformerPCB.
Poor contact in thedeveloping biaswire.
Poor contact in thehigh-voltage trans-former PCB con-nector terminals.
Defective high-voltage transformerPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective originaldetection switch.
(16)Transfercharging is notperformed(C52).
(17)No developingbias voltage isoutput.
(18)The originalsize is notdetected.
See page 3-6-3.
Check the developing bias wire. If there isany problem, replace it.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the developing bias is output duringcopying when CN1-7 on the high-voltagetransformer PCB goes low. If not, replace thehigh-voltage transformer PCB.
Check if CN8-9 on the engine PCB goes lowduring copying. If not, replace the enginePCB.
If the level of CN13-2 on the engine PCBdoes not change when the original detectionswitch is turned on and off, replace the origi-nal detection switch.
2AA
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
3-6-41
Original is notplaced correctly.
Poor contact in theoriginal size switchconnector termi-nals.
Defective originalsize switch.
Defective paperswitch.
Poor contact in thebypass paper sizeswitch connectorterminals.
Defective bypasspaper size switch.
Poor contact in theconnector termi-nals of paper sizeswitch 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Defective papersize switch 1, 2, 3or 4.
(19)The originalsize is notdetected cor-rectly.
(20)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent in thedrawer.
(21)The size ofpaper in thebypass is notdisplayed cor-rectly.
(22)The size ofpaper in thedrawer is notdisplayed cor-rectly.
Check the original and set it correctly.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
With 5 V DC present at CN10-2 on the en-gine PCB, check if CN10-3 goes low whenan original is set on the original size switch. Ifnot, replace the original size switch.
If CN5-8 on the engine PCB remains highwhen paper is set in the drawer, replace thepaper switch.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across CN8-1 and eachof CN8-2, CN8-3 and CN8-4. Change theposition of the bypass slider and check if thecontinuity status changes depending on theposition of the slider. If no change, replacethe bypass paper size switch.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across each of papersize switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 as each switch isturned on. If none, replace paper size switch1, 2, 3 or 4.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-42
A piece of papertorn from copy pa-per is caughtaround the regis-tration switch oreject switch.
Defective registra-tion switch.
Defective ejectswitch.
Poor contact in theconnector termi-nals of safetyswitch 1.
Defective safetyswitch 1.
Poor contact in theconnector termi-nals of safetyswitch 2.
Defective safetyswitch 2.
Poor contact in theconnector termi-nals of safetyswitch 3.
Defective safetyswitch 3.
(23)A paper jam isindicated onthe messagedisplay imme-diately afterthe mainswitch isturned on.
(24)The messagerequesting thefront cover tobe closed isdisplayedwhen it is al-ready closed.
(25)The messagerequesting theright sidecover to beclosed is dis-played when itis alreadyclosed.
(26)The messagerequesting theeject cover tobe closed isdisplayedwhen it is al-ready closed.
Check and remove if any.
With 5 V DC present at CN5-10 on the en-gine PCB, check if CN5-11 on the enginePCB remains low when the registrationswitch is turned on and off. If it does, replacethe registration switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-1 on the enginePCB, check if CN3-2 on the engine PCB re-mains low when the eject switch is turned onand off. If it does, replace the eject switch.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the contacts ofsafety switch 1. If there is no continuity whenthe switch is on, replace safety switch 1.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the contacts ofsafety switch 2. If there is no continuity whenthe switch is on, replace safety switch 2.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the contacts ofsafety switch 3. If there is no continuity whenthe switch is on, replace safety switch 3.
2AA
3-6-43
Broken DF motorcoil.
The connector ter-minals of the DFmotor make poorcontact.
The connector ter-minals of the DFsafety switch makepoor contact.
Defective DFsafety switch.
A piece of papertorn from an origi-nal is caughtaround the DF tim-ing switch.
Defective DF tim-ing switch.
Defective connec-tor terminals of theDF size detectionPCB.
Defective DF sizedetection PCB.
(1)The DF motordoes not oper-ate.
(2)A messagerequesting theDF cover beclosed is dis-played withthe coverclosed cor-rectly.
(3)A messageindicating anoriginal jam isdisplayedwhen the mainswitch isturned on.
(4)Original size isnot detectedcorrectly.
Check for continuity across the coils. If none,replace the DF motor.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals of the DF motor. If none, replacethe connector terminals.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace the connector ter-minals.
Check for continuity across the contacts ofthe switch. If none when the switch is on,replace the switch.
Check visually and remove it, if any.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-17 on the en-gine PCB of the copier, check if CN13-14remains low when the DF timing switch isturned on and off. If it does, replace the DFtiming switch.
Check for continuity across the connectorterminals. If none, replace the terminals.
Check if each of CN13-10 to 13 on the en-gine PCB of the copier changes when eachof four size detection sensors on the DF sizedetection PCB is turned on and off. If any ofthem does not, replace the DF size detectionPCB.
• DF
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-44
3-6-5 Mechanical problems
• Main body
If dirty, clean with isopropyl al-cohol.
Replace any deformed or wornpulley (see page 3-3-3, 4).
If dirty, clean with isopropyl al-cohol.
Repair or replace.
Repair or replace.
Reinstall the scanner wires(see page 3-3-11).
Reinstall the scanner wires(see page 3-3-11).
Reinstall the belt.
Repair or replace.
Repair or replace.
Change the paper.
Change the paper.
Repair or replace.
Repair or replace.
Check if the paper feed pulleyor bypass paper feed pulley isdirty with paper powder.
Check if the paper feed pulleyor bypass paper feed pulley isdeformed.
Check if the right or left registra-tion roller is dirty with paperpowder.
Check if the front or rear claw ofthe drawer is deformed.
Check if the drawer spring isdeformed.
Check if the scanner wires areloose.
Check if the screws holding thewire retainers are loose.
Check if the scanner drive beltis out of place.
Check if the front or rear claw ofthe drawer is deformed.
Check if the drawer spring isdeformed.
Check if the paper is exces-sively curled.
Check if the paper is exces-sively curled.
Check if the front or rear claw ofthe drawer is deformed.
Check if the drawer spring isdeformed.
(1)No primarypaper feed.
(2)No secondarypaper feed.
(3)Skewed paperfeed.
(4)The scannerdoes nottravel.
(5)Multiplesheets of pa-per are fed atone time.
(6)Paper jams.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2AA
3-6-45
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
If there is any problem, repair.
Repair or replace.
Repair or replace.
Clean or replace the press roller(see page 3-3-36).
Repair if any springs are off theseparation claws.
If there is any problem, repair.
Clean the developing section ofthe imaging unit.
Apply grease to the bushingsand gears.
If there is any problem, repair.
(6)Paper jams.
(7)Toner dropson the paperconveyingpath.
(8)Abnormalnoise is heard.
Check if the contact betweenthe right and left registrationrollers is correct.
Check if the fixing unit frontguide is deformed.
Check if the fixing unit upperguide is deformed.
Check if the press roller is ex-tremely dirty or deformed.
Check if the contact betweenthe heat roller and the heatroller separation claws is cor-rect.
Check if the contact betweenthe lower eject roller and theupper eject pulley is correct.
Check if the developing sectionof the imaging unit is extremelydirty.
Check if the pulleys, rollers andgears operate smoothly.
Check if the paper feed clutch,bypass paper feed clutch andregistration clutch are installedcorrectly.
2AA
3-6-46
Clean with isopropyl alcohol ifthey are dirty.
Use an original conforming tothe specifications.
Clean with isopropyl alcohol ifthey are dirty.
Remedy.
(1)No originalfeed.
(2)An originaljams.
The surfaces of the DF forward-ing pulley or DF separation pul-ley are dirty with paper powder.
An original outside the specifi-cations is used.
The surfaces of the DF forward-ing pulley, DF original feed pul-ley or DF separation pulley aredirty with paper powder.
The DF conveying roller and DFconveying pulley, or the DFeject roller and DF eject pulleydo not contact each other.
• DF
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
1-1-31
2AA
CONTENTS
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3Timing chart No. 4 ......................................................................................... 3-7-4Timing chart No. 5 ......................................................................................... 3-7-5Power source PCB (120 V area) ................................................................... 3-7-6Power source PCB (230 V area) ................................................................... 3-7-7Main PCB 1/29 .............................................................................................. 3-7-8Main PCB 2/29 .............................................................................................. 3-7-9Main PCB 3/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-10Main PCB 4/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-11Main PCB 5/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-12Main PCB 6/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-13Main PCB 7/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-14Main PCB 8/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-15Main PCB 9/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-16Main PCB 10/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-17Main PCB 11/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-18Main PCB 12/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-19Main PCB 13/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-20Main PCB 1429 ........................................................................................... 3-7-21Main PCB 15/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-22Main PCB 16/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-23Main PCB 17/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-24Main PCB 18/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-25Main PCB 19/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-26Main PCB 20/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-27Main PCB 21/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-28Main PCB 22/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-29Main PCB 23/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-30Main PCB 24/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-31Main PCB 25/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-32Main PCB 26/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-33Main PCB 27/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-34Main PCB 28/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-35Main PCB 29/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-36Engine PCB 1/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-37Engine PCB 2/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-38Engine PCB 3/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-39Engine PCB 4/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-40Engine PCB 5/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-41Engine PCB 6/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-42Engine PCB 7/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-43Engine PCB 8/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-44
1-1-32
2AA
Engine PCB 9/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-37Engine PCB 10/12 ....................................................................................... 3-7-46Engine PCB 11/12 ....................................................................................... 3-7-47Engine PCB 12/12 ....................................................................................... 3-7-48NCU PCB (120 V area) ............................................................................... 3-7-49NCU PCB (230 V area) ............................................................................... 3-7-50Operation unit PCB ..................................................................................... 3-7-51Connection diagram .................................................................................... 3-7-52
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AA
3-7-1
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Timing chart No. 1 From main switch on to stabilization
7 s
2000 ms
100 ms
5 – 15 s
0 – 600 s
5 s
60 s
Preheat modeHigh temperature 190°C/374°F
Secondary stabilizationfixing temperature 165°C/329°F
Primary stabilizationfixing temperature 120°C/248°F
H CN1-4ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
FullspeedHalfspeed
FullspeedHalfspeed
OFF
DB REM CN8-9
DM CN2-1
CFM1 CN8-17
CFM2 CN8-20
STDM2* CN18-19STDM1* CN18-18
STDM3* CN18-20
Preheat temperature 150°C/302°F
MSW: ON
100 ms100 ms
Approx. 1°C/1.8°F
Approx. 1°C/1.8°F
Approx. 1°C/1.8°F
* Optional.
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-2
2AA
Timing chart No. 2 Printing the image onto a sheet of paper fed from the drawer or bypass table
START KEY
MSYNC
PM
DM
DB REM
MC REM
DB CHG
GRID CONT
DB CONT
RSW
RCL
PVSYNC
ESW
TC REM
CN17-1
CN17-3
CN2-2
CN8-9
CN8-7
CN8-10
CN8-12
CN8-11
CN5-11
CN5-4
CN3-2
CN8-8
PFCLBYPPFCL
CN5-2CN5-6
100 ms
100 ms
500 ms 150 ms
300 ms*1
100 ms*2
230 ms*3
50 ms20 ms × 4
50 ms × 2
100 ms × 5
100 ms × 3
100 ms
130 – 190 ms*4
230 – 290 ms*5
470 ms470 ms
100 ms × 3150 ms
100 ms × 4
650 ms 3800 ms
500 ms
400 ms
400 ms
150 ms
5 – 105 ms
5.00 V3.98 V3.49 V2.82 V2.16 V
4.05 V3.04 V2.03 V1.01 V
5.00 V
1.44 V
4.05 V3.04 V2.03 V1.01 V
5.00 V3.98 V3.49 V2.82 V2.16 V
1200 ms
Pre-feed command PRINT and SVSYNC signals (during copying)PRINT signal (during printing)
*1: Paper fed from the drawer or bypass table*2: Paper fed from the drawer or special cassette (option)*3: Paper fed from the bypass table*4: Paper fed from the drawer or special cassette (option)*5: Paper fed from the bypass table
Chatter removal
At least 500 ms and after the laser diode has been turned on.
Slack formed
1.44 V
50 ms × 2
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AA
3-7-3
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Timing chart No. 3 Initial operation of the DF and scanner
MSW: ON
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
CN12-7–CN12-12
CN14-1–CN14-2
CN12-7–CN12-12
CN13-7
40 ms
40 ms
800 P
992 P
1000 P
1000 ms
SM
DFM
EL
SHPSW
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-4
2AA
Timing chart No. 4 Scanning operation 1: original placed on the contact glass
SCAN signal
Fwd.
Rev.
SM CN12-7 –CN12-12
EL CN14-1
SHPSW CN13-7
SVSYNC
560 –800 P
20 ms
120 ms
50 ms
100 ms 40 ms
992 P
CN14-2
During scanning: 446 – 686 PDuring copying: 398 – 638 P
2500 P
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AA
3-7-5
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Timing chart No. 5 Scanning operation 2: original placed on the DF
Scan signal
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM CN12-7–CN12-12
EL CN14-1–CN14-2
DFM CN12-7–CN12-12
SVSYNC
SHPSW CN13-7
DFTSW CN13-14
560 –800 P
58 – 154 P
150 P 2500 P
992 P
50 ms
75 – 395 P
20 ms
120 ms
50 ms
During scan: 200 - 520 pulsesDuring copy: 168 - 488 pulses
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-6
2AA
Power source PCB (120 V area)
+
+ +
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
L
CN1
CN1
1
2
F1 F3
F2N
CN2
1L
CN2
2
L51
R52 R108
PTR151 PTR151
CR
51
R51
VZ1
C1 L1
C2
C33
C34
L3
D2
R8
R9
ZD1
C6
R15
ZD2Q1
D1R5
R4C8 R2
T1 D101 FB102
R103
R106
Q101
FB201
FB202
F201
PC1_2
VR201
R20
3
C20
4R
202 Q
102
R11
0
D40
3
C104D103
RL1
F101 1 +24 V
+24 V IN
+24 V
+24 V
+5 V
+5 V
GND
GND
CN3
2 CN3
3 CN3
4 CN3
5 CN3
6 CN3
7 CN3
8 CN3
+12 V9 CN3
+5 V1 CN4
+12 V3 CN4
–12 V4 CN4
GND5 CN4
+24 V6 CN4
RY 24 V1 CN5
GND2 CN5
H REM3 CN5
GND2 CN4
–12 V10 CN3
F102
F103RL1C101
C202 R201
IC2011 5
2 3 4L201
C10
3R
101
R10
2
PC
1_1 R10
4
D10
2
R10
7Z
D10
2
ZD
103
R10
5C10
2Z
D10
1
R6
R3
FB
2
D4
D5
R10
R14
C14
C10
C12
R12
R11 R
7
PC1_1
C13C401
D401
IC401
C402 D402
F401R40
1Z
D40
1
PC1_2
R13
C11
IC1
C9
R16 D3 C31 C32
C201 D201 L202
C203
ZD301 D303
F301
D301 D302
C301
IC301
C302
FG
FG
DB1C7
NTH1
R1
TR
151
N
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-7
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Power source PCB (230 V area)
+
+ +
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
L
CN1
CN1
1
2
F1 F3
F2N
CN2
1L
CN2
2
CN6 1
CN6 2
CN6 L61
C61
R63
R51
L51
R53 R52 R108
PTR151 PTR151C51
R51
ARS1
FB31
VZ1
C34
C33C1
L1 L2
C2
C3
C4
C5
L3
D2
R8
R9
ZD1
R14R15
ZD2Q1
D1R5
R4C8 R2
T1 D101 FB102
R103
R106
Q101
FB201
FB202
F201
PC1_2
VR101
R20
3
C20
4R
202 Q
102
R11
0
D40
3
C104D103
RL1
F101 1 +24 V
+24 V IN
+24 V
+24 V
+5 V
+5 V
GND
GND
CN3
2 CN3
3 CN3
4 CN3
5 CN3
6 CN3
7 CN3
8 CN3
+12 V9 CN3
+5 V1 CN4
+12 V3 CN4
–12 V4 CN4
GND5 CN4
+24 V6 CN4
RY 24 V1 CN5
GND2 CN5
H REM3 CN5
R REM4 CN5
GND2 CN4
–12 V10 CN3
F102
F103RL1C101
C202 R201
IC2011 5
2 3 4L201
C10
3R
101
R10
2
PC
1_1 R10
4
D10
2
R10
7Z
D10
2
ZD
103
R10
5C10
2Z
D10
1
R6
R3
FB1
D4
D5
R10C14
C10
C12
R12
R11 R
7
PC1_1
C13C401
D401
IC401
C402 D402
F401R40
1Z
D40
1
PC1_2
R13
C11
IC1
C9
R16 D3 C31 C32
C201 D201 L202
C203
ZD301 D303
F301
D301 D302
C301
IC301
C302
FG
FG
DB1C7
NTH1
R1VZ2
TR
151
R62 R109
PTR161PTR161TR
161
3
N
N
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-8
2AA
Main PCB 1/29
R152
+5V
GND
C101 C108 C102 C109 C103 C110 C104 C111 C105 C112
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND GND GND
+5V
C106 C113
+5V
C107 C114
+5V
CPU
'028_09A'
'004_09F'
'004_03E'
'009_08C'
'010_09C'
'004_03A'
'004_02A'
IC1
'012_09C'
'018_10D'
'009_08C'
'022_10D'
'010_09C'
'008_10C'
'027_01D'
'027_01E'
'027_01E'
'027_01D'
'024_01E'
'024_01E'
'027_02B'
12
11
110
8
6
4
5
76
75
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
62
61
60
59
63
43
42
38
40
64 58 120 83 108 91 74 57 44 10 1
109 82 65 53 23 13 111 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66
112
115
114
113
117
116
119
9
7
3
2
118
14
80
79
78
77
36
35
34
33
32
31
52
51
5049
48
47
46
45
56
55
54
41
37
39
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
R14
9
R14
8
R14
7
R14
6
R14
5
R14
4
R14
3
R14
2
R17
5
R17
4
R17
3
R17
2
R17
1
R17
0
R16
9
R16
8
R16
7
R16
6
R16
5
R16
4
R16
3
R16
2
R16
1
R16
0
R141
R140
R139
R138
R136
R135
R134
R133
R132
R131
R129
R128
R127
R126
R125
R123
R124
R122
R121
R117
R118
R116
R115
R112R111
R114
R113
R151
R119
R150 1
2
3
ST1 XST1
PLUG 2P
R102
R101
R110
R107
+5V
GN
DG
ND
GN
D
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND
GN
D
+5V
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'027_02A'
'027_02A'
'008_02C'
'027_01D'
'023_01F'
'004_03E'
'018_01E'
'004_09F'
'027_02B'
'027_02B'
'029_02E'
'024_01D'
'004_05F'
'004_03E'
'004_03D'
'006_08B'
'006_08B'
'006_08A'
'004_03E'
'007_01G'
'007_01G'
'007_01G'
'007_01H'
'027_01F'
'027_01F'
AD(15:0)
AB(23:1)
DREQ0
CPUX1
INTRC_
INTVC_
INTQM_
INTOP_
RESET_
INTACE
INTMDM_
OFFHOOK_
RNGDET_
ONHOOK2_
ONHOOK1_
ECCLK
ESTS
READY
KPSD1
DREQ1
ASTB_
RD_
WRL_
WRH_
IORD_
IOWR_
SYSCLK
RICCE
RTCCLK
RTCD
RASCONT
RAS_
REFRQ_
KPSIG0
KPSD0
KPSCLK
SELDP2
'027_01D'PLSDIL_
'027_01D'RXSEL_
'027_01D'FNET_
'027_01E'EXTRING_
RESETM
TELSEL_
'022_03F'SELDP1
ECMD
CSSEL_
KPSIG1
DACK0_
FIDRST2
'018_01G'FIDRST1
'018_01F'FIDRST0
'014_02F'ESVSYNC
DACK1_
SPKENB_
SPSEL1
SPSEL2
SPSEL3
POLE2_
POLE1_
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
AD
15
AD
14
AD
13
AD
12
AD
11
AD
10
AD
9
AD
8
AD
7
AD
6
AD
5
AD
4
AD
3A
D2
AD
1
AD
0
P07
P06
P05
P04
P03
P02
P01
P00
AV
CC
AG
ND
NC
1
ICH
DV
CC
7
DV
CC
6
DV
CC
5
DV
CC
4
DV
CC
3
DV
CC
2
DV
CC
1
DG
ND
6
DG
ND
5
DG
ND
4
DG
ND
3
DG
ND
2
DG
ND
1
ICL
RT
P7_
P77
RT
P6_
P76
RT
P5_
P75
RT
P4_
P74
RT
P3_
P73
RT
P2_
P72
RT
P1_
P71
RT
P0_
P70
ASTB
RD
WRL
WRH
IORD
IOWR
DEX
DACK0
CLKD
WDID
HACK
BUSLOCK
RAS
REFREQ
TCE1
TCE0
DACK1
PD4_P44
TO30_P25
TO21_P24
TO20_P23
TO01_P22
TO00_P21
PWM_P20
PD7_P47
PD6_P46
PD5_P45
TXD1_SO1_P34
PD3_P43
PD2_P42
PD1_P41
PD0_P40
BUSY_P52
ACK_P51
DSTB_P50
TXC_SCK0_P32
TXD0_SB0_P30
X2
X1
D8H16L
RST
DREQ0_PB0
POLL
HREQ
RDY
DREQ1_PB1
ANI3_P63
INT5_P16
INT4_P15
INT3_P14_TI
INT2_P13
INT1_P12
INT0_P11
NMI_P18
CTSI_SCK1_P36
ANI2_P62
ANI1_P61
ANI0_P60
AVREF
CTS0_P33
RXD0_SB1_P31
RXD1_S11_P35
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-9
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 2/29
IODIR
READY0
REFR00
DACK10
DACK00
RAS0
IORD0
IOWR0
RD0
WRL0
WRH0
AST0
AB23
AB22
AB21
AB20
AB19
AB18
AB17
AB16AD15
AD14
VSS
VDD
AD13
AD12
AD11
AD10
AD9
AD8
AD7
VSS
VDD
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
IOE
NO
MD
IR
ME
NO
VD
D
VS
S
RE
SE
T0
CS
SE
L
TS
T1
TS
T0
VS
S
SY
SC
LK
CLK
16M
VS
S
VS
S
SC
AS
4L0
SC
AS
3L0
SC
AS
2L0
SC
AS
1L0
SC
AS
0L0
SC
AS
4U0
SC
AS
3U0
VD
D
SC
AS
2U0
SC
AS
1U0
SC
AS
0U0
SR
AS
0
VS
S
ICA
S40
ICA
S30
ICA
S20
ICA
S10
ICA
S00
IRA
S0
MA
B0
MA
B1
MA
B2
MA
B3
VD
D
VD
D
MA
B4
MA
B5
MA
B6
MA
B7
MA
B8
MA
B9
BM
DIR
BM
EN
0
IDB
0
VS
S
VS
S
IDB
1
IDB
2
IDB
3
IDB
4
VD
D
IDB
5
IDB
6
IDB
7
IDB
8
IDB
9
IDB
10
IDB
11
VS
S
IDB
12
VS
S
CS
MO
D0
CK
OU
T
CS
FIP
0
CS
VC
0
CS
RC
0
CS
AC
E0
CS
OM
0C
SO
P0
VD
D
CS
FLM
0W
RF
LM0
CS
CG
0
CS
SR
M
VS
S
WR
SR
MN
0
WR
SR
ML0
BA
CK
00
BA
CK
10
BA
CK
2
BA
CK
30R
DQ
M0
WR
QM
0V
SS
BR
EO
00
BR
EO
10
BR
EO
2
BR
EO
3A
EN
MB
CS
IMA
S0
VS
S
IMR
D0
IMW
AIT
0
IMW
AIT
0
SA
B15
SA
B14
VS
S
SA
B13
SA
B12
SA
B11
SA
B10
VD
D
SA
B9
SA
B8
SA
B7
SA
B6
VS
S
SA
B5
SA
B4
SA
B3
SA
B2
SA
B1
INT
CP
D0
SD
B15
SD
B14
SD
B13
SD
B12
SD
B11
VS
S
VD
D
SD
B10
SD
B9
SD
B8
IDB13
IDB14
IDB15
IA0
IA1
IA2
IA3
VDD
VSS
IA4
IA5
IA6
IA7
IA8
IA9
IA10
IA11
IA12
IA13
IA14IA15
IA16
IA17
IA18
IA19
IA20
IA21
IA22
IA23
SIOW0
SIOR0
VSS
SDB0
SDB1
SDB2
SDB3
SDB4
SDB5
SDB6
SDB7
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
193
194
195
196
197
198199
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
168
167
166
163
162
158
156
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
146
145
144
143
141
140
139
138
137
136
134
133
132
131
129
128
127
126
124
123
122
121
120
118
117
116
115
113
112
111
110
109
108
105
106
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1211 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 41 42 44 45 46 47 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 62 63 64
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
7574
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
7574
71
72
70
69
68
67
66
65
IC2
CPDBUS(208:1)'004_01A'
GND
+5V
CPD
CPD
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-10
2AA
Main PCB 3/29
GND
C201 C210 C202 C211 C203 C212 C204 C213 C205 C214 C206 C215 C207 C216 C217 C218C208
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
C219 C221 C228 C222
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C209
GND
+5V
GND
R282 R283 R284 R285
GND
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
202
203
204
205
207
206
208
175
176
179
178
177
180
171
172
173
170
174
148
147
146
145
144
154
153
152
151
150
36
37
39
40
41
42
44
45
46
47
49
50
51
52
53
55
56
57
58
59
62
64
63
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
2
3
4
5
6
7
97475
143
11
13
14
12
16
17
102
8
4 6
8
5
9
10
R211
R212
R213
R214
R215
R216
R217
R218
R219
R220
R221
R222
R223
R224
R225
R226
R227
R228
R229
R230
R231
R233
R232
R234
R235
R236
R237
R238
R239
R240
R241
CSMDM_
BEEP
CSFIP_
CSYC_
CSRC_
CSACE_
CSOPEX_
SIORD_SIOWR_
SRAS_
CSFLM_
CSCG_
CSSRM_
WRFLM_
WRSRM_
WRDRM_
CSSEL_
RDRC
IC73
IC73
RDVC
IRD_
IWR_
IWAIT_
MBCS
IAS_
OMEN_
OMDIR
IOEN
IDDIR_
SYSCLK
CLK16M
RESET_
R242
R243
R244
R245
R246
R247
R248
R249
R250
R251
R252
R253
R254
R255
R256
R257
R258
R259
R260
R261
R262
R264
R263
R265
R266
R267
R268
R269
R270
R272
R271
R273
R274
R275
R276
R277
R278
R279
R280
R281
R286
R287
R288
R289
R290
R291
R292
R293
R294
R295
R296
R297
R298
R299
R300
R301
IRAS0_
ICAS4_
ICAS3_
ICAS2_
ICAS1_
ICAS0_
BACK1_
BACK2_
BACK3
BREQ0_
BREQ1_
BREQ2
BREQ3AEN
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
98
100
99
101
102
103
104
105
106
108
109
110
111
112
113
115116117
118
120
33
34
35
30
31
123
124
126
127
128
129
131
132
133
134
136
141
140
139
138
137
19
20
21
25
26
27
29
166
167
168
169
158
156
163
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
1
2
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
432
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
4
3
2
1
0
4
3
2
1
0
IORD_
IOWR_
WRH_
WRL_
RD_
ASTB_
REFRQ_
DACK1_
DACK0_
READY
RAS_
'002_10B'
'002_10B'
'002_10B.007_01E'
'002_10B.007_01E'
'002_10B.005_01F'
'002_10B'
'002_10C.029_02G'
'002_10C.009_02C'
'002_10D.010_01C'
'002_02C'
'002_10C'
'023_01D'
'023_01D'
'022_01E'
'022_01E'
RDOM
WROM
BMEN
BMDIR
22
23
121
122
'009_02G'
'009_02G'
'011_02D'
'011_02D'
'002_10C'
'009_02C'
'002_02C.005_01E'
'008_02B'
'007_01F'
'014_02D'
'018_02D'
'012_09A'
'010_01C'
'022_07E'
'008_02D'
'008_02C'
'023_08E'
'005_01F'
'005_01D'
'006_02D'
'005_01F'
'006_02D'
'006_02D'
'002_10E.024_08B'
'009_02B'
'012_09B'
'018_02D'
'011_02G'
'026_02E'
'026_02E'
'026_02E'
'026_02E'
'011_02G'
'010_09F'
'012_09C'
'010_01F'
BACK0_18'018_05E'
'009_02G'
'012_09C'
'010_09F'
'009_08G'28 '018_05E'
'010_09F'
'010_09F'
'010_09F'
'010_09F'
'012_02D'
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
R210
'003_11A'CPDBUS(208:1)
'002_02A.005_01B'
'002_02A'
AB(23:16)
AD(15:0)
'023_08A'SCASH(4:0)
'023_08C'SCASL(4:0)
'005_01B'
'005_01A'
SAB(15:1)
SDB(15:0)
R302
'010_09C'IAB(23:0)
'009_02E'IDB(15:0)
'011_02D'MAB(9:0)
CPD PIN
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-11
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 4/29
GND
GND
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC4
RST
CS
OE
WE
BYTE
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
NC3
NC2
NC1
BSY
VCC
GND2
GND1
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
OE
CS
BYTE
NC3
NC2
NC1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC2
VCC1
GND5
GND6
GND3
GND4
GND1
GND2
16
17
48
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
14
12
26
28
11
47
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
2724
1
14
1311
18
17
1615
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
10
45
43
41
39
36
34
32
30
44
42
40
38
35
33
31
29
13
10
9
15
37
46
27
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
10
46
44
42
40
35
33
31
29
45
43
41
39
34
32
30
28
38
37
48
47
36
26
12
25
IC4IC3
+5V
+5V
C301 C302
C303
R309
C304
+5V
4M MASK ROM 512K×16 EEPROM
+5V
+5V
SDB(15:0)
CSCG
RESET_
CSFLM_
RD_
WRFLM_
AB(23:16)
SAB(15:1)
'004_05F'
'004_05F'
'004_09F.006_08G'
'004_03D.006_02D'
'004_04A.006_2A'
'004_05A.006_02A'
'004_04A.006_02A'
'004_05F'
CG ROM & FLASH MEM
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-12
2AA
Main PCB 5/29
GNDGNDGND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
C402
RTC
IC6
RIC-4513
R411 R412 R413
IC532×8 SRAM
C401
R401 R403 D1
C408
IC34
VDD
NC2 OUT
NC1
GND
VCC
RSTIN RST+
NC3
NC2
NC1
CT
GND
IC35
R407
R408 C404
2
3
1
1 42
3
5
2
7
87
6
4
4
1
21
T
5
6
8
3
Q
3R
S
D
QC
4
R406
C406
C405
R409
IC37
VCC
GND
GND
GND
IC36
RESET_
BCHG_
C403
R404
R410R404
R405
BAT1 +
R402
TR2
TR1
1 3
2
12 3
1 2
3
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
'005_01A.007_01A'
'004_05F'
'004_05F'
'005_01B.023_05A'
SDB(15:0)
AB(23:16)
'005_01B.007_01A'SAB(15:1)
WRSRML_'004_05F'
CSSRM
WRSRMH_
'005_01F.007_01D'RD_
A14
A15
A16
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
CS0
CS1
OE
WE
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC2
NC
VCC1
3
28
4
25
23
26
27
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
22
27
38
22 CS0
CS1
OE
WE
22
27
38
22
15
14
13
3116
2173116
217
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 NC 1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
28
37
GND
IC8132K×8 SRAM
C407
L402L401
A14
A15
A16
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC
GND
3
28
4
25
23
26
27
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
14
1312
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
32
16
DATA
CLK
CE
NC4
NC3
NC2
NC1
STDP
KC8
VCC
KC7
KC6
KC7
2
13
12
7
5
4
1
3
14
11
10
8
6
9
'002_10D'RTCD
RTCCLK
RTCCE
'002_10D'
'002_10D'
SRAM & RTC & BACKUP
'005_01E.009_02C'
'030_02D'
5
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-13
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 6/29
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC7
NC6
NC5
NC4
NC3
NC2
NC1
CASL
RAS
CASU
OE
WE
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
GND3
GND2
GND1
VCC3
VCC2
VCC1
32
31
30
29
28
27
24
23
22
21
40
36
20
19
16
15
11
18
34
35
33
17
Y7
Y6
Y5
Y4
Y3
Y2
Y1
Y0
VDD
GND
VEE
COM
C
B
A
G
4
2
5
1
12
15
14
13
16
8
7
3
9
10
11
6
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
54
32
1
0
49
48
47
46
44
43
42
41
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
25
6
1
50
45
26
IC7
IK×16 DRAM
AG
1 SP
CN11
2 AG
I/O
AG
C506
R510
C507
1
8
5
7
6
4
3
2
VCCC505
C504
R509
C503
C502
R507R506
R508
IC9
ANA MPX PW AMP
IC10+12V
GND
IN+
IN-
GA+
GA-
OUT
BYP
+
AGAG
AG
-12V
AG
R504R503R502
R501
R505
C501
AG
GND
C508 C509 C510
L501
DRAM & SP AMP
SPEAKER
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V_B
'006_02A.022_01A'
'006_02A.022_01A'
SDB(15:0)
SAB(15:1)
'023_11E'
'023_11C'
'023_11E'
'006_02C.023_05E'
'004_05E'
'002_09A'
'002_09A'
'002_09A'
'002_09A'
SPKENB_
SPSEL1
SPSEL2
SPSEL3
DMCASOH_
DMCASOL_
'023_05E'WRDRM'004_03D'
'004_03D'
WRL_
WRH_
RD_
DMRAS_
BEEP
RXIN_N'027_01E'
1
23
IC74
74HC08
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-14
2AA
Main PCB 7/29
-
+
-
+
C620 C621 C622 C623
GND
AG
AG–12V
AG
AG
AG
+
+
+
+
+5V
+5V
AG
R611
IC12
R610
R609
R606
A_+5V
L602
C602C609
MODEM
'002_02D'
'009_02A'
'009_02A'
'004_05E'
'004_05E.009_02B''004_05E.009_02B'
'002_10G'
'027_01D'
'027_01D'
INTMOM
MODRXDR608
MODTXDC619
C616
C617
C618
C615
R607
R612
IC12
5
6
7
+12
2
31
IODB(15:0)
IOAB(10:1)
CSMDM_
SIORD_SIOWR_
RESETM_
+5V
R604
R603
R602
C612
C613
C614
GND
L601
X3
R615
R605
C603 C610
C611C604
C601 C605 C606 C607 C608
GND
IC11
54321
6364656620
626061
59
1867176816159
14
76543210
D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
RS4RS3RS2RS1RS0
CSRDWR
32
392
333
577
34
1494254
RST
PORN.C
DSPRST
CLKIN
IACKIN
TXD
RTS
DTR
NC
TXDAT
RXOUT
XTCLK
XTLI
XTLO
VREF
VC
DVCC4
DVCC3
DVCC2
DVCC1
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
IRO
N.C
DSPIRO
N.C
TMODD
RXD
CTS
RXRD_DSR
TXRD_RI
RLSD
TDCLK
RDCLK
RDN
TXA2
TXA1CHRC
RINGD
TALK
SPKR
GP0
EYESYN
EYECLK
EYEXY
AVCC
AGND2
AGND1
8
38
4
44
45
35
37
58
5
51
5052
23
26
2731
6
28
29
53
46
47
48
21
30
22
12
13
25
24
56
41
36
11
55
43
40
19
10
28.8K Modem
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-15
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 8/29
'008_029.010_01A'IOAB(10:1)
'004_05F'CSOM_
'008_02A.010_01A'IODB(15:0)
'008_02B.010_01C'SIORD_
'008_02C.010_01C' SIOWR_
'006__08G.010_01C'RESET_
'004_09F.010_01B' CLK16M
'004_03E'DACK1_
'004_06D.010_01E'IDB(15:0)
'004_09E' RDOM
'004_09E' WROM_
'004_10D' BACK3_
'002_02D'INTQM
'002_02C'DREQ1
'004_10D'BREQ3
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
C701 C712
GND
+5V
C702 C713
GND
+5V
C703 C714
GND
+5V
C704 C715
GND
+5V
C705 C716
GND
+5V
C706 C717
GND
+5V
C707 C718
GND
+5V
C708 C719
GND
+5V
C709 C720
GND
+5V
C710 C721
GND
+5V
C711 C722
GND
GND
GND
GND
92919089868584838079787774737271
1514131211109876543210
IC82
JBIG/JPEQ CEP
D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
A3A2A1A0
BHE
CSRDWR
RST
BUS16TEST1TEST0
MCLKDACK
PD31PD30PD29PD28PD27PD26PD25PD24PD23PD22PD21PD20PD19PD18PD17PD16PD15_PEUPEPD14PD13PD12PD11_CX11PD10_CX10PD9_CX9PD8_CX8PD7_CX7PD6_CX6PD5_CX5PD4_CX4PD3_CX3PD2_CX2PD1_CX1PD0_CX0
PDRDPDWRPDACK
PTIM_XPXCKSVID_PIXXWAIT
INTRDREQ
YCC11YCC10YCC9YCC8YCC7YCC6YCC5YCC4YCC3YCC2YCC1
GND11GND10GND9GND8GND7GND6GND5GND4GND3GND2GND1
TOUT2TOUT1
PDREQ
X.PRDYPXCKO
PIX_RYIDXCLK
5354
10093878175695950392613
948882767060514027141
9697
38
45954452
67666564
63
625758
68
559899
6156
414243
47484645
37363534333231302928252423222120191817161512111098765432
0123456789
101112131415
321
R702
R701
QM_CODER
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-16
2AA
Main PCB 9/29
IOAB(10:1)'009_02A.012_02A'
CLK16M'009_02C.012_02C'
RESET_'009_02C.012_09B'
CSACE_'004_05E'
SIORD_'009_02B.014_02D'
SIOWR_'009_02B.012_09B'
BACK2'004_10D'
DACK0_'004_03E'
IODB(15:0)'009_02A.012_02A'
IDB(15:0)'009_02E.011_02A'
3
2
1
91
92
94
93
8
4
5
6
3
100
46
45
44
43
42
41
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
1
97
78
81
82
83
96 87 73 61 57 53 15 7 90 80 79 68 60 52 40 28 10 9 2 129
95
27
26
24
25
23
22
21
20
19
18
16
13
17
12
11
98
99
77
76
75
74
72
71
70
69
67
66
65
64
63
62
59
56
55
54
51
50
49
48
47
88
89
84
85
86
58
14
15
14
12
13
11
10
9
8
7
6
4
2
5
1
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
8
3
INTACE'002_02D'
DRE Q0'002_02D'
IAB(23:0)'004_06A.012_09F'
AEN'004_10D'
MBCS'004_07F'
IRD_'004_07F.011_82G'
IWR_'004_07F.011_82G'
BRE Q2'004_10D'
GND
GND
GND
R801 R802
+5V
+5V +5V +5V
R803
R804
IOA3
IOA2
IOA0
IOA1
CLK
CS
UBE
IORW
IORD
DACK
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
IC2
IC1
RC64L 128H
RDY
MACK
RST
IOD15
IOD14
IOD12
IOD13
IOD11
IOD10
IOD9
IOD8
IOD7
IOD6
IOD4
IOD2
IOD0
IOD5
IOD1
INT
DRE Q
RFR_RLR_A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
NBCS
MWR
A8
A1
A0
AEN
MRD
MRE Q
IOD3
VC
C8
VC
C7
VC
C6
VC
C5
VC
C4
VC
C3
VC
C2
GN
D13
GN
D12
GN
D11
GN
D10
GN
D9
GN
D8
GN
D7
GN
D6
GN
D5
GN
D4
GN
D3
GN
D2
GN
D1
VC
C1
IC13
ACEE
GND
C801 C809 C802 C810 C803 C811 C804 C812
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
C805 C813 C806 C814 C807 C815 C808 C816
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-17
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 10/29
'010_01E.012_02F'IDB(15:0)
'004_09E'RMDIR
'004_09E'BMEN_
'004_10A.026_02A'MAB(9:0)
'004_10C.026_02E'IRAS0_
'004_10C'ICAS0_
'010_09F.012_02D' IRD_
'010_09F.012_02D' IWR_
'026_02A'BMOB(15:0)
C817C818 C819
C820
+5V+5V
GND
GND
IC84
IC83
IC14
15141312111098
15141312111098
98765432
98765432
A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1
B8B7B6B5B4B3B2B1
DIR OC
DIR OC
1 19
A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1
B8B7B6B5B4B3B2B1
1 19
76543210
76543210
1112131415161718
1112131415161718
+5V
R820R819R818R817R816R815R814R813
R812R811R810R805R806R807R808R809
9876543210
3231302928272423222140362019161511
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0MC7MC6MC5MC4MC3MC2MC1
D15D14D13D12D11D10
D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
494847464443424110
9875432
1M×16 DRAM151413121110
9876543210
RASCASUCASL
OE
WE
VCC3VCC2VCC1
GND3GND2GND1
183435
33
17
2561
504526
L801
IC83 IC84
20
18 18
20C821
BIT MAP MEM.
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-18
2AA
Main PCB 11/29
GND
C831 C838 C832 C839 C833 C840 C834 C841
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
C835 C842 C836 C843 C837 C844
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GND
GND
RCSC
IC16
GND
GN
DG
ND
GN
D
GNDGNDGND
+5V
+5V
GND
0
1
2
+5V +5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
6 5 4 3 2 1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
'002_02D'
'004_10D'
'004_10D'
'010_09C.018_10A'
'004_05E'
'004_06G'
'010_01C.014_02D'
'010_01B.018_10D'
'004_07F.018_10D'
'011_02G.018_10D'
'010_01A.014_02B'
'010_01A.014_02A'
'011_02G.018_10D'
'011_02A.019_07A'
RCSC
VD
D
IMD
3
IMD
4
IMD
5
IMD
6
IMD
7
VS
S
IMD
8IM
D9
IMD
10
IMD
11IM
D12
IMD
13
IMD
14
VS
S
IMD
15
IMA
0
IMA
1
IMA
2
IMA
3
VD
DIM
A4
VS
SIM
A5
IMA
6
IMA
7
IMA
8
IMA
9IM
A10
IMA
11
CP
A5
CP
A4
CP
A3
CP
A2
CP
A1
CP
A0
VS
S
CP
D15
CP
D14
CP
D13
CP
D12
CP
D11
CP
D10
VD
D
VS
S
CP
D9
CP
D8
CP
D7
CP
D6
CP
D5
VS
SC
PD
4
CP
D3
CP
D2
CP
D1
CP
D0
CS
L
RD
LW
RL
RE
SE
TL
VSS
CLKI6M
VSS
TST5
TST4
TST3
TST2
TST1
TST0
VSS
VDD
IMASL
IMWRL
IMADL
TST6
VDD
VSS
IMD0
IMD1
IMD2
IRQL
VDD
VSS
IMBREQL
IMBACKL
IMA23
IMA22
IMA21
IMA20
VDD
VSS
IMA19
IMA18
IMA17
IMA16
IMA15
IMA14
IMA13
IMA12
VSS
IODB(15:0)
IDB(15:0)IAB(23:0)
BACK1_
BREQ1_
INTRC_
RESET_'010_01C.014_02D'
SIOWR_
RDRC_
CSRC_IOAB(10:1)
CLK16M
IAS_
IWR_
IRD_
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-19
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 12/29
FI4D2
FI4D3
FI4D4
FI4D5
FI4D6
FI4D7
GND
SHSYNCL
SYSYNCL
FHSYNCL
FYSYNCL
RRS2L
WRS2L
GND
VDD
EK0D0
EK0D1
EK0D2
EK0D3
GNDEK0D4
EK0D5
EK0D6
EK0D7
VDD
EKID0
EKID1
EKID2
EKID3
EKID4
EKID5
EKID6
EKID7
GND
SCINHI
PTIM
GND
NITIOUT
TOUT
VDD
FI4
D1
FI4
D0
VD
D
FI3
D7
FI3
D6
FI3
D5
FI3
D4
FI3
D3
FI3
D2
FI3
D1
FI3
D0
VD
D
GN
D
GN
D
XT
AL
GN
D
FI2
D7
FI2
D6
FI2
D5
FI2
D4
FI2
D3
FI2
D2
FI2
D1
FI2
D0
VD
D
GN
D
FI1
D7
FI1
D6
FI1
D5
FI1
D4
FI1
D3
FI1
D2
FI1
D1
FI1
D0
GN
D
RW
RS
IL
FIP
CLK
GN
D
VD
D
MR
EO
UT
MR
EF
IP
GN
DF
I0D
7
FI0
D6
FI0
D5
FI0
D4
GN
D
FI0
D3
FI0
D2
FI0
D1
FI0
D0
GN
D
VD
D
SD
27S
D26
SD
25
SD
24G
ND
SD
23
SD
22
SD
21
SD
20G
ND
GN
D
GN
D
GN
D
RE
SE
TL
GN
D
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
TIN
TE
B
VD
D
D0
D1
D2
GN
DD
3
D4
D5
GN
DV
DD
D6
D7
GN
D
VD
D
D8
D9
D10
GN
D
D11
D12
D13
GN
D
VD
D
D14
D15
GN
D
FIP
CS
L
IDR
DL
IDW
RL
IDIN
0
IDIN
1
IDIN
2
IDIN
3
IDIN
4
IDIN
5
IDIN
6
IDIN
7
GN
D
GN
D
VD
D
GN
DW
RIL
OE
IL
GN
DS
A10
SA
11
SA
12
SA
13
GN
D
SA
14
SA
15
VDD
GND
WR2L
DE2L
GND
SA212
SA211
SA210
SA29
VDD
SA28
SA27
SA26
SA25
SA24
GND
SA23
SA22
SA21
SA20GND
SD17
SD16
SD15
SD14
GND
VDD
SD13
SD12
SD11
SD10
GND
SAI12
SAI11
SAI10
SAI9
VDD
SAI8
SAI7
SAI6
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
169
170
171
172
173
174
176
177
178
179
180
181
184
185
186
187
189
189
191
192
194
195
196
197
198199
200201
203
204
206
168
167
166
165
165
164
164
163
162
162
161
161
160
160
159
158
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
147
146
145
144
143
142
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
119
118
117
116
115
114
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
168
167
163
159
154
152
151
150
149
148
146
145
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
133
132
129
128
126
125
124
123
121
120
118
115
113
112
110
109
108
107
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1615 17 19 20 21 24 25 28 29 30 32 33 34 37 38 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 55 56 58 59 60 61 63 64
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
7574
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
102
101
99
98
99
98
94
93
92
91
90
88
87
86
85
83
82
81
80
77
76
7574
72
71
70
69
67
66
65
IC17
FIPBUS(208:1)'014_01A'
GND
+5V
FIP
FIP
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-20
2AA
Main PCB 13/29
'013_11A'FIPBUS(208:1)
R941
R942
R943
R944
R945
R946
R947
R948
192
191
190
189
187
186
185
184
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
180
181
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
'016_05E'
'016_08E'
'016_05F'
'016_05F'
EK0D(7:0)
EKID(7:0)
FRRES2_
FWRES2_
GND
+5V
FIP PIN
20
10
IC39
C935
R933
R934
R935
R936
R937
R938
R939
R940
126
125
124
123
121
120
119
118
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
'015_01B'FI0D(7:0)
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
'015_04B'FI1D(7:0)
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
'015_06B'FI2D(7:0)
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
'015_08B'FI3D(7:0)
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
133
154
167
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
'015_10B'
'015_01E'
'028_05D'
FI4D(7:0)
FRWRESI
FXIAL
R905
R906
R907
R908
R909
R910
R911
R912
R913
R914
R915
R916
R917
72
71
70
69
67
66
65
64
63
61
60
59
58
9
8
7
12
11
10
6
5
43
2
1
0
'016_02A'FS1A(12:0)
83
82
81
80
77
76
75
74
55
56
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
'016_04A'
'016_02C'
'016_02C'
FSID(7:0)
R918
R919
R920
R921
R922
R923
R924
R925
R926
R927
R928
R929
R930
R931
R932
99
98
97
96
94
93
92
91
90
88
87
86
85
9
8
7
12
11
10
6
5
43
2
1
0
'016_05A'FS2A(12:0)
FWRSI
FRDSI
115
114
113
112
110
109
108
107
102
101
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
'016_08A'
'016_05C'
'016_05C'
FS2D(7:0)
FWRS2
'015_01E'FIPCLK1
'015_01E'FIPCLK2
'016_02G'FIPCLK3
FRDS2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
38
37
34
33
32
30
29
28
25
24
21
20
19
17
15
16
41
42
40
3
SIOWR_
SIORD_
CSFIP_
RESET_
'012_09B.018_02D'
'010_01C.022_07F'
'004_05E'
'012_09B.018_02D'
'012_02A.018_02A'
'012_02A.018_02B'
IOAB(10:1)
IODB(15:0)
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
128
176
177
203
204
132
179
178
129
206
FHSYNC
FVSYNC
FMREOUT
FNITI
'018_05B'
'018_05B'
'018_01E'
'018_05A'
ESVSYNC_
ESHSYNC_
ESCINHI
FIPIM
FMREFIP
'002_1DE.024_01D'
'024_01D'
'016_02F'
'024_01G'
'022_03E'
'016_04E'FIDIN(7:0)
2A3
2A4
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y3
2Y4
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
3
5
7
9
12
14
16
18
R901
IC39
1G
1 19
2G
GND GND
R902
R903
R904
L910
L911
L912
GN
D
GND
C901 C918 C902 C919 C903 C920 C904 C921
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C905 C922
GND
+5V
GND
C906 C923 C907 C924 C908 C925 C909 C926
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C910 C927
GND
+5V
GND
C911 C928 C912 C929 C913 C930 C914 C931
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C915 C932
GND
+5V
GND
C916 C933 C934C917
+5V
GND
+5V
L901
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-21
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 14/29
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IC21
5048×16 LINE
'014_07E'FI4D(7:0)
'014_07E'
'014_05G'
'014_05H'
FRWRES1_
FIPCLK1
FIPCLK2
GN
D
GN
D
+5V
GND
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IC20
5048×16 LINE
GN
D
GN
D
+5V
GND
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IC19
5048×16 LINE
GN
D
GN
D
+5V
GND
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
31
14
34
11
IC18
5048×16 LINE
GND
C936 C937
L902
+5V
31
14
34
11
GND
C938 C939
L903
+5V
31
14
34
11
GND
C946 C941
L904
+5V
31
14
34
11
GND
C942 C943
L905
+5VGN
D
GN
D
+5V
GND
'014_07D'FI3D(7:0)
'014_07C'FI2D(7:0)
'014_07B'FI1D(7:0)
'014_07A'FI0D(7:0)
FIP FIFO
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-22
2AA
Main PCB 15/29
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
31
14
34
11
IC25
5048×16 LINE
C947 C948
GN
DG
ND
+5V
GND
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC24
8K×8 LINE
GND
C946
GN
D
EK1D(7:0)'014_11B'
EK0D(7:0)'014_11A'
FRRES2_'014_11C'
FWRES2_'014_11C'
FIDIN(7:0)'014_02D'
ESVD(7:0)'024_02A'
FMREFIP'014_02E'ERSTWR_'024_01F'
ESVCLK
FIPCLK3
'014_02A'
'014_05H.018_01G'
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC
GND
A12
A11
A14
A13
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
CS
OE
A3
A2
A1
A0
WE
8
7
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
26
25
24
23
21
20
22
27
0
7
6
5
4
3
12
11
10
9
8
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
IC22
32K×8 SRAM
GNDGND
C944
L906
+5V
28
14
FS1D(7:0)'014_05C'
FS1A(12:0)'014_05A'
FRDS1_'014_05D'FWRS1_'014_05D'
FIP RAMRF IFO
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC
GND
A12
A11
A14
A13
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
CS
OE
A3
A2
A1
A0
WE
8
7
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
26
25
24
23
21
20
22
27
0
7
6
5
4
3
12
11
10
9
8
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
IC23
32K×8 SRAM
GNDGND
C945
28
14
FS2D(7:0)'014_05E'
FS2A(12:0)'014_05D'
FRDS2_'014_05F'FWRS2_'014_05F'
GND
L908
+5V
L907
+5V
L909
+5V
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-23
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 16/29
IMWAITL
TST6
VDD
VSS
IMA0
IMA1
IMA2
IMA3
IMA4
IMA5
IMA6
IMA7
VSS
IMA8
IMA9
IMA10
IMA11
IMA12
IMA13
IMA14IMA15
VDD
VSS
IMA16
IMA17
IMA18
IMA19
IMA20
IMA21
IMA22
IMA23
VSS
VDD
TST7
TST8
TST9
VSS
CLK16M
VSS
CPUCSL
IMW
RL
IMR
DL
IMA
SL
VD
D
VS
S
IMB
RE
QL
IMB
AC
KL
TS
T5
TS
T4
TS
T3
TS
T2
TS
T1
TS
T0
VS
S
FF
W2R
DE
L
FF
W2R
CK
FF
W2R
RS
L
FF
W2W
CK
FF
W2W
RS
L
FF
W1R
DE
L
FF
WIR
CK
VD
D
FF
WIR
RS
L
FF
WIW
CK
FF
WIW
RS
L
W37
4DE
L
VS
S
W37
4CK
2W
374C
K1
FIP
D0
FIP
D1
FIP
D2
FIP
D3
FIP
D4
FIP
D5
FIP
D6
FIP
D7
VS
S
FF
R20
FF
R21
FF
R22
FF
R23
FF
R24
FF
R25
FF
R26
FF
R27
FF
R2R
CK
FF
R2R
RS
LF
FR
2WC
K
VS
S
FF
R2W
RS
L
R37
4DE
2L
R37
4DE
1L
R37
4CK
VD
D
FF
RIR
CK
FF
RIR
RS
L
FF
RIW
CK
FF
RIW
RS
L
FF
R10
FF
R11
FF
R12
FF
R13
FF
R14
CP
UR
DL
CP
UW
RL
CP
UIR
QL
CP
UR
ST
L
CP
UD
15
CP
UD
14C
PU
D13
CP
UD
12
CP
UD
11
VD
D
CP
UD
10C
PU
D9
CP
UD
8
CP
UD
7
VS
S
CP
UD
6
CP
UD
5
CP
UD
4
CP
UD
3
CP
UD
2
CP
UD
1
CP
UD
0
VS
S
CP
UA
8
CP
UA
7
CP
UA
6
CP
UA
5
CP
UA
4C
PU
A3
CP
UA
2
CP
UA
1M
RE
IN
NIT
IINF
VS
YN
CL
FH
SY
NC
L
VS
S
FIP
CLK
VS
S
PR
CLK
VS
S
PV
SY
NC
L
PH
SV
NC
L
VD
D
WR
EO
UT
NIT
IOU
T
EP
RD
YC
PR
DY
SB
SY
L
PR
DY
L
SR
DY
L
PR
INT
SC
AN
VS
S
SR
AM
A14
SR
AM
A13
SR
AM
A12
SR
AM
A11
SR
AM
A10
SR
AM
A9
VS
S
VD
D
SR
AM
A8
SR
AM
A7
SR
AM
A6
FFR15
FFR16
FFR17
FF6RCK
FF5PRSL
FF6WCK
FF6WRSL
VDD
VSS
FF600
FF601
FF602
FF603
FF604
FF605
FF6I0
FF6I1
FF6I2
FF6I3
FF6I4FF6I5
SRAMRDL
SRAMWRL
SRAMCSL
SRAMD0
SRAMD1
SRAMD2
SRAMD3
VSS
SRAMD4
SRAMD5
SRAMD6
SRAMD7
VDD
SRAMA0
SRAMA1
SRAMA2
SRAMA3
SRAMA4
SRAMA5
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
169
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
189
192193
194
195
196
197
198199
206
208
168
167
166
165
166
164
163
162
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
168
167
163
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
146
145
144
143
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
130
129
128
127
126
124
125
123
122
121
120
118
115
116
117
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
105
106
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3 421 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 39 41 42 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 5554 56 57 58 59 62 63 64
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
7574
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
94
95
93
92
91
90
88
89
87
86
85
83
84
82
81
80
77
78
79
7574
7273
70
6968
67
66
65
IC17
VCBUS(208:1)'018_01A'
GND
+5V
FIP
VC
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-24
2AA
Main PCB 17/29
+5V
+5V
R
S10
12
13
11T
Q9
8
D
QC
IC77
+5V
R
S4
2
1
3T
Q5
6
D
QC
IC77
C1023
IC74
14
7
+5V
GND
C1024
IC73
14
7
+5V
GND
C1025
IC77
14
7
+5V
GND
VC PIN
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
189
188
187
186
185
184
182
183
180
179
178
177
176
175
173
174
167
168
166
169
IWR_
IRD_
IAS_
IWAIT_
'012_02D.026_02H'
'012_02D.026_02H'
'012_02D'
'004_07F'206
3
CLK16M
INTVC_'012_02C.02B_09B'
'002_02D'
'012_09F'
'019_02A'
IAB(23:0)
110
112
111
VFI1RRS_
VFI1WRS_
VFI1WCK'020_02F'
'020_02F'
'020_02F'113 VFI1RCK
'020_02F'R1028
R1027
52
51
47
EPRINT
ESCAN
ECPRDY'024_02G'
'024_02H'
'024_02B'49 EPRDY_
'024_01F'
R1033
R1032
R1034
48
46
50
EEPRDY
ESBSY_
ESRDY_'024_01D'
'024_01F'
'024_01C'
1 3
IC73
IC74
GND
2
13 1112
140
141
143
VLOCK2
VLOCK1
VLOEN_'019_02F'
'019_02F'
'019_02F'144 VFO1WRS_
'019_02C'146
145
148
VFO1WCK
VFO1RRS_
VFO1RCK'019_02C'
'019_02C'
'019_02G'150
152
151
VFO2RRS
VFO2WRS_
VFO2WCK'019_02E'
'019_02E'
'019_02E'153 VFO 2RCK
'019_02G'149
154 VFO2RE_
VFO1RE_
'019_02E'
'019_08B'
'019_02C'
118
121
120
VFI2RRS_
VFI2WRS_
VFI2WCK'020_02E'
'020_02F'
'020_02F'122 VFI2RCK
'020_02F'R1030
R1029
115
116
117
VLIEN1_
VLICK
VLIEN2_'020_02E'
'020_02E'
'020_02E'
R1031
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
'020_07C'VFI1D(7:0)
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
'020_07A'VFI2D(7:0)
R1002
R1003
R1004
R1005
R1006
R1007
R1008
R1009
R1015
R1016
R1017
R1018
R1019
R1020
R1021
R1022
R1023
R1024
98 VF6WRS'019_08C'
100 VF6RRS'019_08C'
99
101 VF6RCK
VF6WCK
'019_08C'
'019_08C'R1025
R1026
R1010
R1011
R1012
R1013
R1014
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
7
6
5
43
2
1
0
VFIPD(7:0)
90
91
92
93
94
95
5
43
2
1
0
5
43
2
1
0
VFGO(15:0)
VSA(14:0)
'019_11B'
84
85
86
87
88
89
5
43
2
1
0
5
43
2
1
0
VF61(5:0)
37
33
32
FNIT1'014_02F'
35 FHSYNC_'014_02F'
34
44
FVSYNC_
VMREOUT_
'014_02F'
'023_01E'45
39 VFIPCLK
VNITIOUT
'023_01E'
'021_01B'
'023_01E'
83
82
81
VWRS_
VRDS_
VCSS_'021_01D'
'021_01D'
'021_01D'
42
41
162
163 BREQ0_
BACK0_
'004_10D'
'004_10C'
R1001
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
54
55
56
57
58
59
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
IOAB(10:1)'014_02A.022_10A'
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
1
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
72
73
74
75
77
78
79
80
'021_01B'VSD(7:0)
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
12
14
16
17
18
19
20
22
21
'014_02B.022_05A'IODB(15:0)
208
1
CSVC_
RDVC_'004_05E'
'004_06G'2
4
SIDWR2_
RESET_'014_02D.022_07D'
'014_02D.022_07F'
VCBUS(208:1)'017_11A'
'014_02F'FWREOUT
FIFORST2
EPHSYNC_FIFORST0_
EPVSYNC_FIFORST1_
FIPCLK3
11
IC73
IC74
IC74
1213
109
54
'002_10C'
'022_07F''002_10D'
'022_07F''002_10C'
'016_02G'
GND
C1001 C1012 C1002 C1013 C1003 C1014 C1004 C1015
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C1005 C1016
GND
+5V
C1006 C1017
GND
+5V
GND
C1007 C1018 C1008 C1019 C1009 C1020 C1010 C1021
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C1011 C1022
GND
+5V
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-25
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 18/29
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
32
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
7
6
54
32
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC27
5K×8 LINE
GND
C1026
GN
D
VFIDPDD(7:0)VFIPD(7:0)
VFO1RE_
VFO1RRS_
VFO1WRS_
VFO1WCK
'018_07A'
'018_07C'
'018_07B'
'018_07B'
'018_07C'
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
4
3
2
1
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC29
5K×8 LINE
GN
D VF6I(5:0)VF6O(5:0)
IDB(5:0)
VF6RRS_
VF6WRS_
VF6RCK
VF6WCK
'018_07C'
'012_02F.020_02A'
'018_07D'
VPVD0R1035'024_01F'
'018_07E'
'018_07E'
'018_07E'
'018_07E'
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC30
5K×8 LINE
GN
D
ELSUOUT_
VMREOUT_
EPVCLK
VFCLK
'022_07F'
VNITIOUT_'023_04E'
'023_04E'
'022_07F'
'023_04E'
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC28
5K×8 LINE
GN
D
VFO2RE_
VFO2RRS_
VFO2WRS_
VFO2WCK
'018_07C'
'018_07C'
'018_07C'
'018_07C'
VLOCK1
VLOCK2'018_07B'
'018_07B'VLOEN_
'018_07B'
GND
+5V
20
10
IC41
C1031
GND
+5V
20
10
IC40
C1030
D7
D8
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
18
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
19
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC40
T
11 1
OC
0
7
6
5
4
32
1
15
14
1312
1110
9
8
D7
D8
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
18
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
19
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC41
T
11 1
OC
VC FIF01
VF01RCK
VF02RCK5
3
4Vcc
'018_07C''018_07C'
GND
+5V
GND
C1032
+5V
L1001
+5V
GND
C1028
L1003
+5V
GND
C1027
L1002
+5V
GND
C1029
L1004
+5V
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-26
2AA
Main PCB 19/29
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC31
5K×8 LINE
GND
C1033
+5V
GN
D
VFI2D(7:0)
VF1DB(7:0)'019_07A'
VFI2RRS_
VFI2WRS_
VFI2RCK
VFI2WCK
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC32
5K×8 LINE
GN
D
VFI1RRS_
VFI1WRS_
VFI1RCK
VFI1WCK
VLIEN1_
'018_09A'
'018_09A'
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
'018_09D'
8
15
14
13
12
1110
9
7
6
54
32
1
0
7
6
54
32
1
0
IDB(15:0)
VLICK'018_09B'
'018_09C'VLIEN2_
D7
D8
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
18
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
19
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC42
T
11 1
OC
0
7
6
5
4
32
1
D7
D8
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
18
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
19
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC43
T
11 1
OC
GND
+5V
20
10
IC43
C1036
GND
+5V
20
10
IC42
C1035
VC FIF02
VFI1D(7:0)'018_09C'
R10
36
R10
37
R10
38
R10
39
R10
40
R10
41
R10
42
R10
43
L1005
+5V
GND
C1034
L1006
+5V
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-27
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 20/29
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC
GND
A12
A11
A14
A13
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
CS
OE
A3
A2
A1
A0
WE
8
7
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
26
25
24
23
21
20
22
27
0
7
6
5
4
3
12
13
14
11
10
9
8
2
1
7
6
54
32
1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
IC33
32K×8 SRAM
GND
C1038
+5V
L100728
14
VSD(7:0)'018_05D'
VSA(14:0)'018_05B'
VRDS_'018_05E'
VCSS_'018_05E'
VWRS_'018_05E'
VC SRAM
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-28
2AA
Main PCB 21/29
76543210
98765432
1112131415161718
151413121110
98
IC85
A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1
B8B7B6B5B4B3B2B1
DIR OC
R1116R1115R1114R1113R1112R1111R1110R1109
R1135R1136R1137R1138R1139R1140R1141R1142
+5V
1 19
109876543
17151311
8642
3 5 7 912141618
17151311
8642
3 5
9
141618
17151311
8642
5 7 912141618
109876543
IC46
2A42A32A22A11A41A31A21A1
2Y42Y32Y22Y11Y41Y31Y21Y1
2A42A32A22A11A41A31A21A1
2Y42Y32Y22Y11Y41Y31Y21Y1
1G
GND GND
2G
1G
GND GND
2G
1 19
1 19
21
21
IC47
GND
GND
GND
GND
2A42A32A22A11A41A31A21A1
2Y42Y32Y22Y11Y41Y31Y21Y1
1G
GND GND
OP I/F Buffer
2G1 19
IC48
+5V
IC45
20
10
C1103
GND GND GND GND
+5V
IC46
20
10
C1104
+5V
IC85
20
10
C1102
GND
+5V
IC47
20
10
C1105
+5V
IC48L1102
20
10
C1106
'018_02B.025_08C'
'018_02A.025_08C'
'025_08F''002_02D'
OPEXCS_
OPRD_OPWR_
'025_08F'
'025_08F'
'025_08F''025_06E'
OPHSYNC_OPVSYNC_
OPVCLK
DLSUOUT_R1120R1119R1118 '025_06E'
'025_06E''025_06E'
OPINT INTOP_OPRST_RESET
'025_08F'
CSOPEX_SIORD_SIOWR_
EPHSYNC_EPHSYNC_EPVCLK_ELSUOUT_
'004_05E''014_02D''018_02D'
'018_01F.024_02C''018_01G.024_02C''019_08E.024_01F''019_08E.024_01F'
'007_91A_023_01A' '007_01A.023_05B'SAB(15:1)
'018_02D_029_02F'
SDBI(15:0) IODB(15:0)
IOAB(10:1)
R1117R1132R1133R1134
76543210
98765432
1112131415161718
76543210
IC45
IC86
A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1
B8B7B6B5B4B3B2B1
DIR OC
R1108R1107R1106R1105R1104R1103R1102R1101
R1143R1144R1145R1146R1147R1148R1149R1150
131418116532
12
9
7
4
4B4A3B3A2B2A1B1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
+5V
1 19
'004_09F' IDEN_'004_09F'
'025_06D''014_02F' '024_01D'
IOOIR_
OPTIM_
'002_10G' SELOP1_
FPTIM_ EPTIM_
R1122
R1123
GND
+5V
IC86L1101
16
8
C1101
R1121
S G1 15
7
12
3
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-29
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 22/29
15141312111098
98765432
1112131415161718
151413121110 9 8
IC51
A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1
B8B7B6B5B4B3B2B1
76543210
98765432
1112131415161718
76543210
IC52
A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1
B8B7B6B5B4B3B2B1
DIR OC
DIR OC
R1201R1202R1203R1204R1205R1206R1207R1208
R1209R1210R1211R1212R1213R1214R1215R1216
1 19
1 19
'004_09E' OMDIR
VNITIOUTONITIOUTVMREOUT_OMREOUT_VFIPCLK
OCLK
OMEN_'004_09E'
'019_08E''018_05B''025_06B'
'018_05B''025_06B''018_05B''025_06B'
'002_10G'
+5V_B
'024_08B'
'006_02A'
'022_07A'
022_01A'OMD(15:0)SDB(15:0)
13141011 6 5 3 2
9
7
4
VFNITIOUT
VFMREOUT
VFCLK
R1218
'019_08E'R1217
'019_08E'
4B4A3B3A2B2A1B1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
IC53
S G
1 15
GND
GND
GND
GND
'024_08E'
'024_08E'
13141011 6 5 3 2
12
9
7
4
R1237
R1238
'024_08E'
'024_08E'
R1239
R1240
4B4A3B3A2B2A1B1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
S G
1 15
GND
1514131211
17151311 8 6 4 2
3 5 7 912141618
1817161514131211
IC54
GND GND
GND GND
GNDGND GND
2A42A32A22A11A41A31A21A1
2Y42Y32Y22Y11Y41Y31Y21Y1
2A42A32A22A11A41A31A21A1
2Y42Y32Y22Y11Y41Y31Y21Y1
2A42A32A22A11A41A31A21A1
2Y42Y32Y22Y11Y41Y31Y21Y1
1G 2G
R1219R1220R1221R1222R1223R1224R1225R1226
+5V1 19
17151311 8 6 4 2
3 5 7 912141618
IC55
1G 2G
1G 2G
R1227R1228R1229R1230R1231R1232R1233R1234
1 19
17151311 8 6 4 2
3 5 7 912141618
IC56
1 19
'007_01D''007_06E'
RDWRDRM
'024_08D'OMRD_OMWR_ '024_08D'
'029_11E''004_05E'
'029_09E'
'024_08G'
'004_03E'
'029_09B'
'029_09B'
AB(23:16)
SAB(15:1)
181716
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
109 87654 3
R1235
R1236
21
21
+5V
IC57
4
3
2
1
'007_01C'
'024_08E''004_03F'
13141011 6 5 3 2
12
9
7
4
R1241
R1242
'024_08E'
'024_08E'
R1243
R1244
4B4A3B3A2B2A1B1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
S G
1 15
GND
+5V
IC58
0
4
3
2
'024_08D'
'007_01C'
13141011 6 5 3 2
12
9
7
4
R1245
R1246
'007_01C.024_08D'R1247
4B4A3B3A2B2A1B1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
S G
1 15
GND
GND
IC59
0
1
0
BURAS_SRAS_
BUSEL
R1253R1254R1255R1256R1257
SCASL_(4:0)
BUCAS1
BUCAS0
SCASH(4:0)
OMC AS1L_
OMC AS0L_
OMR AS_
DMC AS0H_
DMC AS4L_
DMC AS3L_
DMC AS2L_
DMC AS4H_
DMC AS3H_
DMC AS2H_
DMC AS1H_
+5V
C1201
IC53L1103
16 16 16 16
8 8 8 8
C1202
IC57
C1203
IC58
C1204
IC59
C1205
IC51
20
10
20
10
20
10
20
10
20
10
C1206
IC52
C1207
IC54
C1208
IC55
C1209
IC56+5V
SELOP2
OMA(18:1)
R1248
R1249
R1250
R1251
R1252
C12
14
C12
13
C12
12
C12
11
GND
C12
18
C12
17
C12
16
C12
15
GND
C12
21
C12
20
C12
19
GND
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-30
2AA
Main PCB 23/29
'004_05F. 029_02F'
'016_02G_025_06D''016_02E_025_06C'
'022_07F'
'022_07F'
'014_02F_025_06E'
'014_02E_025_06E'
'022_07F'
'014_02F_025_06D'
'+5V_B'
'023_07E''023_07E''023_11E''023_11E''023_11B''023_11D''023_11B''023_11D''023_11B''023_11C''023_11B'
OMMR_OMRD_OMRAS_OMCAS1L_OMCAS1H_OMCASL2_OMCAS2H_OMCAS3L_OMCAS3H_OMCAS4L_OMCAS4H_
'023_07A'
1 SVCLK2 SG3 SVD04 SVD15 SVD26 SVD37 SG8 SVD49 SVD510 SVD611 SVD712 SG13 CPRDY14 SG15 _PRINT16 _PVSYNC17 SG18 _PHSYNC19 SG20 SG21 SCINHI22 SG23 SG24 _SRDY25 _SCAN26 PTIM27 _SVSYNC28 SG29 _SHSYNC30 SG31 EPRDY32 CMD33 _STS34 CCLK35 SG36 _SBSY37 _PRDY38 SG39 PVCLK40 SG41 _PVDO42 _LSUOUT43 SG44 _RSTWR
0123
4567
+5V
R1303
R1304R1305
R1306
R1307R1308R1309
R1310
+5V
R1302
+5V
R1312
R1314
R13
18R
1317
R13
16R
1315
+5V
+5V
R13
23R
1324
R13
25R
1326
R13
27
IC60
IC60
IC60
R1337
+5V R1336
12
3
12
3
TR3
TR4
123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960
'023_04A'
'018_09E'
'018_09F'
'022_05E'
'018_09E'
'002_10E'
'002_02F'
'002_02F'
'018_09E''018_09E'
'018_09E'
'018_09E'
'022_07F'
'019_11E'
'016_02F'
+5V_B
OMA(18:1)
R1335
1514131211109876543210
181716151413121110987654
21
3
CSSEL_OMD(15:0)
+5V
I/O
I/O
CN1
ENGINE
CN7
GN
DG
ND
OPTION MEM.
ENGINE I/F & OM I/F
ESVCLK R1301
ESVD(7:0)
ECPRDY
EPVSYNC_
EPHSYNC_
ESRDY
ECMD
EEPRDY
ESHSYNC_
ESVSYNC_
EPTIM
R1311
R1313
ECCLK 1011
98
1213
ESTS
ESCINHI
ERSTWR_
ELSUOUT_VPVDO_
EPVCLK
EPRDY_
ESBSY_
R1319
R1320
R1321
R1322
R1328
R1329
R1330
R1331
R1332
R1333
R1334
GND
GND
GND
ESCAN
EPRINT
IC60
C1301
14
7
+5V
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-31
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 24/29
GN
D
3401234567
333231302928272625242322212019181716151413121110987654321
ESVD(7:0)
I/O
CN6+
5V
OPTION PCB
OP. PCB CONNECTOR
+5V
'024_02A'
'022_03E'OPTIM
ESCTNHIESVCLK
ESVSYNC_ESHSYNC_
OLSUOUT_
OPHSYNC_
OPHSYNC_OPVCLK
'024_01G''024_02A''024_01D''024_01D'
'022_10F'
'022_10F''022_10F''022_10F'
GN
DG
ND
68
01234567
676665646362616059585756555453525150494847464544434241403938373635
GND+5V
+5V
IODB(15:0)
IOAB(10:0)'022_06A'
1234567
89
10
'022_10A'
'022_10F''022_10F'
'022_10E''022_10D''022_07D'
R1408
+5V
R14
01
R14
03
R14
04R
1409
R14
10
R1411R1412R1405
'023_01E''023_01E''023_01E'
DMREOUT_DCLK
ONITIOUT_
OPRD_OPWR_
OPEXCS_OPRST_OPINT_
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-32
2AA
Main PCB 25/29
123456789
1514131211109876543210
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960
9876543210
I/O
'011_07A'BMDB(15:0)
MAB(9:0)'011_02D'
'011_02G'
'004_10C'
'004_10C'
'004_10C'
'004_10C'
IRAS0_ICAS1_
ICAS2_
ICAS3_
ICAS4_
IWR_
IRD_'018_10D''018_10D'
BITMAP MEM. BITMAP MEM.
GND
123456789
1514131211109876543210
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960
9876543210
I/O
GND
CN9CN8
+5V
+5V
+5V
R1416R1415
+5V
R1414R1413
BIT MAP MEM.I/F
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-33
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 26/29
'002_10E'
A_+5V
'002_10E'
'002_02F'
'002_10C'
'002_10C'
+
1 5V2 COM3 STATUS4 SCLK
123456
5VSG+12V –12VPG24VIN
5 SG6 SIG17 SIG28 PG9 24V10
R1502
KPSCLK
KPSDO
IC60
IC60R1501
+5V
+5V
OPCB
NCU
POWER
CN4
1112131415161718192021
12345678910
2223242526272829303132
CN2
KPSD1
KPS1G1
KPS1G0
'002_02E' ONHOOK1_
IC60
+24
V
+24
V
+24V
CN5
C1503
C1517
C1519
C1518
C1504
+ C1520
+C1501 C1502
+
+
C1505 C1506
–12V
+12V
–12V
+12V
+5V
C1508C1507
C1510
+5V
1 2JP1
C1511 C1512 C1513 C1514 C1515 C1516
+5V
GND GND
AG
GND
GND
GND
GND
GN
D
GND
2 1
3 4
5 6
L1501L1502L1503L1504L1505L1506
+5V
R1511R1503
R1512
'002_02E' ONHOOK2_ R1513
'002_10G' TELSEL_ R1514
'002_10G' PLSDIL_ R1515
'008_10C' MOORXD_
'002_10G' RXSEL_ R1516
'008_10O' MOOTXD_
'002_10G' FNET_ R1517
'002_10G' EXTRING_ R1518
'002_02E' RNGDET_
'002_02E' OFFHOOK1_
'007_01F' RXIN_N
'002_09A' POLE1_
'002_09A' POLE2_
R1504
+5V
R1519 R1520
R1505 R1506 R1507 R1508 R1509 R1510
0
0
0
I/O
I/O
I/O
CONNECTORS
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-34
2AA
Main PCB 27/29
'002_02B'
'018_10D'
'014_07F'
X1
1 2
L1601
R1602
R1601 3 4IC61
5 6IC61
L3
C1602C1601 C1603
GND
GND
GND
GND GND
GND GND
GND GND
L1603 R1603
R1604
CPUX1
CLK16M
L1605 R1605
+5V
+5V
IC62
S
R
T
D Q
QC
+5V
+5V
IC62
C1604
R1607
R1608
L1606L1607
RI606
X2
FXTALVCC
GND
OUT
NC
+5V
13 12
IC61
11 10
IC61
9 8
IC61
S
R
T
D Q
QC
+5V
IC61
14
7
C1605
GND
+5V
IC62
14
7
C1606
IC61
10
9
8
12
11
13
CLOCK GEN.
4
2 5
63
1
+5V
R1609
R1610
L1608 L1609
1
3
2
4
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-35
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB 28/29
'023_08A'
'023_08A'
'023_08E'
'023_08F'
'002_10E'
'004_03D'
'024_08B'
'022_07D_030_02D'
GND
C1703
C1701
C1702
R1701
R1702
6
31
2
8
4
57
IC63
GND
GND
X4
32
4
5
6
1
11
1210
9
8
13
IC65
T T
S
R
32
4
5
6
1
IC64
T
S
R
1112
10
9
8
13
IC64
+5V_B
+5V_B
+5V_B
+5V_B
T
S
R
RASCON1
REFRQ_
RESET_CSSEL_
R1708R1709
IC65
R1706
R1707
3
2
IC68
IC68
BUCAS0
BUCAS1
BURAS_
BUSEL_
IC644
7 C1705
+5V_B
IC654
7
C1706
+5V_B
IC684
7
L1704
C1704
L1705
Backup Refresh
910
8
12
3
GND GND GND
GND
GND
GND
S
R
D Q
QC
D Q
QC
D Q
QC
D Q
QC
+5V_B
+5V_B
3Y
2Y1Y
3AVcc
GND
2A1A
IC68
IC681213 11
910 8
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155 (MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-36
2AA
Main PCB 29/29
'002_08E'
'029_02F'
+5V_B
–
+
12
CN10
BUBUT
GND
1
2
3
1
23 1
23
R1801
C1810
D2
5
4
2
3
1
C1806 C1807+
+
–
+
C1809
IC69
BCC2
14
7
5
6
7
IC70
C1804
R1808
1
2
3
4
5IC70
R1810 R1802 C1803R1811
D5 D6
+12V+5V
C1615
GND
+5V
BCHG_
RESET_
IC691
23
4
56
12
1311
IC69
IC69IC69
9
108
R1803
TR5 R1805
R1804
1
2
3
R1806
TR6
1 3
2 D3 L4 D7
TR8
1
2 3
C1805
R1807
3 2
1
LX OUT
+5V
D8
+5V
IC71
IC72
BATT Backup
VDD
OUT
GND
GND
NC2
NC1
GND
GND GND GND GNDGND
GND
GND
GND
DC-DC Conv.
GND GND
GND
GND
GND
I/O
BCC2
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA-1
3-7-37
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB 1/12
S G
S G
CS
SK
D I
DO
S
S
S
3456
2187
C152
C121
C125
IC38 R244
R441
R442
R443R444
R245
VCCNCNCGND
WDPTHERMISTOR
THXTONERPRINT
MTCLK_TMOT2_TMOT1
M3XM2XM1XM0X
_SBSY_CCLK
_CMDSCAN_PTIM
_RES_TIMER_HERR
R246R257R304R303R258R259R260R261R262
R263
R265R267
S G
S G
S G
S
S
R264
R266
R268
C157
C158
C184
IC48
IC26
10 11
IC26
12 13
IC48
2 1
IC48
12 13
IC48
10 11
IC48
8 9
X2
R282
STS
P30P31
_ONW_RESETOUT
SYNC_WR_RDP00P01P02P03P04P05P06P07P10P11P12P13P14P15P16P17P20P21P22P23P24P25P26P27
VCCVREFAVSSP67P66P65P64P63P62P61P60P57P56P55P54P53P52P51P50P47P46P45P44P43P42CNVSS_RESETP41P40XINXOUTVSS
S
S
_MSRY_CPUADJUST
6463626160595857565554535251504948474645444342414039383736353433
123456789
1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
R190R191R192R193R194R195R196R197R198R199R200R201R202R203R204R205R206R207R208R209R210R211R177R178
R232R233R234R235R236R237R151R152
AD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7AD8AD9AD10AD11AD12AD13AD14AD15
AD
0A
D1
AD
2A
D3
AD
4A
D5
AD
6A
D7
AD
8A
D9
AD
10A
D11
AD
12A
D13
AD
14A
D15
C19
5C
196
C19
7C
198
C19
9C
200
C20
1C
202
C20
3C
204
C20
5C
206
C20
7C
208
C20
9C
210
DB0DB1DB2DB3DB4DB5DB6DB7
R187
_WR_RD
φ
R445R446R186 AD
AD11 1AD12 2AD13 3
AD14 6AD15 4
5
IC41
16
L56 L24 L16
IC25
IC258
64
5
9
10
IC41
8
S
S
S G
A
B
C
G1
_G2A_G2B
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
R288
R308
R309
R310
R311
R312
R313
R289
R290
R291
R292
R293
R294
R295
_XIOCS
_VTCCS_AGC1CS_AGC2CS_SHDCS_TIMERCS
_Y0
_Y1
_Y2
_Y3
_Y4
_Y5
_Y6
_Y7
DB
R185
IC33
31
2
IC25
C11
R301
R302
C144
WDP
_RES
C147
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
WD
TC
_RE
S1
GN
DA
DJ
VC
C_R
ES
2
IC36
R349
C173
C174IC33
R214
C109
C108IC25
R112
C72
C79
S
S G
+
C122
L32
IC34
2
5
6
9
12
15
16
19
3
4
7
8
13
14
17
18
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
_FLICKREM_FANST2_DSKHT_YOBI1_YOBI2_YOBI3_YOBI4_YOBI5
φ
REF5V
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1Q2Q3Q4Q5Q6Q7Q8
_OC
CLK
S
_WR
20
10
S
S G
14
7
S
S G S G
S G
14
7
S
S G
111
S G
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-38
2AA
Engine PCB 2/12
AD4 29 _FAN2AD3 30 48
49
FTOPAD2 31 47 RCOVO
EJOPAD1 32 4645
_RES
_WR_LDS
_XIOCS
_REG.SW
_M LEAK_T LEAK
_VFD1FSW_VFD2FSW_VFD3FSW
_DFSZ1_DFSZ2_DFSZ3_DFSZ4
_TBLSZ1_TBLSZ2
_PEMP_ORGSW
_PE1FSW_PE2FSW_PE3FSW
_BYPE
_EJTSW
_SENS0_SENS1_SENS2_SENS3_SENS4_SENS5
_LMPHP
_DFORG_DFTIM
DB7 7 44 _PFCL2F_PFCL1F
DB6 8 43 _PFCL3FDB5 9 42 _LDRDYDB4 10DB3 11 68 _HEAT.REMDB2 12 67 _MOTREMDB1 13 65 _DMREMDB0 14 64 _FDCL1F
39 63 _FDCL2F 2 62 _FDCL3F36 61 _FANST
60 _FAN 3 4 76 SCINHI 5 75 _T.COUNT
74 _PMOT73 _INVERTER
58 72 _FEED.CL
_SCAN0
_SCAN1
_SCAN2
_SCAN3
_SCAN4
_SCAN5
57 71 _REG.CL56 70 _BYS.CL55 69 MOTSEL5453 2352 2251 21
2099 1998 1897 17 _INHI96 16 _SHORTO9594 27 _MC.REM93 26 _TC.REM92 25 _DB.REM
24 _CHG.REM8988 187 4186 59
7785 9184838281 680 1579 2878 33
4037 5035 6634 9038 100
AD
DB
R175R174R173R172R171R170
S
S
S
S
R147R146R145R144R143R142
S
S G S G
S G
R117
C41
L8L14L15
L5
C51
C42
C59
C75
C76
C76
C77
C78
C54
R84
R80
R11
6
R11
8
R83
A4A3A2A1
D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0/RESETFXECLKXIOINT
R/W/LDS/XIOCS
PG0PG1PG2PG3PG4PG5PG6PG7
PH0PH1PH2PH3PH4PH5PH6PH7
PI0PI1PI2PI3
PF0PF1PF2PF3PF4PF5PF6PF7
SINSOUTSCLKCKCHG
PA0PA1PA2PA3PA4PA5PA6PA7
PB0PB1PB2PB3PB4PB5PB6PB7
PC0PC1PC2PC3PC4PC5PC6PC7
PD0PD1PD2PD3PD4PD5PD6PD7
PE0PE1PE2PE3
VDDVDDVDDVDDVDD
GNDGNDGNDGNDGNDGNDGNDGNDGND
IC17
φ
*CN20-1*CN20-2*CN20-3*CN20-4*CN20-5
IC7
IC7
IC7
IC7
IC7
IC7
1 2
3 4
5 6
13 12
11 10
9 8
C36
7
14
IC7
* Not installed
S G
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-39
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB 3/12
AD8AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7
5354555658596061
R157R158R159R160R161R162R163R164
89101113141516
ID10ID11ID12ID13ID14ID15ID16ID17
R454R453R452R451R450R449R448R447
ADCCLK1SI
ADCCLK1SH
ADIN1
5250513847
43
AIN
ID0ID1ID2ID3ID4ID5ID6ID7
VREFHVREFL
DOUT1DOUT2
VREFH1VREFH2VREFL1VREFL2
AVDD
AVSS
4543
20
IC24
ID1
S
_ASB_IOWR_IORD_RESET_AGCCS_RTCCS2PDWN
XI
XO
BUSYCLK1K
BVDDVDDVDDVDDVDD
_WR
_RES_AGC1CS
S G
64
1
541
27
174462
6122339485763
VSSVSSVSSVSSVSSVSSVSS
313233343536404246303749
1921
2629
24272528
18
22
C86
L18
L22
L19
L17
C10
4
C82
C83
C84
R13
7
R21
2
R12
1
R12
2
C87
C10
5
C18
1
TO1TO2TO3TO4TO5TO6
TEST1TEST2TEST3MTESTMTIN1MTC1
DOUT11DOUT21
*R154
R138
S
A
C92
R510C88
C89
L4 L6 L1 L3
S G A G
A G
S G
S
VREFH1VREFL1
AD8AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7
5354555658596061
89101113141516
ID20ID21ID22ID23ID24ID25ID26ID27
R455R456R457R458R459R460R461R462
ADCCLKSI
ADCCLK2SH
ADIN2
5250513847
43
AIN
ID0ID1ID2ID3ID4ID5ID6ID7
VREFHVREFL
DOUT1DOUT2
VREFH1VREFH2VREFL1VREFL2
AVDD
AVSS
4543
20
IC8
ID2
S
S
_ASB_IOWR_IORD_RESET_AGCCS_RTCCS2PDWN
XI
XO
BUSYCLK1K
BVDDVDDVDDVDDVDD
_WR
_RES_AGC2CS
S G
S G S G
64
1
541
27
174462
6122339485763
VSSVSSVSSVSSVSSVSSVSS
313233343536404246303749
1921
2629
24272528
18
22
R49
R85
R15
R48C
34
C56
C16
C31
C32
C33
C55
C15
TO1TO2TO3TO4TO5TO6
TEST1TEST2TEST3MTESTMTIN1MTC1
DOUT12DOUT22
*R39
R38
S
A
S
A
C48
R511C22
C47
S G A G
A G
S G
S G
A G
VREFH2VREFL2
C62
14
7
IC22
S
S G
C71
14
7
IC23
S
S G
C38 20
10
IC14C39
R61
L723456789
1817161514131211
DB0DB1DB2DB3DB4DB5DB6DB7
R97R98R99R100R101R102R103R104
DB
IC14191
36811
_OE1_OE2_OE3_OE4
A1A2A3A4
_WR
_RD
_LDS
AD1AD2AD3AD4
259
12
VDD
VSS
Y1Y2Y3Y4
14
1013
9
10
IC22
8
_AGC1CS
_AGC2CS
_WR
4
56
64
5
IC22
IC23
34
ADIC26
1
23 21
IC23 IC26_RD
IC22
32
1
C28C29R47
14
7
R28
R26R25R27
8
42
3
IC1
DOUT21 +
-
6
75 +
-
C18
C24
VREFH11
A G
A G
IC1
8
42
3
IC2
DOUT22 +
-
6
75 +
-
C19
C25
VREFH21
A G
A G
IC2
8
42
3
*IC3
DOUT11 +
-
6
75 +
-
*C20
*C26
VREFL11
A G
A G
*IC3
8
42
3
*IC4
DOUT12 +
-
6
75 +
-
*C21
*C27
VREFL21
A G
A G
*IC4
IC6L2
B1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8
A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8
* Not installed
_GDIR
A
A G
S
S G
S G S G
S
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-40
2AA
Engine PCB 4/12
IC40
2
3
4
5
67
8
910
11
12
13
1415
16
1718
19
20
21
2223
24
25
26
2728
29
30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 48 50
AD
1
AD
2
AD
3
AD
4
AD
5
DB
0
DB
C154 C153
R327
DB
1
DB
2D
B3
DB
4
DB
5D
B6
DB
7
/IOW
RA
1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
TE
ST
1C
LKA
GN
D
VD
D
D0
D1
D2
D3
GN
DD
4
D5
D6
D7
100
C16
9
R34
7
C17
0
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81
/RE
SE
TT
ES
T3
/PV
D0
TE
ST
2C
166
C16
7
R32
6
CLK
B
GN
D
VD
D
IND
0
IND
1
IND
2
IND
3
IND
4
IND
5
IND
6IN
D7
OP
6G
ND
XO
BX
IB
R297
R296
R248 C123
C124
C142 C143
VD
D
1
VDD
IP0
/LDout
GND
PWMD0PWMD1
PWMD2
PWMD3GND
PWMD4
PWMD5
PWMD6
PWMD7GND
OP0
OP1SDMin
LTMin
SDMout
LTMout
IP1IP2
VDD
XIA
XOA
GNDGND
VDD
/IORD
GND
R314
R463
R464
C17
2
C17
1
R34
8
79
78
77
76
7574
73
7271
70
69
68
6766
65
6463
62
61
60
5958
57
56
55
5453
52
51
80
VDD
/EN
/LDON
LBON
/ADJUSTOP5
OP4
OP3OP2
GND
PMCLK
LSUout
SCDEGND
/PHSYNC
IP4IP3
PVCLK
GND
/PVSYNC
EXSCLESCLE
/PPST
/BD
/MSYNC
/VTCCS _VTCCS
_MSYNC
_PVSYNC
_SHORTI
_ADFCOVO_PHSYNC
_LSUout
_PRDY_CPULDON
_ADJUST
VTC5V
VTC5V
VTC5V
VTC5VL35
L40
L44
L48R249
R502
R251
R252
R503R504
R253
R254
R255
R256
DAO
R250
DALDDACLK
PVCLK
_BD
GND
VDD
GND
GND
_PVD0
_RES
_CPRDY
EPRDY
_SRDY
_OVERFLOW
_TBLS3
_RD
_WR
C151
L51
C162
R3211 4
8
X4+5V OUT
AD
R317
NC GND
5
_LDout
S G
S G
S
S G
S G
S G S G
S
S
VTC5V
C138C135
R287
VTC5V
VTC5V
VTC5V
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-41
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB 5/12
23456789
10111213141516171819202122232425
AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7AD8AD9
AD10DB0DB1DB2DB3
R298 C132C133DB4DB5DB6DB7
8
4
5
1_RES
_CLAMPRS1
CCDCLK1
CCDCLK2
SHD5V
SHD5V
X1V
G
OUTC126C129
R277
L38
NC
R276
R275
R274
R273
R272
262728293031323334353637383940
C114C115
R239
SP1R184
R183R182 C113
SHCL1
R238C112
R181
R180ADCCLK2
ID2
C120
R241
C111
ID1
ADCCLK1
*TP4
1
_SHDCS_WR_RDAD
DB
SHD5V
/CS/IOWR/IORDGNDA1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10D0D1D2D3VDDGNDD4D5D6D7GNDCLOCKGND/RESETGND/BCLAMPGNDRS1RS2GNDCCDCLK1GNDCCDCLK2NCVDD
VDD119118117116115114113112
BRD5R323
C163
C149
BRD4BRD3BRD2BRD1BRD0
11111010910810710610510410310210110099989796959493
WWD6
WWD7
_WBRSTWR
SHD5V
SHD5V
_WBRSTRD
WBCLK1
WBCLK2
WWD5WWD4WWD3WWD2WWD1WWD0
929190
R215
R478
R484
R283
R501
R476
R475
R474
R473
C139C128
R483R482R481R480R479
C118C119
89888786858483
WRD7
WRD
WWD
BRDBWR
WRD6WRD5WRD4WRD3WRD2WRD1WRD0
SHD5V8281
120
SVD1SVD2SVD3
SVD0
SVD4SVD5SVD6SVD7
_RSTWRSVCLK
_SVSYNC_SHSYNC_PHSYNC
SHD5VR316
R315
C156
C155
NCGND
BRD5BRD4BRD3BRD2BRD1BRD0GND
WBCLK2
12349
101112
2423222116151413
WWD0
WWDWRD
WWD1WWD2WWD3WWD4WWD5WWD6WWD7
WRD0 R485
R486
R487
R488
R489
R490
R491
R492
R493
R494
R495
R496
R497
R498
R499
R500
WRD1WRD2WRD3WRD4WRD5WRD6WRD7
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
Q0
IC39
Q1Q2Q3Q4Q5Q6Q7
6198
17
18 C160 L45
C14875
R31820
VccGND_RE_WE
_WBRSTRD_WBRSTWR
WBCLK1WBCLK2
_RRES_WRESRCKWCK
GNDWBCLK1
GND/WBRSTRD
GND/WBRSTWR
GNDWWD7
GNDVDD
WWD6WWD5WWD4WWD3WWD2WWD1WWD0
VDDGND
WRD7WRD6WRD5WRD4WRD3WRD2WRD1WRD0
VDDVDD
VDD
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 5441 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 6855 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 8069
ID10
ID11
ID12
ID13
ID14
ID15
ID17
ID20
ID21
ID22
ID23
ID24
ID25
ID26
ID27
ID16
GN
DC
CD
CLK
3S
MC
CN
TT
ES
TS
OT
GN
DC
CD
CLK
4G
ND
SP
HO
LD1
SP
HO
LD2
GN
DS
HIF
TG
ND
GN
D
CLA
MP
2G
ND
VD
DA
DC
CLK
1G
ND
AD
CC
LK2
GN
DID
10ID
11ID
12ID
13ID
14ID
15
CLA
MP
1
ID17
ID20
ID21
ID22
ID23
ID24
ID25
ID26
ID27
GN
DG
ND
ID16
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
160
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
146
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
132
BW
D6
BW
D5
BW
D4
BW
D3
BW
D2
BW
D1
BW
D0
BR
D7
BR
D6
BW
D7
R46
5
R33
5
R35
0
R37
5
R34
2
R29
9 R33
4R
333
R33
2R
331
R33
0R
329
R27
1
R46
9R
470
R47
1R
472
R46
8R
467
R46
6
GN
DF
0MI
TE
B/O
HS
YN
CA
MC
OV
ST
TE
ST
1S
CK
/SH
SY
NC
GN
D/S
VS
YN
CG
ND
SV
CLK
GN
D
/RS
TW
RG
ND
VD
DO
D7
OD
6O
D5
OD
4O
D3
OD
2O
D1
OD
0G
ND
VD
D
GN
D
BW
D6
BW
D5
BW
D4
BW
D3
BW
D2
BW
D1
BW
D0
BR
D7
BR
D6
GN
DG
ND
BW
D7
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
S G
S G
S G
S G
IC35
S G
S
12349
101112
2423222116151413
BWD0
BWDBRD
BWD1BWD2BWD3BWD4BWD5BWD6BWD7
BRD0BRD1BRD2BRD3BRD4BRD5BRD6BRD7
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
Q0
IC45
Q1Q2Q3Q4Q5Q6Q7
6198
17
18 C175
C179
L60
75
R35420
VccGND_RE_WE
_WBRSTRD_WBRSTWR
WBCLK1WBCLK2
_RRES_WRESRCKWCK
* Not installed
SHD5V SHD5V
C150C164
C140R284
C141
R324
SHD5V
SHD5VL26
L28
L29
L30
S
S G
S
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-42
2AA
Engine PCB 6/12
A
A G
A G
A G
A G
573
2
14
8
IC186
C66
C73
A G
573
2
14
8
6
C60
A G573
2
14
8
IC116
C43
A GC58
OS1R176
C91 C90
R139
R166
L20
A GA G
A G
A G
A
A
A G
14
23
A
A G
14
23
ADIN1
*TP1
* Not installed
R72
D6
C1
*C50
R82
R79
*R95
+
–
ZD2
IC13
C46
*R71
R73R92
R78
TR1
*TP2
6 5
C44
R93
R60
VR1
R74
321
A
A G
A G
A G
A G
573
2
14
8
IC126
C45
C57
A G
573
2
14
8
6
C80
A G573
2
14
8
IC196
C67
A GC74
OS2R179
C99 C100
R140
R168
L21
A GA G
A G
A
ADIN2R110
D9
C3
R119
R106 IC20
C63
*R124
R141
R123
R136
TR3
*TP3
C68
R77
R105
VR2
R153
321
R76
R113
R75
R115
R135R114
R111
*C93
ZD3
R120
IC26
_CLAMP
R94
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
A GS G
*C14
A GS G
*C101
A GS G
*C61
A GS G
*C103
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-43
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB 7/12
C176IC43
9
8
S G
S
C187C180
1,89,16
4,5 HS 12,13
S G
S
CN1-124VIN
CN1-2NC
24V-2
24V-3
PG
5V
+12V
-12V
H REM
NC
DM REM
5V-2 5V-2
SG
24V-2
24V-3
5V
_ELLED
ESW
SG
NC
SG
5V-2 5V-2
24VOUT
24VIN
24VIN
24VR
24VF
24V-2
TC REM
MSW REM
NC
SSW3
SSW1
SSW2
24V-2
PFCL
RCL
24V-2
24V-2
BYPPFFCL
PSW
5V
5V
RSW
SG
5V
BYPPSW
SG
24V-2
CL REM
SG
NC
NC
NC
24VIN
24V-3
24VOUTCN4-1
EJOP
FTOP
RCOVO
_T.COUNT
_MSRY
24VIN
24VOUT
24VIN
R388
R390
R391
TR4
TR5
TR6
D28
D25
IC43
IC43
*D37
*D38
*D39
B
E
C
CN5-1
IC46
FET6
IC48R383
R381
R384FET5
R382
R421
R422
R420
R425
R424
R423
D36
D35
2 3
56
D
D
SG
SG
CN4-2CN5-2
CN4-3
CN5-3
CN4-5
NC CN4-4
CN5-4CN4-6
CN5-5CN4-7
CN5-6CN4-8
CN5-7
CN4-9
CN5-8
CN4-10
CN5-9
CN5-10
CN23-1
NC CN23-2
CN5-11
CN23-3
CN5-12
CN23-4
CN5-13
CN23-5
CN5-14
CN5-15
CN5-16
CN5-17
CN5-18
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN21-1
CN21-2
CN21-3
CN21-4
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN3-1
R394
R393CN3-2
CN3-3
CN3-4
+
+
+
+
C85C2
*C4
C7 C102
C8 C117
+
+
C9
C10
2IC16
IC16
1 11
12
13
12
13
8 9
C131
C145
C98
S A
S G A G
_ELLED
_BYPE
_REG.SW
_PEMP
_BYS.CL
_REG.CL
_FEED.CL
FG5FG4FG3
C191
FG2
S
F G
C30
FG1
S G
S G
R REM CN21-5
4IC16
3 11
6 5
IC16
IC9
R91 R90C37
IC10
_HEAT.REM
_FLICKREM
IC10
R89
R871
4
8
3
5
6
7
28 9
IC16
10 11
_EJTSW
_MOTREM
_HERR
TH
THXS S
S S
B
E
C
B
16 1
15 2
E
C
S G
S G
S G
S
R58
R88
+
-
+
-
S G
S G
S G
R86
S
R387
R389
R392
S G
S G
IC48
34
S
IC43
14 3
* Not installed
S
S
F G
S
F G
S
F G
S
F G
IC22
IC25R169
IC46
C23
R14C189
C185
R404C182
C190
R397C49
C181
R368
C40
R59
R50
5
R13
R52
R51
R50
6
R41
0
R41
5
R43
8
R50
7
R40
7
R44
0
R43
9
R50
8
R40
8
R43
5
R40
9
R50
9
R3
R40
R50
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-44
2AA
Engine PCB 8/12
S
SS G
CN6-1
NC
SCAN0
PSSW1
PSSW2
SCAN0
PSSW3
SCAN0
PSSW4
SCAN0
NC
CN6-2
CN6-3
CN6-4
CN6-5
CN6-6
CN6-7
CN6-8
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN8-1
CN8-2
CN8-3
CN8-4
CN8-524V-2
SCAN4
BYPPSW1
BYPPSW2
BYPPSW3
PG
MC REM
TC REM
DB REM
DB CHG
DB CONT
GRID CONT
TC ALM
MC ALM
CFM1 REM
CFM2 REM
SG
24V-2
24V-2
PG
PG
TC CHG
DSKHT
* Not installed
24V-2
NC
5V
DTH
SG
TFM1
TFM2
5V
OFSW
24V-2
SHORT
SCAN5
TCDES1
TCDES2
TCDES3
24V-2
SG
TNS
TVR
SCAN4
DEV A
DEV B
DEV C
CN8-6
CN8-7
CN8-8
CN8-9
CN8-10
CN8-11
CN8-12
CN8-13
CN8-14
R401
R402
R403
R399
TR8R366
R400
CN8-15
CN8-16
CN8-17
CN8-18
CN8-19
CN8-20
CN8-21
CN8-22
CN9-1
CN9-2
CN9-3
CN9-4
CN9-5
CN9-6
CN9-7
CN9-8
CN9-9
CN9-10
CN9-11
CN9-12
CN9-13
CN9-14
CN9-15
CN9-16
CN9-17
CN9-18
CN9-19
CN9-20
CN9-21
CN9-22
CN9-23
CN9-24
_TMOT1
IC42
IN136
11
14
16
4
5
12
13
IN2
IN3IN4
O1
O2
O3O4
V2
GND
GNDGNDGND
_INH1
_TMT1
_TMT2
_INH2C146
V1
_TMOT2
_INHI
_SHORTO
C12
IC43
R360 R359
R358
_SHORT
_SHORTI
*D15
*R328
1 2
3
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G S G
1
2
7
10
15
1
9
8
1
D27
2
4
3
1
D14
2
4
3
2
2
4 13
1
2 1
D16
D17
3
3
D183
1
D31
D30
IC49
2
2 1
4
3
1
D29_SCAN4_SCAN4
_SCAN0
_SENS0
_SENS1
_SENS2
_SENS3
_SENS0
_SENS1
_SENS2
_MC.REM
_TC.REM
_DB.REM
_CHG.REM
_T LEAK
_M LEAK
_FANST
_FAN
_FAN2
TKVR
DBVR
GRIDVR
_SENS3
_SENS4
_SENS5
_SHORT
_SENS3_SENS4
_SENS5
_SCAN5
_SENS0
_SENS1
_SENS2
_OVERFLOW
_TMT1
_TMT2
_DSKHT
THERMISTOR
TONER
TVR
*SW1
2
4
3
1
D33
2
4
3
D21
+
S
S
SS G
*R436
*D40
1 2
3
S
S G
14
23
D19
S
SS G
S G
*R376
1D22
D23D24
23
876
*D20
1 2
3
R49R418
R1
C13
IC49
12 13
IC49
4 3
IC49
10 11
S
IC27
4 3
IC49
6 5
IC49
IC49
14
7
C194
8 9
S G
S
IC47*R369
R371
R370
4 3
R377
R378
S G
S G
S
+
_FANST2
S G
S
S
SS
*
**
R365R398 R379
TR7
IC47
2 1
D32
R380
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-45
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB 9/12
CN10-1
CN10-2
CN10-3
CN10-4
CN10-5
CN10-6
CN10-7
CN10-8
CN10-9
CN10-10
CN10-11
CN11-1
CN11-2
CN12-1
CN12-2
CN12-3
CN12-4
CN12-5
CN12-6
CN12-7
CN12-8
CN12-9
CN12-10
CN12-11
CN12-12
CN13-1 CN14-1
CN14-2
CN14-3
CN14-4
CN14-5
CN14-6
CN15-1
CN15-2
CN15-3
CN15-4
CN15-5
CN15-6
CN15-7
CN15-8
CN13-2
CN13-3
CN13-4
CN13-5
CN13-6
CN13-7
CN13-8
CN13-9
CN13-10
CN13-11
CN13-12
CN13-13
CN13-14
CN13-15
CN13-16
CN13-17
CN13-18
CN13-19
CN13-20
S
S
S
O
O
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
A G
_ORGSW
_INVERTER
_LMPHP
_LMPHT
24VIN
_DFSZ4
_DFSZ3
_DFSZ2
_DFSZ1
_DFTIM
_DFORG
_DFCOVO
_TBLSZ1
_TBLSZ2
_TBLSZ3
SG
5V
NC
SG
5V
NC
SG
5V
R429
R431
R433
R430
R432
R434
TH
24VIN
M0
M1
M2
M3
SMVR
MOTSEL
R2
IC31
12 13
5V
24VIN
24VIN
5V
SG
PG
PG
R37R12
D1
12 13
IC9R63
R64C
FET1
D
S
5V
ODSW
SG
24V-2
SG
5V
24VIN
SG
5V
SG
SG
R11
R10
R9
R8
R7
R6
R5
R36
R35
R34
R33
R32
R31
R30
R4R29
OS2
OS1
C130
24V-2
24V-2
PG
PG
+12V
AG
AG
AG
AG
AG
TR2IC9
4 3C
E
B
OSSW
FTH
MOT A
MOT A
MOT B
MOT B
SM REF
MOTSEL
ISUH REM
SHPSW
DF SIZE4
DF SIZE3
DF SIZE2
DF SIZE1
DFTSW
DFOD
DFSSW
EL REM1
EL REM2
OS2
OS1
L11
L13
F4
F3
F2
F1
L39
L37C127
L36
L33
L31
L66
L27
L67
L25
R247
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-46
2AA
Engine PCB 10/12
CN16-1 CN18-1
CN18-2
CN18-3
CN18-4
CN18-5
CN18-6
CN18-7
CN18-8
CN18-9
CN18-10
CN18-11
CN18-18
CN18-19
CN18-20
CN18-21
CN18-22
CN18-23
CN18-24
CN18-25
CN18-26
CN18-27
CN18-28
CN18-29
CN18-30
CN18-12CN18-13CN18-14CN18-15CN18-16CN18-17
CN16-2
CN16-3
CN16-4
CN16-5
CN16-6
CN16-7
CN16-8
CN16-9
CN16-10
CN16-11
CN16-12
CN16-13
CN16-14
CN17-1
CN17-2
CN17-3
CN17-4
CN17-5
CN17-6
CN17-7
CN17-8
CN17-9
CN17-11
CN17-12
CN17-10
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
S G
S G
S G
S GS G
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S
S
S G
S
S
S G
S G
20
IC44
1, 19, 10
C177
S
S G
S G
20
IC37
C137
S
S G
14
IC27
7
C116
S
S G
14
IC31
7
S
S G
14
IC47
7
C183
S
S G
14
IC16
7
C65
C110
S
S G
14
IC32
7
S
S G
14
IC9
7
C35
S
S G
14
IC26
7
C97
S
S G
20
IC30
C107
IC30
IC30
IC30
IC30
11
13
15
17
9
7
5
3
S G
*IC5
C96
R367
R363
R361
R355
R346
R340
F10
F9
F8
F7
F6
F5
3
5
7
14
16
18
17
15
13
6
4
2
IC44
IC44
IC44
IC44
IC44
IC44
5V
SG
RS1
SG
CCDCLK1
SG
RS1
CCDCLK1
CCDCLK2
SH
SP1
CL1
SG
SH
SG
SP1
SG
CP1
SG
24V-2
STPFCL1
STPFCL2
STPFCL3
STFCL1
STFCL2
STFCL3
SCAN1
SCAN2
SCAN3
SENS0SENS1SENS2SENS3SENS4SENS5
STDM1 REM
STDM2 REM
STDM3 REM
24V-2
IC46
IC46
IC46
10 11
D2
D3
D4
D
D
D
15
_PFCL1F
_PFCL2F
_PFCL3F
_FDCL1F
_FDCL2F
_SCAN1
_SCAN1
_SCAN2
_SCAN3
_SENS0_SENS1_SENS2_SENS3_SENS4_SENS5
_DMREM
_MSYNC
_PMOT
5V-2
_CPULDON
_LDOUT
_LDRDY
_ADJUST
_BD
_CPUADJUST
_PE1FSW
_PE2FSW
_PE3FSW
_VFD1FSW
_VFD2FSW
_VFD3FSW
14
7 6
FET2
FET3
FET4
R65
R66
R67
R68
R69
R70
IC9
IC9
IC9
G
G
G
6 5
8
10
9
11
S
S
S
1 2
3
1 2
3
1 2
3
*D5
*D8
*D7
*R16
*R17
*R18
NC
2 1IC27
5V
SG
STPSW1
STPSW2
STPSW3
STFSW1
STFSW2
STFSW3
R19R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
R46
R20
R21
R22
R23
R24
MTCLK
IC1612 13
R414
R413
R411
C192IC47
IC47 IC23
IC47
10 11
9
5 86
8
10
9
1113
12
12 13
C193
IC47
R426R427 R428
1 2
3D34
PG
24V
5V-2
SG
SG
SG
IC23
CCDCLK2
MSYNC
PM
VIDEO
LDRDY
ADJUST
BD
MTCLK
*CN22-1NC
S
*CN22-2NC _YOBI1
*CN22-3NC _YOBI2
*CN22-4NC _YOBI3
*CN22-5NC _YOBI4
*CN22-6NC _YOBI5
*CN22-7NC
S G
O
*IC5
*R57
*R55
*R53
*R54
*R56
*IC5
*IC5
*IC5
*IC5
1, 19, 10 1, 19, 10
* Not installed
L63
L62
L61
L58
L57
L53
L52
L64
L65
L59 L43 L23
C168 C136 C106
R213R281R341
2 1
S
S G
14
*IC5
7
*C17
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-47
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB 11/12
CN19-1
R437 IC44
12 8
IC30
18 2
6 5
R412
SVCLK
SVD0
SVD1
SVD2
SVD3
SVD4
SVD5
SVD6
SVD7
_CPRDY
IC44
9 11
R395 IC37
18 2
R385 IC37
16 4
R372 IC37
14 6
R362 IC37
12 8
R356 IC37
9 11
R351 IC37
7 13
R343
R325
R319
R337
R306
C165
C161
R336
R305
IC37
5 15
IC269 8
IC32
1 2
CN19-2
CN19-3
CN19-4
CN19-5
CN19-6
CN19-7
CN19-8
CN19-9
CN19-10
CN19-11
CN19-12
CN19-13
CN19-14SG
SG
SG
SG
_PVSYNC
_PHSYNC
SCINHI
SG
_SBSY
_PRDY
EPRDY
CMD
_STS
CCLK
SG
PVCLK
SG
_PVD0
_LSUOUT
_RSTWR
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
_SRDY
_SCAN
_SVSYNC
_SHSYNC
PTIM
SG
SG
SG
SVD0
SVD1
SVD2
SVD3
SVD4
SVD5
SVD6
SVD7
CPRDY
_PRINT
SVCLK
CN19-15
S G
C386
S
CN19-16
CN19-17
CN19-18
CN19-19
CN19-20
CN19-21
CN19-22
CN19-23
CN19-24
CN19-25
CN19-26
CN19-27
CN19-28
CN19-29
CN19-30
R300 IC27
3 17
IC37
8 9
3 4
5 6
10 11
IC27
IC32
IC32
S S
R280
R242
R364
R357
R352
R344
R338
R320
R307
R278R279
*R243
C134
*R286R269
R240
R417
R416R405
R386
R406
R374R396
R373C186
IC27
12 8
IC30
S G
CN19-31
CN19-32
CN19-33
CN19-34
CN19-35
CN19-36
CN19-37
CN19-38
CN19-39
CN19-40
CN19-41
CN19-42
CN19-43
CN19-44
S G
IC27
12 13
9 8
IC30
16 4
2 1
IC31
4 3
IC31
6 5
IC31
8 9
6 14
IC31
IC30
10 11
IC31
R353 R345
IC32
R339
C159
R322
R270
13 12
IC32
10 11
IC32
_PVSYNC
_PHSYNC
SCINHI
_SRDY
SCAN
_PTIM
_SVSYNC
_SHSYNC
EPRDY
_CMD
_CCLK
_SBSY
_PRDY
PVCLK
_PVD0
_LSUOUT
_RSTWR
STS
C178
* Not installed
R285
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-48
2AA
Engine PCB 12/12
S
S
S
S
S
IC15
1018211317192627222324
1111525
NCNCNCNC
CK0CK1CK2GT0GT1GT2RDWRA0A1CS
O0O1O2D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
Vcc
GND
28
14
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
12162098765432
DB0DB1DB2DB3DB4DB5DB6DB7
DB
_TIMER
DALDDACLK
DAO
*R96
C70
AD0AD1
R62
AD
_RD_WR
*R107
_TIMERCS
*IC21
*C53
16
5
12
6
7
9
10
8
VCC
GND
_ MO
CLK_OUT
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
CK1CK2
CW_CCW3 _ 4
_ R
E
EA
EB
1314
1 4
15
11
2
3*R133 *R130 *R129
*R132
*R125
*R126
*R128
*R127
R148
R149
R134
R131
MOX
M1X
M2X
M3X
_RES
*R150
M0
M1
M2
M3
φ
* Not installed
S
S G
234
1413
87
569
101112
1
A01A02A03A04A05A06D0
LDCLKDI
VCCVDD
VSSGND
S G
REF5V
–
+
S G
2
31
–
+
S G
2
3
8
1
DBVRSMVR_LMPHT
TKVR
GRIDVR
TVR
S G
S
1 2
S G
S
1 2
S G
S
1 2
S G1 2
3
3
3
3
4
S G
L12
C69
R108
*L10
*C52
*R81
IC29
IC28
D13
D10
D11
D12
C94R109
ZD1
R156 R155
IC29
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-49
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
NCU PCB (120 V area)
MCN1-3L1
L2 MCN1-4
F1
F G
V1 V2
S
S
S G
D2
910
8
3
5
12
MCN2-3EXTEL1
EXTEL2
TEL L1
TEL L2
MCN2-4
MCN3-3
MCN3-4
F2
1
42
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
K1
DB1
+-
~
~
C1
2
6
4
5
S
IC1C12
S G
5
4
6
OUT1
OUT2
OUTAC
ACOUT
ACIN
Vcc
7 3G
ND
1
2
3
PC1R1
R4
D1
T11
4
8
5
R7
D5
D4
S G
A G
R6
R5
R17
2 -
+3 IC2a1
R2C2PC2
1
3
6
4
D2
SR9F5
F9
S GA G
A G
A G
A G
25 S
INH
F7
IC5
CH1 COM
VDDVEE
VSS
CH0
6 1
8
3
4
7
C10
C11
S
R11
-
+IC3b
5
6
A G
R13
C15
C14
R12
7
F6
F3
F4
CN1-4 PLSDIL L
ONHOOK1 L
ONHOOK2 L
RXIN_N
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-12
CN1-13CN1-14
CN1-15CN1-16
CN1-17CN1-18
A GA G
+12V
+12VDC
+12V
AGAG
-12V-12V
+
+
CN1-19CN1-20
CN1-19CN1-20S G
+5V+5V
SGSG
+C3
F G
FG3
F G
FG2
S
CN1-7 MODTXD
CN1-6
CN1-3
CN1-10
CN1-5 MODRXD
RXSEL L
TELSEL L
RNGDET L
TR2
1
C9 R18
R10
A GS G
C18
C4
C19 C20
F10 F11B-10 B-10
C8C7C17
C16 AGDCC6C5
8
4
IC2
S G
A G
C23
R3
32
41
PC3
32
41
PC4
D7 S G
F8S
S
CN1-8
CN1-11
DCCUT L
OFFHOOK L
++ +
+12VDC
TR3
R15
C22
3
2 1
4
+Vout +Vin
-Vin-Vout
DC-DC CONVERTER
R14
C21
R19
IC4
AGDC
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-50
2AA
NCU PCB (230 V area)
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
+
+
+
+
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-11
CN1-12
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-4
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-8
PLSDIL
KMUTE
RNCDET
EARTM
CN1-19CN1-20
CN1-21CN1-22
CN1-13CN1-14
CN1-15CN1-16
CN1-17CN1-18
+5V
MODTXD
RXSEL
MODRXD
RXIN_H
OFFHOOK L
KCTCNT
+5V
SGSG
-12V-12V
-12V-12V
ACAC
-
+IC2a
-
+IC2b
+-
~
~
+-
~
~
S
2
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
IC1
C11
S G
5
4
6
OUT1
OUT2
OUT AC
AC OUT
AC IN
Vcc
7 3G
ND
1MCN1-3
MCN1-4
MCN1-2
MCN1-5
MCN2-3
MCN2-4
MCN1-6
MCN1-1
F3 F1
F4 F2
910 8 3 5
1214
A G
A GA G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
F G
FG3
F G
FG2
ONHOOK 1
ONHOOK 2
F G
C3C4
C2
C8C5
C7
C13
C14
R25
8
9
10
3
4
5
2
C28 R13
C16
R16 R15
R14
R10
6
5
6
7
5
2
1
30
4R12
CH1
CH0
S
INH
YSS
YEE
YDD
COM
L4
IC3 ANALOG MPX
C22
C21
1 2
C19
R11
2
13
C15
C38
R9
L10
C1
C17
C31
L1
L5
R31C13
TR1
R8
R30
C2
TR9
D7 D13
3
4
5
5
2 2 1
3 47
K2
TR10
D12R29R28
C0
C26
L8
R19
JP7
T2
T1
3 4
1 6
C27
D9
D8
D10
K3
3
2
1
6
5
4
N.C.
TR5TR6R24
R22
R27
R23
R20
R21C28
PC3
C29
D11
1
3
2
4
R6
R26
TR4
TR7
JP5
JP4
R7
1
3
4
5
6
C32 R18 IC4C23
RXIN
COM
TXOUT
RXOUT
TXIN
OUT 1
RXATT
Vcc
Vss
GN
D
C24 C25
L3
L9L2
L6TR3
R5
R4
PC1
1 4
2 33
D1 D2
D3R2
SM1
R3
R1C10
C9
K1
FC1
V2
V1
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
L1
L2
TTEL 1
TTEL 2
TEL L1
TEL L2
TEL GND
TEL GND
L7
PC2
1
2
4
3
DBI
1 6 7
JP8
DB2
2AA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-51
Operation unit PCB
2-1 D1D1
FLM
M
CL1
CL2
NC
VDD(5V)
VSS
VEE
V0
FLM
M
CL1
C10
C11
4CTRL RES5
3TH CVT6
2DCRG TRG7
1Vdd GND8
CL2
F1
F3
F2
R24
R17 R20
R23TR21 D6
D6
C4C16
R1
R102R101R100R99R98R97R96R95
R2 C3
C12
C1
C2
C9
C8
24V
PG 5V SG
CO
M
IC13
43
2
13 11
6
1312
5
1012
1IC
13
IC13
IC13
IC13
IC12
SC
LK
ST
AT
US
SIG
1
SIG
2
R19
ZD1
32
4
18 IC7
IC5
IC3 IC8
R18
R21
R22
R25
VR1
R26
TH1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
PG
PG
2-8
3-1
3-2
3-3
2-9
2-10
1-1
1-3
1-2
1-4
1-6
1-5
1-9
1-7
1-8
SW7 SW8SW6SW5SW4SW3SW2SW1
P00B
E
C
SW15 SW16SW14SW13SW12SW11SW10SW9
P01B
E
C
SW23 SW24SW22SW21SW20SW19SW18SW17
P02B
E
C
SW31 SW32SW30SW29SW28SW27SW26SW25
P03B
E
C
SW39 SW40SW38SW37SW36SW35SW34SW33
P04B
E
C
SW47SW46SW45SW44SW43SW42SW41
P70 R49
R43
TR15
TR16
TR17
TR18
TR19
R65
R67R66
R68
TR20
R44
R45
R46
R47
R48
R50
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
P05C15
IC1 C5
B
E
C
P71
P72
P73
P74
P75
P22
P23
LED17 LED9 LED1
P00R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
R13
R12
R11
BC
E
LED18 LED10 LED2
P01BC
E
LED19 LED11 LED3
P02BC
E
LED20 LED12 LED4
P03BC
E
LED21 LED13 LED5
P04BC
E
LED22 LED14 LED6
P05BC
E
LED15 LED7
P06BC
E
LED16 LED8
P07BC
E
P35BC
E
P36BC
E
P37BTR9
TR10
TR11
TR14
TR13
TR12
TR8
TR7
TR6
TR5
TR4
TR3
TR2
TR1
C
E
+–
+
+
+
+
PG
SG
C20 C21
R27
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5
R29
R30
R32
R31 R33 R34 R35 R37
C22
C6
R42
C18C7
C17
C23 C24 C28 C30
R28
F04 F373HC14
IC4 IC6
C19X2
HS
I
Vcc
GND COUT
RD RD
R93IC2C13
C14A192
A183
A174
A165
RESET6
X27
X18
VSS9
A1510
A1411
A1312
A1213
A1114
A1015
A9
P71P72P73P74P75
AVRBFAVSS
VDDEASO
SCKTXDRXD
SIP26P2516
1
AD
718
AD
619
AD
520
AD
421
AD
322
AD
223
VS
S24
AD
125
AD
026
AS
TB
27
P20
28
P21
29
P22
30
P23
31
P24
32
A8
17R
80R
79R
78R
77R
76R
75
R74
R73
R70 R
69
R71
R81
6364
47464544434241403938
35 SW48
SW31
3433
48
WR
P66
62P
6761
P07
60P
0659
P05
58P
0457
P03
56P
0255
P01
54P
0053
P37
52P
3651
P35
P34
49P
70
WR H
S1
HS
0
3
2
X11
CST
+
NCA162
A153
A124
A75
A66
A57
A48
A39
A210
A111
A012
D013
D114
D215
GND
VCCA18
A19
A19
A17A14A13A8A9
A11OE
A10CED7D6D5D4D316
1 OEQ02
D03
D14
Q15
Q26
D27
D38
Q39
VSS
VDDQ7D7D6Q6Q5D5D4Q4LE10
1191817161514131211
20313029282726252423222120191817
32
RD
RESET2
MDS3
MD04
MD15
MD26
MD37
FS08
FS19
D010
D111
D212
D313
D414
D515
D616
D717
WR18
RD19
CE20
C/D21
d022
d123
d224
d325
d426
VDD27
d528
d629
d730
r/w31
ce32
ad033
ad1
X0X1T1T2VSSSDSELVDDDSPONCH2CH1FRCDATALPDUALHSCPEDHODce1ce0ad15ad14ad13ad12ad11ad10ad9ad8ad7ad6ad5ad4ad3ad234
6766
1
2
3CST
MFLMCL1
CL2D1
636261
5756555453525450494847464544434241403938373635
HALT1
A122
A73
A64
A55
A46
A37
A28
A19
A010
I/O011
I/O112
I/O213
GND14
A14WEA13A8A9A11OEA10CEI/O7I/O6I/O5I/O4I/O3
VCC1
27262524232221201918171615
28
+
+
WRRD
R92R91R90R89
R88
R87R86R85R84R83R82
2AA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-52
Connection diagram
( CN
15)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+12
VA
GA
GA
GO
S2
AG
OS
1A
G
( CN
16)
101 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11
5V SG
RS
1S
GC
CD
CLK
1S
GC
CD
CLK
2S
G
SP
112
SG
SH
SG
13 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14S
GC
P1
YWYWYWYWYWYWYWYWYWYWYWYW
123456789
10
1211
24VIN24VIN5VSGPGPGMOT AMOT AMOT BMOT B
MOTSELSMREF
H
TH1
INLET
GN/YW
TH2
12
2
1
COM
2
NOISEFILTER
HE
AT
ER
CIR
CU
IT
PSPCB
COM
2 PG3 H REM1
(CN5)
(CN2)
RELAY
5V OE ABCDEF
BEPEGYBERD
RDRDRDRDBE
BEPEGYYW
GH
OEOE
1SG 2+12V 3-12V 4PG 524VIN 6
24V 124VIN 224V-2 324V-3 4PG 55V 65V-2 7SG 8+12V 9-12V 10
D1 1FLM 2
12
12
5V
SPK5V
SG3+12V4-12V5PG6
ABCDEFRD
BEGYPEBEOE
OEPK
24VIN
12
N.C.N.C.
3EXTELL14EXTELL25N.C.6N.C. T
EL
MO
D
12
N.C.N.C.
3
1
12
6
1
36
TEL L14TEL L25N.C.6N.C.
*1 Option*2 Optional for 120V specifications only.
MPCB
M 3CL1 4CL2NC
56
VDD 7VSS 8VEE 9V0 10
123456789
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
924
V5V P
GS
GS
CLK
CO
MS
TA
TU
SS
IG1
SIG
2
OE
BE
BE
YW BN
GN
PK
LB
RD
BK
RD
1 8 5 4 2 3 6 7
10
24VINNC
1
24VOUT2
24V-23
24V-34
PG5
5V6
8 5V-27
SG1+12V2-12V3
R REM5H REM4
( CN
6)
(CN1)
RY24V4 R REM
2R
CO
M 1
R L
IVE
LIVE
1 LIVE
75
FTOP24VIN
108
1
542
RCOVO24VF
24VINMSRY
32
24V-2PFCL
1
654
7
1098
24V-2
24V-2TC
13
24VREJOP
BYPPFCL24V-2RCL
SG5V
PSW5V
1312
5VSG
11
161514
1718
RSW
24V-2SGBYPPSW
NCCL REM
4
6 8
0 1
PRY
WE
WE
WE WE
BNBNRDRDBNBN
RDBN
RDLB
BKBK
YWYWYWYW
BK BK
MSW
WE
BK
BEYWRDBN
G
H
1
13
COMNOSSW3
(CN3)
( CN
1)( C
N21
)
(CN1)
3 2 1
(CN3)
(CN4)
( CN
2)
( CN
1)
( CN
5)
( J1)
( J3)
( CN
4)
NE
T W
OR
K P
CB
( CN
6)
( CN
10)
BU
BA
T
( CN
6)
( CN
7)
( J2)
( J4)
( MC
N2)
( MC
N1)
CO
RE
(CN5) (CN11)
( CN
2)
( CN
1)
LCD
OP
CB
( CN
4)
( CN
4)( C
N23
) ( CN
3)
( CN
1)
(CN2)
( CN
12)
( CN
13)
( CN
11)
( CN
5)( C
N9)
( CN
8)
(5V)
32
DEV BDEV A
1
654
7
1098
SCAN4
TNSSGDEV C
24V-2SHORT
TVR24V-2
1312
TCDES2TCDES1
11
161514
1718
SCAN5
TCDES3
OFSW5V
SGTFM1
19 TFM220 5V21 DTH22 NC23 24V-224 FIDER HEATER
32
BYPPSW2BYPPSW1
1
654
7
1098
SCAN4
PG24V-2BYPPSW3
DB REMDB CHG
TC REMMC REM
1312
TC ALMGRID CONT
11
161514
1718
DB CONT
24V-2SGMC ALM
PG19 24V-220 CFM2 REM21 PG22 TC CHG
CFM1 REM
13
COMNOSSW2
21PFCL
BNBN1
2TC
YWYW
21BYPPFCL
YWYW
RDPE
21
12CL
21
YWYWYW
OEYWBE
YWYWYW
654
123
321
YWYWYW
DB LBPKLBBEBNRDYW
BEBNRDYW
RDGY
PEPK
BKBK
GYBE
BNYWGYPKRDBEBNYWGYPKBNYWGNPKBERDBNBEGYGYGYYW
RDGRID
Transferroller
WEMC
RD
RDBKBEC
FM
1
CF
M2
1212345678910
RCL
PSW
COMNOSSW1
YWYWYW
OEPEBE
231
321
BYPPSW
123
OFSW
OEPKBE
231
RSW
4321
TNS
DEVF
12
12
DTH
TFM
1234
4321
BYPPSW
111098765432
121
321RD
BKBE
321
HV
TP
CB
SM
DFM
MOTPCB
2 RDBNPKRDLBYW
13564
123456
1R
DB
NP
KR
DLB YW4 6 5 3 1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7
1211109876543
1
1RDBNPKRDLBYW
YW
YWGYLBGN
FG
EPCB
FG
GN
COREC
COREA
COREB
COREG
COREF
COREE
CO
RED
BE
BE
OEPE
PEBN
OE
YW
YWGYLB
BE
BE
OEPE
PEBN
OE
23456
79
8111012131415161718
2
91017682345
1920
181716151413121110987654321
SGSG
DFSSW5VSGDFODDFTSWDF SIZE1DF SIZE2DF SIZE3DF SIZE424VIN5VSHPSWSG24V-2ISUH REMSGODSW5V
11
OE
LBBE
2 3
1 2D
FT
SW
32
CO
MD
FS
SW
NO
PK
RD
( CN
1)
DF
SD
PC
B
(CN3)
(CN2)
12
GYGY
21
12
5VFTH
WEFTH WE
1Y
WY
W
YW
YW
YW
2 3 4 5
BN
BE
LB RD
OE
BE
PK
BE
RD
YW BE
PK
5 4 3 2 1
NC
DM
RE
M5V
-2S
G24
V-2
(CN2) (CN10)
YW
YW
YW
3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5
EL
RE
M1
EL
RE
M2
24V
-224
V-2
6P
GP
G
(CN14)
(CN1)
INPCB WE EL
WE
LSU
( CN
2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 1234
101 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11
SG
5V OS
SW
NC
SG
5V NC
SG
5V
(CN17)
101 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11
MS
YN
CP
GP
M24
V5V
-2S
GV
IDE
OS
G
SG
12
6
1 2 3 41 2 3 4 5 7 8
BD
LDR
DY
AD
JUS
T
DM
OS
SW
YW
RDLB
ISUH
BEPKOE
BE
OE32SHPSW1
12ODSW3
3224
168
1( C
N7)
1 401 40
2MMEMORY
( CN
8)( C
N1)
(CN19)
(CN6) (CN7)
( CN
3)
( CN
18)
1 401
1 44
404M
MEMORY
1 44 1S
CA
N0
PK
PK
PS
SW
1P
SS
W1
NC
SC
AN
0P
SS
W2
NC
SC
AN
0P
SS
W3
22 1
3 4 5 6 7 8 124
V-2
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
24V
-2S
TPFC
L1S
TPFC
L2S
TPFC
L3S
TF
CL1
ST
FC
L2S
TF
CL3
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9S
CA
N1
SC
AN
2S
CA
N3
SE
NS
0S
EN
S1
SE
NS
2S
EN
S3
SE
NS
4
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17S
EN
S5
STDM
1 RE
MST
DM2
REM
STDM
3 RE
M5V S
GST
PSSW
1ST
PSSW
2
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25ST
PSSW
3S
TF
SW
1S
TF
SW
2S
TF
SW
3M
TC
LKN
C
26 27 28 29 3015V E
SW
SG
NC
2 3
3 2 1
2 3E
SW
141
SC
AN
0P
SS
W4
2
PK
PK
PS
SW
22 1
PK
PK
PS
SW
32 1
YW
YW
YW
YW
OE
BN
BE
YW
PS
SW
42 1
(CN1) (CN2)CCDPCB
Special cassette 1(option)
Special cassette 2(option)
Special cassette 3(option)
CORES A to G are for 230V specifications only.
*2
Wire color Mark
BlackBrownYellowGreenBlueWhitePinkRedOrangeLight bluePurpleGrayGreen/yellow
BKBNYWGNBEWEPKRDOELBPEGY
GN/YW
1 2H
EA
TE
RR
EM
OT
E
GY
PK
1 25V S
G3
+12
V4
-12V
5P
G6
1 2 3 4 5 6
A BJ I C D E F
A B C D E FR
DB
EG
YP
EB
EO
E
RD
BE
GY
PE
BE
OE
24V
IN
FH
PC
B
5V SG
+12
V-1
2VP
G24
VIN
(CN1)(CN3)
*1
(CN2)
123( C
N1)
LCD VOLUMEPCB
241
681
CORE CORE
OEGYBE
I
FG
FG
YW
CORE
HEATERCIRCUIT
*1
RESISTER10Ω, 40W
RESISTER10Ω, 40W
RESISTER (TH)157°C, 10Ω, 40W
CORE
*1
1 2
SP
HA
ND
SE
T
LIN
E M
OD
NC
U P
CB
PRINTERPCB
18 18
1 1
18 18
1 1
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
29 30 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2
J
©1998 MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.MITA and are registered trademarks of MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
MITA COPYSTAR AMERICA, INC.Headquarters:225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008TEL : (973) 808-8444FAX : (973) 882-6000
New York Show Room:149 West 51st street,New York, NY 10019TEL : (212) 554-2679FAX : (212) 554-2625
Northeastern Region:225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008TEL : (973) 808-8444FAX : (973) 882-4401
Midwestern Region:225 Spring Lake Drive,Itasca, Illinois 60143TEL : (630) 250-7447FAX : (630) 250-8787
Western Region:14101 Alton Parkway,P.O.Box 57006, Irvine,California 92618-7006TEL : (714) 457-9000FAX : (714) 457-9119
Southeastern Region:1500 Oakbrook Drive,Norcross, Georgia 30093TEL : (770) 729-9786FAX : (770) 729-9873
Southwestern Region:2825 West Story Road,Irving, Texas 75038-5299TEL : (972) 550-8987FAX : (972) 570-4704
Dallas Parts Distribution Center& National Training Center:2825 West Story Road,Irving, Texas 75038-5299TEL : (972) 659-0055FAX : (972) 570-5816
MITA COPYSTAR CANADA, LTD.6120 Kestrel Road,Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1S8TEL : (905) 670-4425FAX : (905) 670-8116
MITA COPYSTAR MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.Av. 16 de Septiembre #407Col. Santa Inés,Delegación AzcapotzalcoMéxico, D.F. C.P. 02130TEL : 3-83-27-41FAX : 3-83-78-04
MITA COPYSTAR SOUTH AMERICA S.A.Av. Mitre 1345 Florida (1602)Pcia, Buenos Aires, Argentina.TEL : (54) 1-730-1070FAX : (54) 1-760-2071
Printed in U.S.A.